BHeiney
Mon, 08/07/2023 - 18:45
Edited Text
'
*
'
-.
*A&r.
rA
?t
>>
-
^*
Bloomsburg
State College
welcomes qualified students,
from
all racial,
faculty,
religious, ethnic,
backgrounds.
and
staff
and socio-economic
Bloomsburg State College
1970-1971 Bulletin
General Information
Serving the
Commonwealth
for
of Pennsylvania
131 years
Accredited by
The Middle
States Association
and Secondary Schools
The Pennsylvania State Board of Education
of Colleges
The National Council
for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
Second Class Postage Paid
at
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
Contents
Calendar
4
College Personnel
6
General Information
Admission Policies
27
33
Fees and Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic
49
Policies
Graduate Studies
Curricula
201
68
79
Course Descriptions
Index
59
113
39
Calendar
Summer
Sessions
1970
PRE SESSION
Monday, June 8
Classes Begin
Classes
End
Friday, June 26
MAIN SESSION
Monday, June 29
Classes Begin
Classes
End
Friday, August 7
POST SESSION
Classes Begin
Classes
End
- Monday, August 10
Friday, August 28
First Semester
1970
Wednesday, September 9
Faculty Meetings
Thursday, September 10
Registration
Registration
Friday, September
Registration-Evening Students
Friday, September 11
A.M.
Classes Begin at 8:00
Monday, September 14
Monday, September 14
Registration-Graduate Students
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Ends
at 12
at 8:00
Noon
Wednesday, November 25
A.M.
Monday, November 30
Christmas Recess Begins at Close of Classes
Christmas Recess Ends
Final Examination
Final Examination
at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins
Week Ends at
Semester Ends
Friday,
December
18
Monday, January 4
Monday, January
Close of Classes
Commencement
First
1
11
Saturday, January 16
Tuesday, January 19
Tuesday, January 19
___
Second Semester 1971
Tuesday, January 26
Registration
Classes Begin at 8:00
A.M.
Wednesday, January 27
Registration-Evening Students and Graduate Students Wednesday, January 27
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Spring Recess Begins at Close of Classes
Spring Recess Ends at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins at 8:00 A.M.
Examination Week Ends at 12:00 Noon
Final Examination
Final
Second Semester Ends
Commencement
at Close of Classes
Thursday, January 28
Wednesday, April 7
Tuesday, April 20
Monday, May 24
Friday,
Friday,
Saturday,
May
May
May
28
28
29
STATE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
David H. Kurtzman, Secretary of Education
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
of Higher Education
George W. Hoffman,
Director, Bureau of State Colleges
and Universities
Council of Higher Education
William H. Rea, Chairman
W. Deming Lewis
William K. Ulerich
Gail L. Rose
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Leonard N. Wolfe
John L. Wandrisco
Members
at
Large
Donald E. Hunter, Richard C. Bond, Althea K. Hottel
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Bloomsburg
State College
Bloomsburg
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Mr. William E. Booth, Vice-President
Mr. E. Guy Bangs, Secretary-Treasurer
Danville
R. D.
1,
Orange ville
Mt. Carmel
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. Frank D. Croop
Berwick
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. Howard
S.
Fernsler
The Hon. George W. Heffner
The Hon. Bernard
J.
Kelley
R. D.
2,
Berwick
Pottsville
Pottsville
Philadelphia
ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY
1969-1970
ROBERT
J.
NOSSEN
President
University of California, A.B.
JOHN
A.
Northwestern University, M.A., Ph.D.
;
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1946)*
Director of Field Experiences
E. AUMILLER
Pennsylvania State University, B.S. Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1961)
LEE
;
BOYD
F.
BUCKINGHAM
Bloomsburg State
ROBERT
L.
College, B.S.;
Director of Development
Bucknell University, M.S. (1953)
College, B.S.;
Bucknell University, M.S.
BUNGE
Registrar
Bloomsburg State
(1964)
CHARLES
Director of Graduate Studies
H. CARLSON
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A. Teachers College
Columbia University, M.A. Ed., Ph.D. (1959)
;
JAMES
B.
CREASY
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.;
Assistant to the President
Bucknell University, M.S. (1960) (On
leave 1969-70)
FRANK
Director of Computer Services
S. DAVIS, JR.
Shippensburg .State College, B.S.; North Carolina State University,
Shippensburg State College, M.Ed. (1969)
EDSON
J.
DRAKE
University of Notre Dame, B.A.;
(1964)
STUART EDWARDS
C.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.;
Director of Arts and Sciences
Georgetown University, M.A.; Ph.D.
Director of Secondary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1958)
THOMAS A. GORREY
E. BUREL GUM
Bloomsburg State
RUSSELL
E.
HOUK
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
of. Admissions
M.B.A. (1970)
Assistant Director
College, B.S.; Bucknell University,
Director of Athletics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1957)
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean of Students
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1961)
ROYCE
Director of Elementary Education
0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M. Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1958) (On leave 1969-70)
*
The date in parentheses represents the date of appointment
Bloomsburg State College Faculty.
to
the
WILLIAM
L. JONES
Director of Special Education
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1964)
PAUL
MARTIN
G.
Business Manager
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
JOHN
QUATROCHE
R.
EMORY
Assistant to the President
York, College at Fredonia, B.S.; M.S. (1970)
New
State University of
W. RARIG, JR.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.;
Director of Business Education
College, Columbia Univer-
Teachers
M.A., Ed.D. (1968)
sity,
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Director of Institutional Research
University, Ph.D. (1966)
New York
MICHAEL
E. STANLEY
Director of Publications
University of Kansas City, University of Missouri, B.J., M.A. (1969)
JOHN
WALKER
L.
Director of Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S. (1965)
Professors
BRUCE
ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
E.
Ed.D. (1956)
H. M. AFSHAR
Education
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D. (1966)
JAMES
D.
College
BRYDEN
Speech Correction
William and
of
Mary, B.A.
;
University of
Virginia,
M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1969)
WILLIAM
Hope
L.
CARLOUGH
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D.; General TheoSeminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D. (1964)
College, B.A.;
logical
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPENTER,
II
Foreign Languages
Cornell University, A.B.; University of Southern California, M.A. (1966)
ENMAN
JOHN
A.
University of Maine, B.A.
Pittsburgh, Ph.D. (1959)
WENDELIN
R.
F.
Geography
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
FRANTZ
College of Wooster, A.B.
HALBERT
;
Geography
;
University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D. (1968)
GATES
Physics
Milwaukee State Teachers College, B.S.; University of Wisconsin, Ph.M.;
Michigan State University, Ph.D. (1969)
HANS
K.
GUNTHER
History
Washington University, A.B., M.A.; Stanford University, Ph.D. (1965)
DAVID
J.
HARPER
University of Nottingham, B.S., Ph.D. (1966)
Physics
9
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biology
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D. (1963)
RALPH
HERRE
S.
University of New York
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1947)
Colgate
University,
B.S.;
State
MELVILLE HOPKINS
Bucknell University, A.B., M.A.;
State University, Ph.D. (1960)
Syracuse
University,
at
History
Albany,
Speech
Pennsylvania
RALPH
Sociology
R. IRELAND
University of Toronto, B.A., M.A.; University of Toronto, University of
Chicago, Ph.D. (1969)
JACK
Health and Physical Education
A. JONES
Livingston State College, B.S.; University of Alabama, M.A.; Indiana
University, P.E.D. (1969)
ANDREW
J.
KARPINSKI
Mental Retardation
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., D. Ed. (1967)
CHARLES
English
C. KOPP
Frostburg (Md.) State College, B.S.; West Virginia University, M.A.;
Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D. (1960)
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
New York
University, M.A.;
Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D. (1946)
MARGARET
Communication Disorders
C. LEFEVRE
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D. (1964)
ELLEN
Business
L. LENSING
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
(1963)
CYRIL ALBIN LINDQUIST
University of Minnesota, B.S.;
Business
New York
University, M.S., Ph.D. (1964)
Mental Retardation
M. McLAUGHLIN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
JOHN
D.Ed. (1968)
ROBERT
C.
MILLER
California State College, B.S.;
Education
University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.
(1961)
Health and Physical Education
A. MOORE
Tarkio College, A.B.; University of Alabama, M.A.; Ph.D. (1966)
CLARENCE
CRAIG
NEWTON
History
A.
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.
Southern Illinois University, M.A.
Western Reserve University, Ph.D. (1966)
;
10
DONALD
RABB
D.
Bloomsburg State
Bucknell University, M.S.;
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1957)
FRANCIS
College,
B.S.;
RADICE
J.
Biology
Colorado
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Ed.D. (1957)
REUWSAAT
Mental Retardation
Iowa State Teachers
College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
EMILY
A.
(1965)
ROBERT
ROSHOLT
L.
Political Science
Luther College, B.A.; University of Minnesota, M.A.P.A., Ph.D. (1969)
TEJBHAN
S.
SAINI
Economics
University of Punjab, B.A., M.A.; Duke University, D.F.
MARTIN
A. SATZ
Psychology
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.
(195S)
GILBERT
R.
W.
SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1957)
JOHN
History
J. SERFF
Siiippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D. (1955)
English
C. SERONSY
University of Virginia, B.A.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D. (1953)
CECIL
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fore Ha^s Kansas Scate, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A.; Purdue
University, Ph.D. (1966)
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Muskingum
ncate
icuse.
College,
Grenobie,
Foreign Languages
A.B.;
New York
xVliddlebury,
Hautes
University,
Etudes
M.A.,
Diplome
Ph.D.;
Certi-
Bordeaux-Tou-
(1967;
MARGARET
C.
SPONSELLER
Education
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
(1962)
JANET STAMM
Mount Holyoke
(iyuo)
WILLIAM
College, A.B.;
English
University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
(On leave 19o9-70)
B.
STERLING
University of Buffalo, B.S.; Syracuse
Scaie University, Ed.D. (1947)
THOMAS
Geography
University,
M.S.;
Pennsylvania
English
G. STURGEON
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D. (1963)
11
WILBERT
TAEBEL
A.
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of
LOUIS
M.S., Ph.D.
Illinois,
THOMPSON
F.
English
Columbia College, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
DONALD
(1966)
A.
VANNAN
Millersville
State College, B.S.;
(1963)
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1961)
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
,
Ph.D. (1964)
NORMAN
Chemistry
E. WHITE
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
(1965)
Associate Professors
Speech
D. ALDERFER
Grove City College, Bluffton College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.
RICHARD
(1967)
English
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, B.S.L.; Fort Hays Kansas State College,
M.A. (1965)
DALE
BENJAMIN
Brown
S.
ANDREWS
University,
University
Communication Disorders
of
Virginia,
B.S.;
University
State
of
Iowa, M.A. (1968)
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Susquehanna University, B.A.;
Pennsylvania
State
Psychology
M.Ed.
University,
(1960)
JACK
S.
BEMIS
Ithaca College, B.S,; Eastman School of Music
ester, M.M., Ph.D. (1968)
—
Music
University of Roch-
BARRETT W. BENSON
Chemistry
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D. (1967)
WESLEY
E.
BLAMICK
Bethany College, B.S.
Education
University of Pittsburgh, Ed.M.
Florida, Ed.S., Ed.D. (1969)
;
;
University of
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A. (1966)
CHARLES
STEPHEN
M.
BRESETT
Health and Physical Education
Springfield College, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.Ed.
(1969)
12
H. BROWN
Mathematics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
LEROY
(1965)
WILLARD
A.
CHRISTIAN
Bloomsburg State
JAMES
Business
College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.
(1968)
COLE
E.
Biology
Western Michigan
University,
B.A.,
M.A.
;
State
Illinois
University,
Ph.D. (1968)
H. CRONIN
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed. (1964)
SYLVIA
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
JOHN
C.
Music
of Music, B.M.,
M.M. (1963)
DIETRICH
History
Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University, M.A. (1965)
BERNARD
Business
C. DILL
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, Pennsylvania
State University, M.B.A. (1968)
ANITA
DONOVAN
A.
Wheaton
WILLIAM
English
College, B.A.; University of Missouri,
D.
M.A. (1966)
EISENBERG
English
University of Delaware, B.A.; Lehigh University, M.A. (1960)
DONALD
E.
ENDERS
Gettysburg
College,
B.S.;
New York
University,
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania
M.A.
;
State University, Ed.D. (1968)
Elementary Education
M. ENGLEHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1956)
BEATRICE
A. FARBER
King's College, B.S.;
PHILLIP
Biology
Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
(1966)
RONALD
St.
English
A. FERDOCK
Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A. (1965)
ARIADNA FOUREMAN
Foreign Languages
The Ohio State University, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1969)
ERICH
F.
FROHMAN
Speech
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A. (1966)
GEORGE
J.
GELLOS
Muhlenberg
College,
B.S.;
University, Ph.D. (1965)
Ohio University, M.S.;
Biology
Pennsylvania State
13
GLENN
A. GOOD
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S. (1969)
JOANNE
Student Teaching
GROWNEY
S.
Mathematics
Westminster College, B.S.; Temple University, M.A. (1969)
NORMAN
L. HILGAR
Business
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A. (1956)
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Biology
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.
CLAYTON
H.
HINKEL
Bloomsburg State
LEE
C.
Business
College, B.S.;
Temple University, M.Ed. (1947)
HOPPLE
Kutztown
(1961)
Geography
State
College,
Pennsylvania
B.S.;
State
University,
M.S.
(1961)
CHARLES
JACKSON
G.
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A. (1960)
WARREN
I.
JOHNSON
West Chester
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1952)
PRAKASH
C.
University
(1967)
KAPIL
of
Political Science
Delhi,
B.A.,
M.A.;
University
of
Rhode
Island,
M.A.
Education
M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed. (1961)
MARTIN
Biology
J. KLENNER
Francis College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
Notre Dame, Ph.D. (1966)
JEROME
St.
ROBERT
L.
KLINEDINST
Mathematics
Gettysburg College, B.A. (1966)
Biology
R. KROSCHEWSKY
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; University of Texas, Ph.D. (1967)
JULIUS
MILTON LEVIN
West Chester State
College, B.S.;
of Pennsylvania, M.S.
Education
Temple University, M.Ed.; University
(1967)
HOWARD
Education
K. MACAULEY, JR.
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1967)
THOMAS MANLEY
Fairmount State
MRS.
MARGARET
Biology
College, B.A.;
E.
McCERN
West Virginia University, M.S. (1961)
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1954)
u
LAVERE
McCLURE
W.
Mansfield
State
College,
Geography
University
B.S.;
of
South
Dakota,
M.N.S.
(1963)
ALOYSIUS
McDONNELL
J.
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed. (1962)
MICHAEL
McHALE
J.
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.
(1963)
JOHN McLAUGHLIN
English
Harvard University, B.A.; University
of California,
M.A. (1969)
K. MEDLOCK
Health and Physical Education
Samford University, A.B.; University of Alabama, M.A. (1969)
JERRY
NELSON
A. MILLER
Indiana (Pa.) State University, B.S.;
Music
Pennsylvania
University,
State
M.Ed. (1953)
OBER MORNING,
JR.
Yale University, B.A., M.A.
JOSEPH
;
Sociology
University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1969)
MUELLER
E.
Mathematics
Butler University, B.S.; University of
Illinois,
M.S.
GEORGE W. NEEL
Glassboro
(French)
CLYDE
;
Foreign Languages
State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German) (1964)
NOBLE
S.
Chemistry
Grinnell College, A.B.; University of Hawaii, Ph.D.
RONALD
(1965)
W.
(1968)
NOVAK
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed. (1964)
Speech
J. O'TOOLE
Marquette University, B.S.; Wayne State University, M.A. (1969)
*JAMES
CLINTON
J.
OXENRIDER
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
Mathematics
M.A.
University,
(1965)
JAMES W. PERCEY
Political Science
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Lock Haven State College, B.S.;
DEAKE
G.
Sociology
St.
Bonaventure University, M.A. (1967)
PORTER
Amherst
H.
(1965)
College, A.B.; Yale University,
Economics
M.A. (1965)
BENJAMIN POWELL
Drew
University, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D. (1966)
Deceased February, 1970.
History
15
MAXWELL PRIMACK
Philosophy
Brandeis University, B.A.
;
The Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1969)
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A. (1966)
CHARLES
R.
REARDIN
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State
ROBERT
College,
Mathematics
M.A. (1962)
REEDER
R.
Sociology
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.S.; University of Colorado, M.A.
(1968)
HERBERT
H.
REICHARD
Pennsylvania State University,
B.>S.,
Physics
M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.
(1961)
JAMES
Mental Retardation
T. REIFER
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1966)
A. RHODES
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A. (1964)
STANLEY
Biology
ALVA W. RICE
English
Madison College, B.S.; Indiana University, M.A. (1960)
ROBERT
D.
RICHEY
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A. (1963)
JORDAN RICHMAN
Brooklyn College, B.A.;
Mexico, Ph.D. (1964)
English
New York
University, M.A.; University of
New
KENNETH
Elementary Education
A. ROBERTS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1958)
PERCIVAL
R.
ROBERTS,
III
University of Delaware, B.A.; University of Delaware, M.A.;
State University, Ed.D.; L'Libre Universite Asie, Honorary
Art
Illinois
Litt.D.
(1968)
ROBERT
Economics
P. ROSS
Wesleyan University, Washington University, B.A., M.A. (1967)
RAY
Education
C. ROST
Washington State University, B.A.; The State University of Rutgers,
Ed.M., Ed.D. (1969)
English
C. ROTH
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1961)
WILLIAM
SUSAN RUSINKO
Wheaton College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.
(On leave 1969-70)
English
(1959)
16
RICHARD
C. SAVAGE
English
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A. (1960)
TOBIAS
SCARPINO
F.
Kutztown State
Physics
College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.
(1958)
BERNARD
J. SCHNECK
Sociology
University of Scranton, A.B.; West Virginia University, A.M. (1966)
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
City College of
Philosophy
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia Univer-
M.A. (1965)
sity,
REX
New
SELK
E.
Knox
Chemistry
College, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.
RALPH W. SELL
Muhlenburg
(1959)
History
Hartford Seminary Foundation, Ph.D. (1968)
College, B.A.;
H. SIEGEL
Wilkes College, A.B.; University of Cincinnati, M.B.A.
PHILIP
Economics
;
New York
Uni-
versity, Ph. D. (1969)
JOSEPH
T.
SKEHAN
Economics
Syracuse University, B.A.
University, Ph.D. (1969)
;
Diploma, Heidelberg University; Georgetown
RALPH SMILEY
History
Brooklyn College, B.A.; Rutgers University, M.A. (1969)
ROBERT
R.
SOLENBERGER
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A. (1960)
Anthropology
(On leave 1969-70)
JAMES
History
R. SPERRY
Bridgewater College, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.A., Ph.D. (1968)
GEORGE
G.
STRADTMAN,
SR.
Millersville State College, B.S.;
Mathematics
Temple University, Ed.M. (1955)
GERALD
English
H. STRAUSS
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A. (1961)
DAVID
SUPERDOCK
A.
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1960) (On leave 1969-70)
ANTHONY
Newark
J.
SYLVESTER
History
College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.
(1965)
ALFRED
E.
Littorio
TONOLO
College,
Ph.D. (1967)
B.A.;
Colgate
University,
M.A.;
Foreign Languages
Madrid University,
17
TURNER
GEORGE
A.
Eastern
BRYAN
History
Illinois University, B.S.,
M.S. (1965)
VALETT
B.
Cornell College, B.A.; University of Oregon, M.A.
Biology
(1969)
VAUGHAN
JOSEPH
Biology
P.
University of Maine, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1967)
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
Psychology
College, B.A.;
Temple University, Ed.M. (1967)
A. WATSON
Elementary Education
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
LYNN
(1966)
Director of Library Services
B. WATTS
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A. (1966)
JAMES
JAMES
R.
WHITMER
History
Ball State University, B.A., M.A.
(1964)
KENNETH WHITNEY
Mansfield
State
College,
B.S.;
University
of
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania, M.S.Ed.
(1969)
JOHN
B.
WILLIMAN
History
College of Charleston, B.S.; University of Alabama, M.A.
KENNETH
T.
Edinboro
WILSON,
State
(1969)
Jr.
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
Art
M.A.
(1963)
RICHARD
0.
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.; Rutgers University,
Education
M.Ed. (1967)
E. WRAY
Health and Physical Education
Lake Erie College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S. (1957)
MARY
MATTHEW ZOPPETTI
Education
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.
(1969)
Assistant Professors
WILLIAM
A. ACIERNO
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
(1966)
BEN
Foreign Languages
C. ALTER
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed. (1964)
1
s
RICHARD
ANDERSON
G.
Western Kentucky State
History
College, B.A.;
Texas Christian University, M.A.
(1968)
RAYMOND
E.
BABINEAU
Education
Montclair State College, B.A., M.A. (1969)
HAROLD
BAILEY
J.
Mathematics
Albright College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1969)
J.
WESTON BAKER
Business
University of California at Berkley, B.S.; Washington State University,
M.B.A. (1969)
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.;
CHARLES
Bucknell
Business Education
M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
University,
(1965)
Elementary Education
MAE BECKLEY
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
MRS. IVA
(1943)
RODRICK CLARK BOLER
Health and Physical Education
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A. (1968)
RONALD
BOWER
F.
Kutztown State
RICHARD
J.
Art
College, B.S.,
M.Ed. (1969)
BROOK
Philosophy
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A. (1967)
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
JOHN
E.
DELNIS
Foreign Languages
University, A.B.;
Fordham
University, M.A.
(1965)
DENNEN
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
Bucknell University, M.S.
(1965)
B. DENSTORFF
Health and Physical Education
Evansville University, B.S., Indiana University, M.Ed. (1968)
JERRY
LESTER
DIETTERICK
J.
Bloomsburg State College,
BARBARA
M.
Chestnut
DOYLE
G.
Business
B.S., M.S.
(1966)
DILWORTH
Hill, B.A.;
Economics
University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1966)
DODSON
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
M.Ed. (1967)
VIRGINIA C. DOERFLINGER
New York University, B.S.; Columbia
Speech
University, M.A.
(1968)
Education
J. DONALD
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Kansas State University, M.S.
RICHARD
(1968)
19
English
A. DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1958)
MRS. VIRGINIA
P.
JOSEPH GARCIA
Physics
Kent State University, B.S.;
New
Mexico Highlands University, M.S.
(1968)
MARTIN
St.
GILDEA
M.
Political Science
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
(1966)
NIRANJAN GOSWAMI
Government
Sanskrit
College,
I. A.,
B.A.;
Calcutta
University,
Art
M.A.
(1969)
PAUL
HARTUNG
G.
Mathematics
Montclair State College, B.A.; University of Colorado, M.A.
(1968)
MARGARET ANN HYKES
Business
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1961)
Foreign Languages
MARY LOU JOHN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1959) (On
MRS.
leave 1969-70)
A. JOHNSON
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S., M.Ed. (1967)
BRIAN
KENNETH
G.
Geography
KIRK
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1966)
OLIVER
J.
LARMI
Dartmouth
JAMES
R.
Philosophy
College, A.B. (1968)
LAUFFER
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S. (1966)
JAMES
T.
LORELLI
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A. (1967)
EDILBERTO
MARBAN
A.
Foreign Languages
University of Havana, LL.D., Ph.D.; Trinity College, M.A. (1968)
COLLEEN MARKS
Edinburgh State College, B.A.; University of
Communication Disorders
M.A. (1969)
Illinois,
JOANNE
E. McCOMB
Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1960)
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
Speech
(1965)
20
DOROTHY
0. McHALE
Trinity College, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A. (1968)
ELI W. McLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
ROBERT
G.
College, B.S.,
English
Health and Physical Education
M.Ed. (1961) (On leave 1969-70)
MEEKER
English
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A. (1962)
JACK
L. MEISS
Business
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1966)
RICHARD
0.
Fordham
MICHERI
Sociology
University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
(1968)
Biology
V. MINGRONE
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.S.; Washington
State University, Ph.D. (1968)
LOUIS
MURPHY
JAMES
Psychology
J.
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia, St.
John's University, M.A. (1967)
LOUIS
NAU
T.
George Washington University, A.B.;
M.A. (1968)
ROY
D.
History
George Washington University,
POINTER
Chemistry
University of Kansas, B.S., M.S. (1969)
MARGARET READ-LAUER
English
University of Michigan, A.B.; Indiana University, M.A. (1966)
BURTON
Health and Physical Education
T. REESE
East Stroudsburg State College, B.A., M.Ed. (1969)
PHILLIP
A.
ROUSE
Miami University,
Psychology
B.S.;
Miami University, Indiana University, M.S.;
(1969)
JACQUELINE
B.
RUBE
Foreign Languages
University of Wisconsin, B.A.; University of Wisconsin, M.A. (1968)
SAWYER
JOHN
A.
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A. (1968)
JOHN
S.
SCRIMGEOUR,
Bloomsburg State
Jr.
College,
B.S.;
Foreign Languages
Mathematics
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1959)
JOHN
J.
SERFF,
Geography
Jr.
The Pennsylvania State University,
M.Ed. (1969)
B.S.;
West Chester State
College,
21
THEODORE SHANOSKI
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A. (1964)
JOHN
P.
SIKULA
Hiram
College,
Education
Case Western Reserve University, M.A., Ed.D.
B.A.;
(1969)
WILLIAM
Health and Physical Education
J. SPROULE
Syracuse University, A.B.; Brooklyn College, M.S. (1969)
RICHARD
STANISLAW
J.
Philadelphia
College
of
Music
Bible,
B.S.;
Temple
University,
B.Mus.Ed.,
M.Mus. (1969)
BARBARA
STROHMAN
J.
Art
University of Maryland, B.S.; Maryland Institute, M.F.A. (1969)
M.
GENE TAYLOR
Muskingum
JUNE
L.
(1969)
College, B.S., Bucknell University, M.S.
(1968)
TRUDNAK
Bloomsburg State
HENRY
Physics
Brown
University, M.Sc, Ph.D.
College, B.S.;
C.
Mathematics
TURBERVILLE,
Health and Physical Education
Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A. (1967)
EARL W. VOSS
West Chester State
CONSTANCE
C.
Montclair
College, B.S.;
Health and Physical Education
Temple University, M.Ed. (1965)
WARD
State
College,
A.B.;
Cranbrook
Academy
of
Art,
Art
M.F.A.
(1968)
R.
EDWARD WARDEN
Elementary Education
M.A. (1967)
Millersville State College, B.S.; Villanova University,
Mental Retardation
S. WEBBER
Oneonta State University of New York, B.S.; State University College
at Oneonta, Temple University, M.S. (1968)
MARGARET
CHRISTINE
T.
WHITMER
Foreign Languages
Ball State University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A. (1966)
STEPHEN
G.
WUKOVITZ
Physics
Montclair State College, B.A., M.A. (1968)
ROBERT
Business Education
P. YORI
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Lehigh University, M.B.A. (1969)
Instructors
JOAN
AUTEN
M.
Health and Physical Education
West Chester State
RICHARD
College, B.S. (1968)
DEVLIN
S.
English
Mansfield State College, B.S. (1969)
ROBERT
H. FINKS
Psychology
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Miami University, M.A. (1968)
JOHN
FLETCHER
R.
Biology
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. (1969)
NANCY
GILL
E.
English
Washington State University, B.A., M.A. (1968)
CLARENCE GOURLEY
Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
M.Ed. (1969)
LANE
L.
KEMLER
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
M.Ed. (1968)
Student Teaching
E. KLINGMAN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1968)
JOEL
JAMES
NEISWENDER
H.
Bloomsburg State
THOMAS
M.Ed. (1969)
OHL
L.
Bloomsburg State
JOSEPH
History
College, B.S.,
College, B,S.; Millersville State College,
Mathematics
M.Ed. (1968)
PIFER
R.
Geography
Clarion State College, B.S.; Arizona State University, M.A.
CARROLL
REDFERN
J.
Johnson
C.
Smith University, B.S.;
(1969)
Mental Retardation
Bloomsburg State College, M.Ed.
(1969)
EUGENE
D.
SHERSHEN
Psychology
Bloomsburg State College, B.A.; Xavier University, M.A. (1969)
RICHARD
Communication Disorders
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.A. (1967)
LAWRENCE
Lycoming
STEPHEN
C.
L.
VERDEKAL
College, B.S.
Business Education
(1969)
WALLACE
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of Michigan, M.S. (1967)
M. YOUSE
Temple University,
JANICE
Speech
B.S.,
M.A. (1965)
Student Services
Assistant Dean of Wo
H. CARPENTER
University of Oklahoma, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A. (1968)
JENNIE
JOSEPH CORTESE
Assistant
Dean
of
mm
Men
Bloomsburg State College, B.A.; Ohio State University, M.A. (1969)
ROBERT
G.
DAVENPORT
Counselor
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S. (1961)
THOMAS
DA VIES
A.
Waynesburg
ROBERT
L.
DePauw
RICHARD
College, B.A.;
Director of Placement
Duquesne University, M.Ed. (1964)
DUNCAN
Director of Financial Aids
University, A.B.; Butler University, M.S. (1969)
B.
HAUPT
Assistant
Shippensburg State College,
ELLAMAE JACKSON
West Chester State
B.S.,
Dean
of
Men
M.Ed. (1968)
Dean of Women
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1961)
JUDITH
KONCSOL
A.
North Dakota
State
University,
B.A.;
Assistant Dean of Women
Colorado State College, M.A.
(1969)
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Assistant Dean of Students
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A. (1970)
JOHN
MULKA
S.
Director of Student Activities
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.Ed. (1968)
ROBERT
G.
NORTON
Slippery
Rock State
Dean
College,
B.S.;
University
of
Pittsburgh,
of
Men
M.Ed.
(1962)
KAY
F.
ROSENCRANCE
West Virginia University,
Counselor
A.B., M.A. (1969)
Director of Counseling Services
D. THOMAS
University of Michigan, B.A., M.A. (1968)
CHARLES
MARY
Assistant Dean of Women
A. TOLAN
State University College at Geneseo, B.S.; State University of New York
at Albany, M.S. (1967)
JOHN TRATHEN
Bloomsburg State
RICHARD
P.
Comptroller,
Community
Activities
College, B.S.
WETTSTONE
Assistant
Dean
of
Men
Dean
of
Men
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed. (1967)
JOHN
J.
ZARSKI
Bloomsburg
iState College, B.S.; University of
Assistant
Maryland, M.A. (1969)
Library Staff
JAMES
B.
WATTS
Director
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.S.L.S. (1966)
SUSANNA WEN-CHING CHANG
Providence College, Taichimg, Taiwan, A.B.; Syracuse University, School
of Library Science, M.S. in L.S. (1969)
MARGARET ANNE KELLY
College of New Rochelle, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh,
School of Library and Information Sciences, M.L.S. (1969)
Graduate
SCOTT
E. MILLER, JR.
University of Pittsburgh, A.B., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Graduate School of Library and Information Services, M.L.S. (1967)
JANET
R.
OLSEN
Kutztown State
College,
Science, M.S. in L. S.
B.S.
;
Syracuse University, School of Library
(1969)
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
California
(Pa.)
State
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
M.Ed. (1960)
AARON POLONSKY
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Drexel Institute of Technology, Graduate School of Library Science, B.S. in L.S. (1968)
GWENDOLYN REAMS
University of Alabama,
A.B.;
George
Peabody College for Teachers,
M.A. (1954)
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Marywood College, M.S.L.S. (1964)
FACULTY EMERITI
HARVEY
A.
ANDRUSS
(September, 1969)*
LUCILE J. BAKER (May, 1956)
OLIVE P. BEEMAN (May, 1959)
ENGELHARDT (August, 1968)
FENSTEMAKER (May, 1963)
WILLIAM C. FORNEY (May, 1959)
C. M. HAUSKNECHT (July, 1950)
EDNA J. HAZEN (January, 1958)
ELINOR R. KEEFER (July, 1968)
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (June, 1953)
PEARL MASON KELLER (May, 1945)
ERNEST
HOWARD
H.
F.
*Dates cited represent the dates of retirement.
25
KIMBER
MARY
E.
KUSTER (May, 1962)
MacDONALD (May, 1969)
C.
LUCY McCAMMON (January, 1958)
BEATRICE METTLER (May, 1969)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (January, 1954)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (May, 1965)
M.
WALTER
S. RYGIEL (January, 1968)
RUSSELL F. SCHLEICHER (May, 1962)
ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (May, 1956)
MARGARET
E.
WALDRON
(January, 1956)
ELIZABETH B. WILLIAMS (August, 1969)
GRACE H. WOOLWORTH (May, 1956)
Mr. William A. Lank, (left) President, Board of Trustees, greeting Dr. Robert
Nossen, President of Bloomsburg State College.
J.
INTRODUCTION TO
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
HISTORY AND DESCRIPTION
From an academy
in 1839 to a state college of more than
1970 has been the educational path for what
From the
is known locally as "the friendly college on the hill."
academy, the school became the Bloomsburg Literary Institute in
1856, a State Normal School in 1869, a State Teachers' College in
1927, and formally became Bloomsburg State College in 1960. Un-
4,000
total students in
dergraduate degrees are offered in Education,
the HuThe Graduate
Business,
manities, and the Natural and the Social Sciences.
School offers programs leading both to Master of Arts and to the
Master of Education degrees.
At
the present time the college
is
A
rapid but controlled expansion.
passing through a period of
campus plan
long range
building and development, originally prepared in
continuous revision,
for
1957 and under
campus and
The lower campus
for renovation of the lower
calls
construction of an entirely
new upper campus.
women's dormitories, two men's dormitories, two
Commons, the Haas
Auditorium, and the Andruss Library.
Opening during 1970 will
be a second dining hall, an additional classroom building, women's
dormitory, a new Student Center, and additional parking areas. The
upper campus will have new athletic facilities, more dormitories,
more classrooms, and more parking areas. In the next decade, these
facilities will accommodate approximately six thousand students.
includes
three
science and classroom buildings, the College
Bloomsburg State College is one of 13
by the State of Pennsylvania.
versity operated
institutions exclusively,
they
now
colleges
Once
and one uni-
teacher-training
offer a variety of undergraduate
and graduate programs. During 1969-70 about 1,200 students enprograms of the college.
rolled in the graduate
The Bloomsburg
tor's
faculty includes
more than
30%
with doc-
degrees and reflects a broad range of experience and scholarly
activities.
Every
effort
is
made
to offer students a variety of learn-
ing experience, including those which involve a close learning relationship with the instructor.
28
LOCALE AND COMMUNITY
Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania, is easily
from Exit 35 of Interstate 80; it occupies an attractive
setting above the Susquehanna River, 85 miles from Harrisburg, 3
hours from Philadelphia, and AV2 hours from New York. The town
of Bloomsburg has a population of approximately 11,000 and is
accessible
essentially residential.
The College and
the
Community sponsor
a
tural activities during the year: musical, dramatic,
performances;
and
art exhibitions;
number
of cul-
and choreographic
In addition, the annual
lectures.
Spring Arts Festival brings leading performers and students of the
Arts to the campus in a series of programs throughout a two-week
period.
FACILITIES
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
the
first
principal,
Built in 1867,
it
is
The building contains an audi900 and a number of administrative offices in-
the oldest of the college buildings.
torium which seats
cluding those of the President, the Assistant to the President, the
Registrar, the Director of Financial Aid,
and the Business Man-
ager.
BAKELESS CENTER
For The
HUMANITIES, named
for
Professor O. H. Bakeless, former distinguished faculty member, his
wife, his son, Dr.
John E. Bakeless, a recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni
Distinguished Service Award, and Mrs. John E. Bakeless, and Mrs.
Alex Nason, the daughter of Professor Bakeless.
May, 1970,
this
Completed
in
completely air-conditioned building contains class-
rooms, seminar rooms, several large lecture rooms, faculty
an exhibit area, and special
facilities for studies in art
offices,
and foreign
languages.
WALLER HALL,
was named
for Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., prin-
cipal of the college for twenty-seven years.
tains a lobby, the College Store, Duplicating
ministrative
and service
offices.
The ground floor conRoom, and various ad-
Faculty and student mailboxes and
the central telephone exchange are also located in this building.
29
The second
floor provides office space for faculty offices,
many
student organizations, and the Infirmary.
The Husky Lounge
adjoins Waller Hall
on the northwest
In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and booths, there
is
side.
a battery
of vending machines which provide a wide selection of food and
"Husky" is one of the most popular meeton campus. The offices of the College Community Government Association and the Director of Student Activities are located near its main entrance. An extension of Husky is an attractive
beverages for students.
ing places
television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
rooms,
faculty
offices,
The
building
Lounges.
the basement
is
equipped for use
built in
1906, contains classrooms, lecture
and the Day Men's
is
and Day Women's
used as a general classroom building.
Day Men's Lounge which
by the commuting men students.
the
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
administrative offices.
offers
is
In
furnished and
classrooms and a range of
The Data Processing Center
is
located in
Benjamin Franklin.
NAVY HALL
was made available to the United States Navy
Program during World War II. It
contains eleven classrooms as well as faculty offices.
In 1961 the
ground floor was completely remodeled to provide facilities for the
Department of Special Education. The offices of the Director of
Graduate Studies, and two language laboratories are located on the
first floor along with an Arts and Crafts Center.
for
its
V-12
Officer Training
HARTLINE SCIENCE CENTER, named
member,
for Professor Daniel
on the faculty),
and their son, Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, the 1968 Nobel Prize laureate
and recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni Distinguished Service Award.
This air-conditioned building completed in 1968 contains laboratories, classrooms, seminar rooms, several large lecture rooms,
faculty offices, an exhibit area, and special facilities for study and
S.
Hartline, former faculty
his wife (also
research in science.
COLLEGE COMMONS I, a dining hall built in 1956, accommodates 800 students. A partially underground passage connects
the lobby of Waller Hall with the Commons.
38
WILLIAM W. SCRANTON COMMONS,
uary 1970,
meal;
all
will
seat
1,000,
completed
accommodate 2,000 students
in
Jan-
at
each
dining areas, lobby, and lounge areas are air-conditioned.
The communications system and
the folding partitions in the dining
areas provide for a variety of approaches to dining for students and
faculty.
NORTHUMBERLAND HALL,
completed
in
lounge and
machines
1960, has complete
TV
in the
room
for
200 men.
A
large
located on each floor with food vending
is
ground floor lounge.
LUZERNE HALL,
to the College
a three story men's residence
facilities
a four story residence for
Commons, was completed
structure has lounge
and recreation
in
300 men adjacent
The
September, 1967.
areas, post office boxes,
an
in-
ter-communication system, storage areas, study rooms, administrative offices,
and an apartment for a resident counselor.
MONTOUR HALL
halls with
first
ies
and SCHUYLKILL HALL, two residence
accommodations for 500 women, were occupied for the
time in 1964.
Each
divided into four wings,
hall,
high with fully automatic hydraulic elevators.
is
four stor-
Special features
include large recreation rooms, lounge areas on each floor, post
office boxes, inter-communication systems, storage areas for luggage,
and well-furnished study rooms.
ELWELL HALL,
named
after
Judge William Elwell and his
son George E. Elwell, both former trustees of the college and the
judge's grandson, G.
Edward
Elwell, a former French instructor,
a men's residence hall facing East Second Street.
structure,
completed
1968, provides accommodations for 678
in
men, an apartment for
is
This nine story
a
member
of the
Dean
of
Men's
staff,
two
apartments for resident advisors, and has recreation rooms, lounges,
a
TV
room, guest rooms, study rooms, two automatic elevators,
laundry rooms, a mail room, and storage areas.
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
Street at the top of the
hill.
is
located
on East Second
This building contains a large main
gymnasium seating 1,200 to 2,000, two auxiliary gymnasiums, lockswimming pool, athletic offices, and complete office and
classroom facilities for the Department of Health and Physical Education.
The Director of Athletics and the nine varsity athletic
teams at Bloomsburg State College will continue to use Centennial
er rooms,
31
Gymnasium
house
is
as
SUTLIFF HALL, named
Dean
new gymnasium-field
headquarters until the
their
completed on the upper campus.
of Instruction,
is
for William
Boyd Sutliff, a former
Gymnasium and has
The first floor houses
adjacent to Centennial
fourteen classrooms plus faculty offices.
classrooms and laboratories for the teaching of science courses and
on the second
eight specialized classrooms are located
struction in business education.
ness Education
is
located
The
floor for in-
office of the Director of Busi-
on the second
floor.
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
completed in August, 1966, was named
Harvey A. Andruss, president of the college from 1939 to
1969. It is located between Hartline Science Center and Bakeless
Center for the Humanities.
The library includes seating for 750
readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, a projection room, a curriculum materials center, and an audiovisual materials center. The
for Dr.
library
is
completely air-conditioned.
The Andruss Library
also houses the Special
Columbia County
Ralph
Historical Society Collection under the curatorship of Dr.
S.
Herre, Professor of History.
HAAS AUDITORIUM,
named
for
dent of the college from 1927 to 1939,
Spruce Street near Navy Hall and
in
August, 1967,
it
is
Francis B.
is
Haas, presi-
located at the end of
air-conditioned.
Completed
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000
and specialized work and
and drama groups, lounges,
areas for exhibits and display purposes, and offices for faculty.
people, a projection room, classrooms,
practice
rooms
for music,
debating,
PRESIDENT'S HOUSE,
on Light Street Road at the
northeast end of the main campus, was the home of Charles R.
Buckalew, United States Senator from 1863-1869, and Trustee of
the Normal School.
located
COLUMBIA WOMEN'S RESIDENCE HALL,
pleted in September
1970, provides
modations for 400 women.
living
In addition to
to be comand recreation accomthe 200 student rooms,
the nine story structure includes lounges, study rooms, recreation
areas, laundry areas, a special projects
for counselors, a
and storage
areas.
TV
room, mailboxes, apartments
room, guest rooms, two automatic elevators,
ADMISSION POLICIES
Bloomsburg
State
College
students
seeks
character and intelligence that will
fields of teaching, business, science
who
fit
with the
them
and the
qualities
of
for leadership in the
Students
liberal arts.
seek admission to the college will be evaluated according to
the following:
Applicants must be graduates of approved secondary schools
or must have
Credentials
made
equivalent preparation as determined by the
Evaluation Division of the
Pennsylvania Department
of Education.
The secondary school record and
ations
the College
described in the following paragraph,
applicant's capacity to
All
candidates
Board Examindetermine the
help
perform satisfactory college work.
for
admission must
complete the
Scholastic
Aptitude Test, the English Composition Achievement Test, and the
Mathematics (Levels
I
or II) Achievement Test of the College En-
trance Examination Board.
Candidates
who
expect to major in
one of the following subjects must complete a third Achievement
Test in one of the appropriate areas listed here:
Pfe
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Chemistry
Required College Board
Achievement Test
Chemistry
Chemistry
French
American History and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
History
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
Applicants whose proposed major
is
not
among
those listed above
are required to complete only the Scholastic Aptitude test, and the
English Composition and Mathematics Achievement
ments for taking these
tests
tests.
Arrange-
must be made by the applicant.
Applicants must submit, through their personal physician, a report on their health and current physical condition.
is
made on
to be
office)
and
will
This report
a prescribed form (available from the admissions
be reviewed by the college physician.
Applicants for special curricula
may
be required to take appro-
priate aptitude tests in their special field of interest.
Although a personal interview
didates, the college
may
is
not a requirement for
all
can-
request that a candidate report for an in-
terview at a time designated by the Director of Admissions.
The
following credentials must be in the candidate's
file
before
admissions consideration can be given:
Application for admission and application fee
1
—
filed
by applicant.
3.
A Physical examination form — filed by the physician.
A High School transcript and personality rating — filed
4.
by High School.
The official results
2.
of the applicant's Scholastic Apti-
tude test of the College Entrance Examination Board
—
filed at the student's request
Examination Board
by the College Entrance
in Princeton,
New
Jersey.
Application materials, as well as a detailed instruction sheet,
will
be forwarded to applicants upon request.
may be
may be
Personal interviews
and
arranged by contacting the Director of Admissions,
Monday through
scheduled on
Friday 9:00 a.m. to 4:00
p.m.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students
who wish
to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College
be in good standing (academically and otherwise)
must
at the institution
previously attended, must have a record of honorable dismissal or
completion of their work at that college or university, and must have
a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or better.
Generally, not
more than 60
transfer credits will be accepted.
All transfer candidates must complete their final
dence
at
Bloomsburg
30
credits in resi-
State College.
Transfer students follow the admissions procedures for
applicants and
1.
A
must
new
also file the following additional credentials:
complete college transcript (s)
—
filed
by the previous
college or university at the applicant's request.
35
2.
A
clearance form
—
be obtained from the Bloomsburg
to
Office of Admissions and to be completed by the appropriate
previous college or university.
official at the
3.
A
letter
explaining in detail the student's reasons for wish-
ing to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
These procedures must be completed by June
fall semester, and by January 1 for admission
The
1
for admission to the
to the spring semester.
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements
and completing the necessary transfer procedures will receive the
same consideration as those of other new candidates, but the applicant must demonstrate better-than-average results on the Scholastic
Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and have
personal characteristics pointing to success as a student at Bloomsburg.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have attended Bloomsburg State College and
have withdrawn for acceptable reasons may request readmission by
writing directly to the Admissions
Readmission.
Any
student
who
Office for an Application for
has interrupted his normal progress
of studies (has failed to complete either Fall or Spring Semester),
and wishes
to re-enroll for a
subsequent semester, must request re-
admission before the deadlines
Candidates
who
below.
listed
hold the Baccalaureate Degree, but wish to
enroll for further undergraduate study, should contact the Director
of Admissions for further information.
who have
All those seeking readmission
attended other colleges
or universities since leaving Bloomsburg must send a complete transcript to the Director of
Admissions
at
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications must be filed not later than June
1
for the fall semester or January
1
for the spring semester.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS
Evaluations are
the student
is
made by
the director of the division in which
enrolled and approved by the
Dean
of Instruction.
Evaluations are subject to change according to any revisions
made
in the requirements for graduation.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
completed
at least
one
full
semester at Bloomsburg.
36
Courses to be transferred must have been completed in an
accredited college or university, must carry a
"C" or better grade,
must be within the general framework of the student's proposed
curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and
in scope to courses offered at Bloomsburg State College.
No
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of
Arts degree at Bloomsburg without a
minimum
residence of one
year in the curriculum in which he intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg State College.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
institution
must make written application
to the
for approval in advance; otherwise credits
may
Dean
of Instruction
not be accepted.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS
The educational
Law
opportunities for Veterans authorized by Public
90-77 (Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of
1967), and, in special cases Public
Law
87-815, are available. Vet-
erans of at least 281 days of continuous active duty any part of
active duty after January 31,
who were released from
1955 for a service connected disability,
may
educational benefits.
which occurred
use their
after
January 31, 1955 or
eligibility for
The
college co-
operates with the Veterans' Administration in offering the regular
degree curriculums in the arts and sciences and to those desiring to
teach in the fields of elementary, secondary, business, or special
education.
Opportunities for veterans authorized by Public
are available,
and veterans may use
Laws
their eligibility for educational
benefits.
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.
Veterans who are not graduates of four-year high schools may
be admitted to the college under certain provisions as set forth in
Bulletin I, The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Cre-
Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School
Number 212, Approved May 15,
Education,
September 7, 1945. Vetthe
Board
of
issued
by
1945,
dentials, for
Equivalent Diploma under Act
37
erans
who
desire information should contact the Director of
Ad-
missions to determine whether or not they are eligible for admission
under
this plan.
To
qualify for educational benefits
under the G.
I.
Bill
of
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training, secured from the nearest Regional Veterans
Rights,
all
Administration Office, at time of original registration.
£
>>
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
The
official
expenses
paid by
students
attending
Bloomsburg
State College are described in the following order: fees, deposits,
refunds, miscellaneous expenses.
aid programs available at
tion of the catalogue
is
A
brief discussion of the financial
Bloomsburg
This sec-
closes this chapter.
alphabetically and numerically divided for
easy reference.
A.
UNIFORM FEES
I.
Community
A
$25.00 fee per semester covers the cost of student
Activities Fee
activities
in athletics, lectures, entertainments, student publications, organiza-
Students taking extension courses, or regular ses-
tions, et cetera.
sion students taking less than eleven credit hours,
benefits of the
Community
Activities
may
secure the
Program through payment of
the fee.
Basic Fees
Semester of eighteen weeks
II.
1.
(a) Students in each curriculum are charged the following fees.
These fees were
Section
#2008
set
by the Board of Trustees
of the School
Laws
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Business Education
Business Administration
Special Education
as provided in
of Pennsylvania.
Regular
Special
$225
225
225
225
225
225
(none)
(none)
$12
(none)
$10
Totals
$225
225
237
225
235
225
Arts
And
(b)
Students taking eleven or less credit hours shall pay at
the rate of
Sciences
$18 per
(none)
credit hour; students taking twelve or
more
pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for
special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis of a twelve
or more credit hour load.
credit hours
*
shall
All college fees are subject to change.
40
(c)
Students taking extension courses shall pay
$18 per
of
credit
special curriculums shall be prorated
Summer
on the
basis of a twelve
Sessions
(a) Students will be charged at the rate of
$18 per
Teacher Education, and $18 per credit hour
in
the rate
hour load.
credit
2.
at
provided that the regular fees for
hour,
Sciences; out-of-state students (see item
VI
credit
hour
in Arts
And
for a definition of
pay $30 per credit hour. A minimum fee of $54
be charged for Pennsylvania students and $90 for out-of-
out-of-state)
will
state students.
(b) Students registering late shall pay a Late Fee of $10 which
will
not be credited to the basic fee charge.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curri-
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of maequipment, and special services used in the
culums
will
terials,
supplies,
laboratories or clinics of the special curriculums.
— $2 per three-week
— $5 per three-week
Business Education Fee
Special Education
(d)
Fee
session.
session.
Students enrolled for periods of instruction differing from
the schedule pay fees in addition
on a pro
rata basis of the
schedule of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
summer
session.
III.
1.
Housing Fees
On-campus residence
hall rates
for students will be
one-half semester and $60 for a three-weeks
summer
$180, per
This
session.
rooms and meals.
includes
(a)
Students expecting to occupy residence rooms in Septem-
ber must pay $180 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester)
before August 15.
fore
The remainder, $180, must be paid
be-
November.
(b) For the purpose of meeting the requirements of those
students
who
live
off-campus but board
at the college, the
ing rates shall be divided as follows: $9 for
hous-
room and $10
for
table board.
2.
The
and lodging is: breakfast
$1.50.
$1.25, and room
daily rate for transient meals
65^, lunch
— 85^, dinner —
—
—
Damage Fees
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or
delayed return of college property.
V. Infirmary Fee
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students
be charged an additional $1 for each day in excess of that
shall
period.
Day
board
students
at the rate
who may be
admitted to the infirmary shall pay
of $3 a day, starting with the
first
This
day.
charge includes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not
include special nurse or special medical services.
VI. Fees
For Out-Of-State Students
Students whose legal residence
sylvania are charged at the rate of
A
more
detailed definition of
who
is
outside of the State of Penn-
$30 per semester hour of
is
credit.
an out-of-state student
may
be obtained by writing to the college Business Office.
out-of-state
If
students are enrolled in a special curriculum,
they shall not pay the special fees as found in
in the
II,
$30 per semester hour of
to the regular fee of
1-a, in addition
credit,
as
stated
preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee
of $5
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree
to cover the cost of diploma.
VIII.
Record of Transcript Fee
One dollar ($1) shall be charged for the second and each subsequent transcript of records.
IX.
No
Delinquent Accounts
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript
of his record until
all
previous charges have been paid.
X. Fee for Late Registration and/or Course Change
Each student completing
registration or requesting a
change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration
may
be
required to pay a late registration or change of registration fee of
$10.
42
XL
Schedule Change Fee
A
$2 fee for students who, once they have conferred with
the scheduling officer and have decided on their schedules, change
their class schedules for personal or other considerations.
XII. Special Clinical Services
Initial
1.
screening
—
diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
which includes selected standardized reading tests, Lavell Hand-Eye
Co-Ordination Test, and tele-binocular examination
$15.
—
2.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
3.
Six- week
4.
Parent conference (per session)
Summer
— $45.
—
Session (not to exceed one hour daily)
$45.
—
$5.
DEPOSITS
B.
(Subject to change without notice)
An
Application Fee of $10, payable to the Commonwealth,
all applicants; this amount shall be paid when the
be made by
shall
student requests registration.
When
a student
is
It is
not refundable.
approved for admission
to the college, the
following fees must be paid:
1.
An Advance
This fee
is
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25).
payable to the
credited to basic fees.
2.
fee
is
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
is
not refundable.
A Community Activities Fee of fifty dollars ($50).
payable to Community Activities, and represents the
This
Com-
munity Activities Fee for the year.
Students
who were
not in attendance in a prior semester,
readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance
when
Registration
Fee and the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students shall pay a deposit of $50, payable to
Activities, in advance of their registration.
Com-
munity
If
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
must be made out for the
drafts, post office orders, or checks, they
amount which is being paid, and drawn payable to the order
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. All post office orders paysuch fees must be drawn on the Post Office at Harrisburg, Penn-
exact
of the
ing
sylvania.
If the Activities
Fee
is
not paid in cash, a separate order
must be drawn payable to Community Activities.
for these fees must be drawn on the Post Office
Post office orders
at
Bloomsburg.
US
Any
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to
Business Manager, Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
C.
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
one semester for students
cost of
living at
Home
College
Basic Fee
$225
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
(none)
25
$225
360
25
75
75
$325
$685
Total
Business students pay $12 additional.
$10 additional.
$30 per semester hour of
Special Education students pay
Out-of-state students pay
D.
I.
credit.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee
will
not be refunded for any reason
whatsoever.
II.
The Advance Registration Fee
of $25 will not be re-
funded for any reason whatsoever.
III.
1.
The Community Activities Fee
Repayment
policy
—
All requests for repayment of the
munity Activities Fee must be
troller of
Community
Activities before
ment involves the following
second semester
(a)
is
A
September
1,
college year, or February
if
ComComp-
the repay-
1, if
only the
involved.
Freshmen and/or
(1)
in writing in the Office of the
New
Incoming Students
repayment of $50
new incoming
students
will
be granted to Freshmen or
who have had
the offer of admis-
sion withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the
Armed
Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
is
matic policy and persons so affected must
not an auto-
make
written
u
application to the Comptroller of
before September
new incoming
(2) If a Freshman or other
will
come
student de-
to
ten application to the Comptroller of
ties
Activities
Bloomsburg for reasons of his own,
be granted a repayment of $25 if he makes writ-
cides not to
he
Community
1.
before September
Community
Activi-
1.
(b) A student who has completed at least one semester at
Bloomsburg State College and paid the following year's Community Activities Fee in advance, who then decides not to return to Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the full $50
if written request is received by September 1, or $25 for the
second semester if written request is received by February 1.
2.
—
Students who, once having begun
Refund policy
do not complete the school year:
classes in the
fall,
(a)
Any
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspend-
ed, or dismissed for
academic
failure during the
college
year will not receive a refund of any portion of the fee
for the semester so involved.
(b)
It
a student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
the
first
may
nine
week period ends
in the first semester,
receive a refund of $12.50 for the second nine
he
weeks
plus $25 for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
Other Fees
will not
or for such other reasons as
first
is
made
to the
Comptroller
semester.
be repaid except for personal
may be approved by
illness
Board of
the
Trustees (see below).
1.
Repayment
suspended,
not be
indefinitely
withdraw from
2.
will
made
to
suspended,
students
dismissed,
who
or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
college.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons as
may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount of the
housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the college.
certified to
U5
Notice of Withdrawal
Dean
Dean of Instruction of their withRegular charges will be made until the notice of withforwarded to the Business Office by the Dean of Instruc-
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
of Students and the Office of the
drawal.
drawal
is
tion.
MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES
E.
At the time of application new students are furnished with a
summary of estimated expenses for the current college year. The
payment of all fees is due as directed by the Business Office. The
college reserves the right to withhold
record of any student
who
is
all
information regarding the
in arrears in the
The
other charges, including student loans.
payment of
fees or
college does not offer
a time payment plan, and students living in college residence halls
are required to pay one half of the semester housing fee before
August 15; the remainder must be paid before November 1.
A
accounts will be mailed prior
billing statement of student
All accounts must be paid as direct-
each semester.
to registration
ed by notice which accompanies the
comply with
this
requirement
billing statement.
Failure to
from
will eliminate a student
registra-
tion.
Keys
Each
student secures a
This deposit
is
room key
or locker key for one dollar.
refunded when the key or lock
is
returned.
Guests
Arrangements for room guests
proved by the Dean of
rates
are
as
follows:
Women
at residence halls
or the
breakfast,
$ .65;
Dean
of
Men.
luncheon,
must be ap-
The
$ .85;
guest
dinner,
$1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
Books and supplies
Students
store
is
may
are estimated at
$75 for each semester.
secure books and supplies at the College Store.
This
operated on a cash basis.
Residence on Campus
Each residence hall room
is
furnished with two single beds,
mattresses and pillows, dressers, a study table, and chairs.
pillow cases, and white spreads are furnished for the beds.
Sheets,
46
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21
F.
by 27 inches.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
Financial aid opportunities are available at Bloomsburg State
College in the form of loans, part-time employment, scholarships,
and
grants.
Federal or
Most of the financial aid awards are funded through
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania programs:
Federal Programs
College Work-Study Program
National Defense Student
Loan Program
Educational Opportunity Grant Program
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Programs
Pennsylvania State Student Employment Program
State
payments
Guaranty Loan Program (Federal subsidy on
possible for certain income levels)
interest
is
Pennsylvania State Scholarship Program
Other financial assistance
is
available through the
Bloomsburg
Alumni Association Loan Program and the BloomsCollege Scholarships. The latter are available to students
State College
burg State
only after they have been enrolled in the college at least one year.
The State Guaranty Loan Program and the State Scholarship
Program are administered in Pennsylvania by the Pennsylvania
Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA). Information about
these programs can be obtained from guidance counselors or the
PHEAA
regional representative in the student's
home
area.
U7
Students
to attend
tial
ice.
who
feel that
Bloomsburg
they
may be
needing financial assistance
State College should
file
a Parents' Confiden-
Statement with the college through the College Scholarship ServParents' Confidential Statement
may be
obtained in high school
guidance offices or from the College Scholarship Service,
Princeton,
More
at B.S.C.
New
Box
176,
Jersey 08540.
detailed
may be
information
about financial aid opportunities
obtained by writing to the Director of Financial
Aid and asking for a copy of
Bloomsburg State College.
the brochure, Student Financial
Aid
at
Representatives of the student press meet with Governor Raymond P. Shafer
during his visit to Bloomsburg State College, December, 1969.
STUDENT
The
and administration of Bloomsburg State College be-
faculty
lieve that a college education
demic excellence.
but in
all
more than
is
sity
experiences; he
may
in the classroom,
Campus
places where students interact.
room
the pursuit of aca-
Education takes place not only
student in residence hall activities,
dining
LIFE
life
involves the
informal social gatherings,
or
participate in well-organized var-
or intra-mural athletic programs.
Social
and cultural events
and other extra-curricular offerings are available to aid the student
in becoming a well-rounded individual.
The wide
variety of activities
to afford every student
and services have been developed
an opportunity to explore and
dividual potential in an atmosphere of congeniality.
that
each student
so that he
may
will find a place for the
better understand himself
With the student's needs and hopes
fulfill his
It
is
in-
hoped
expression of his talents
and those around him.
in
mind, the members of
on the individual
on the college community, with the intention of assisting
young men and women to realize their own potential. Although
the Dean of Students, the Deans of Men and Women, and their
the Student Personnel staff focus their attention
as well as
respective
staffs
are
responsible
for
maintaining
an environment
which emphasizes integrity and consideration of others,
cess largely
is
cooperation.
their suc-
determined by the extent of student participation and
It
is
the student
who makes
the college experience a
success or failure for himself and others.
Statement of College Policy
Individual rights
and freedoms
context of the educational mission.
survive
when
will
be respected within the
No community,
violent pressures for undirected
however, can
change or unyielding
resistance to necessary change produce an irreconcilable paralysis.
Disruption
is
easy.
Mutual respect
ness leads to constructive action.
for both reason
and reasonable-
50
Bloomsburg
State College expects that all students will acquaint
themselves with the rules, policies, and regulations of the College
as stated in the catalog
and student handbook, and that
all
agree to be governed by those rules and regulations while
students
members
of the student body.
Housing
Housing assignments are made for men and women through
Dean of Men and Women respectively. New students receive room assignments based on their date of acceptance
at Bloomsburg.
All applications or requests for college approved
housing must go through the Dean of Men or Women's office.
the offices of the
as
it
The college reserves
deems appropriate.
College
Commons.
the right to assign
All students housed
rooms and roommates
on campus eat in the
All freshmen resident students will be assigned
on-campus housing.
Residence Halls
At Bloomsburg
is
available.
State College a variety of living arrangements
Study rooms and "quiet hours" in each residence
hall
provide an atmosphere for independent study while recreation rooms
and
television lounges
afford opportunities for relaxation and en-
joyment.
If
residence hall vacancies occur after assignments have been
made, commuters
will receive preference over
off-campus residents
Commuters may place their names on a priority
list in the Dean of Men's or Dean of Women's Office for residence
hall housing.
As vacancies occur, commuters will be assigned
in filling them.
by the respective deans.
must be understood that commuter assignments will be temporary and in effect for only the remainder of the academic year,
following which the person assigned to the residence room will return to commuter status.
It
This rule does not apply under extreme emergencies, extenuating circumstances, or during
Each
hall
is
summer
staffed with a
Dean
sessions.
Head
The Head Residents are
Deans in overseeing the ador Assistant Dean, a
Resident and student Resident Advisors.
experienced adults
who work
ministration of the hall.
with the
Resident Advisors are carefully selected
and screened upperclassmen assigned
to live with
and
to help
coun-
51
sel
They
small groups of students.
Dean
of the
of
Men
The residence
are under the direct supervision
and Women.
have
halls
their
own governing
bodies which
are responsible for establishing, implementing and enforcing regulations in conjunction with the
Students not living at
ed by the college,
must
Dean
of Students
home and
live in the
staff.
not working in homes approv-
residence halls
They must not move from residence
end of the semester.
able.
rooms are availrooms before the
if
hall
Off Campus Housing
Resident Students Living Off Campus
where resident housing may not be
upon notification from the college, students are required
In
situations
off
campus
rental
the
Dean
Men
available,
to select
accommodations from lists of college inspected
and approved rooms and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg.
Lists of approved off campus housing may be obtained from either
of
Dean
or the
of
Women.
Students living in these college approved residences are held
responsible to the college in the
A
dents.
vises
member
Dean
of the
and periodically
visits
same manner as other resident stuof Men and Women's staff super-
these residences.
Optional Housing
Optional housing
birthday by September
is
1
available for students
of that college year.
who
reach their 21st
Those interested
in
Men
or
such housing must declare their intentions to the Dean of
Women
ing
is
by March 15 preceding the college year.
Optional housindividual students from residences other than
selected by
College Approved.
off-campus in Optional Housing are both
town and members of the college community. As
citizens, students enjoy the rights common to all citizens and have
the same obligations.
However, the College cannot isolate itself
from the larger community of which it is a part, and students should,
therefore, not expect the College to provide sanctuary from the
law or to be indifferent to its reputation in the community.
Students
residing
citizens of the
—
off
Each resident student under 21 or having senior status living
campus is required to enter into a written agreement with his
52
householder or landlord covering the period of proposed tenancy.
Agreement forms provided by
using Student Housing
summer
when students are required either to commute from their
homes or to live in college residence halls.
This housing policy
sions
ents'
the college.
not in effect during the
is
ses-
par-
College Infirmary
Nurses are on duty 24 hours a day
They
give first aid.
and supply medication
dents,
ments.
educational,
in
ail-
their
offers professional counseling regarding
personal,
vocational,
and emotional problems.
social,
located on the second floor of Waller Hall,
no charge
services are available at
at
and minor
for colds, sore throats,
who because of an illness cannot remain
may stay in the Infirmary over night.
Counseling Services
The Counseling Center
is
college Infirmary.
area doctors for stu-
Students
residence halls
It
in the
make appointments with
room 210. and
its
to all regularly enrolled students
Bloomsburg.
Those
personal
in
need of counseling services are not
problems.
Frequently
the
recognizing
just
exceptionally
and con-
able
scientious students can benefit from counseling.
The content
of counseling interviews
is
confidential.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates with
administration
regulating
all
in
promoting personal and group responsibility
the
in
student affairs.
The College Council, which meets
day of every month, acts
the second
and fourth Mon-
board of the Community
as the executive
Government Association. The Presidents of the following groups
automatically become members of the council: Association of Resident
Women; Day Women's
Men
Resident's Association: Senior. Junior.
man
Classes; Editor of
Association:
Day Men's
The Maroon and Gold. The College Council
administers the affairs of the association and formulates
Association of Resident
The Association
living in
Association:
Sophomore, and Freshpolicies.
Women
of Resident
Women
residence halls on campus,
Bloomsburg apartments.
its
Its
purpose
in
is
consists
downtown
one of
of
the
houses,
initiating
women
and
in
and carry-
53
ing
on cooperative government among the resident women
as well as
encouraging high standards of social and academic achievement.
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
is
an organization of commuters
not living in the college residence halls or college housing in the
The governing body
town of Bloomsburg.
is
the Official
Board
consisting of a President and Vice-President elected by the entire
and two representatives from each
promote the general welfare of the day
association,
is
to
class.
purpose
Its
women and
operate with the other student organizations in matters
to
co-
affecting
the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
mute from
sists
their
homes
of a President, Vice-President,
association carries
men who comThe Governing Board conSecretary, and Treasurer.
The
an organization of
is
to the college.
on a varied program of
activities
for
its
own
welfare and for the benefit of the college community.
Association of Resident
The Association
resident
men
tions in the
Men
men
students including
town of Bloomsburg
residence halls.
Its
is
the governing
living in rented
body
for
accommodacampus
as well as those living in
body is composed of a Presiand Treasurer. By means of this
administrative
dent, Vice-President, Secretary,
organization, the
Men
of Resident
men
cooperate with the administration in fostering
personal and group responsibilities.
Day room facilities are provided for women and men students
who do not live on the campus. Comfortable lounge furniture provides
for
space and
relaxation.
Recreation
facilities for
study are provided.
facilities
are
available.
Locker
Activities
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular
activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities dur-
ing the past year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
American Chemical Society
Archaeology Club
B
Club
Biology Club
51*
Bridge Club
Chess Club
K
Circle
Concert Choir
Council for Exceptional Children
Dramatic Club ("Bloomsburg Players")
Economics Club
Flying Club
Forensic Society
German Club
Huski Club
International Relations Club
LeCercle Francais
Literary and Film Society
Maroon and Gold Band
Mathematics Club
Men's Glee Club
Phi Beta
Lambda
Philosophy Club
Physics Club
Rifle
Club
Russian Club
Science Club
Sociology Club
Spanish Club
Student
Studio
PSEA
Band
Varsity Club
Veteran's Association
Women's Choral Ensemble
Women's Recreation Association
Young Democrats
Young Republicans
Additional information about club activities and sponsors may
be obtained from the Office of the Director of Student Activities.
55
College Banking
The Community
Library,
that they
Activities Office, located in Waller Hall,
Old
prepared to handle deposits of cash for students in order
is
may
secure small amounts of
money
at
convenient times.
PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published twice weekly by a student
is
staff,
the college paper
the official student voice of the campus.
Obiter
The
Obiter, published each year by the college community, con-
tains a pictorial review of the activities of the year.
Olympian
In this publication contributors will find an outlet for literary
expression in the fields of poetry and prose.
Pilot
Edited jointly by a student editor and the Dean of Students,
this
handbook informs students about
college life at Bloomsburg.
HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL
FRATERNITIES
Many
national honorary and professional fraternities which
and advance educational ideals through scholarship, social
efficiency, and moral development have chapters on the Bloomsburg
foster
campus.
Among them
are:
Kappa Delta
or Society in Education), Phi Sigma Pi
Fraternity for
Men), Alpha
Psi
Omega
Pi (Coeducational
Hon-
(Professional Education
(Coeducational Dramatic
Fraternity), Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography
Fraternity), Phi Beta Lambda (Coeducational Business Fraternity), Pi Kappa Delta (Coeducational Debate Fraternity), Pi
Omega Pi (National Business Teacher Education Honor Society),
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity), Sigma
Tau Delta (Coeducational English Fraternity), Phi Alpha Theta
(National Honor Society in History), and Delta Phi Alpha (Coeducational Honor Society in German).
56
Social Fraternities
The
Council serves as the governing body of
Interfraternity
on campus.
the seven social fraternities
from the various
sentatives
rushing and pledging regulations and
grams and events
It
is
social fraternities,
composed
and
is
of repre-
responsible for
activities,
coordination of pro-
for the various fraternities,
and investigation of
violations of the rules devised
by the IFC and the College.
Mem-
bership includes the following:
Delta Omega Chi
Sigma Pi
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi Epsilon Chi
Zeta
Sigma Iota Omega
Psi
Beta Sigma Delta
The
Inter-Sorority Council
The purposes
ber sororities.
is
the governing
body
for
all
mem-
of the Inter-Sorority Council include
coordination of rushing and pledging
activities,
promotion of scholar-
and the enhancement of friendships and social relations beMembership includes the
tween sororities and individual women.
ship,
following:
Chi Sigma
Rho
Tau Sigma
Pi
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Theta Tau Omega
AND
SERVICE FRATERNITIES
Alpha Phi Omega
men
has as
SORORITIES
its
purpose "to assemble college
Oath and Law,
to develop Leadand
provide
Friendship,
to
Service
to humanity."
promote
ership, to
men
regularly
enrolled in the inMembership is open to all college
stitution who have been affiliated with Scouting nationally or in
their
in the fellowship of the Scout
own
country.
Lambda Alpha
Mu
is
based on the high ideals of service to
the campus, community, and world.
to
assemble college
Membership
least a 2.0
is
open
women
to
in
The purpose
of the sorority
the spirit of service to
Sophomore and Junior women having
cumulative average.
is
humanity.
at
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Prior
class
to the beginning of each semester, the student prepares a
After this
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
schedule has been approved by the appropriate divisional director,
it
will
be printed in the Data Processing Center and handed to the
Any
student at registration.
changes in
proved by the director of the curriculum
rolled.
At
the end of each semester,
schedule must be apwhich the student is en-
this
in
members
of the faculty record
grades on course cards, which become the basis of the permanent
record of each student.
Class Attendance
It
is
a
mark
of maturity in a student to accept the obligation
of regular and punctual class attendance during his college career.
Absences from
should be avoided because they serve only to
class
increase the student's
work load
in
"making up" what was missed.
The effect of absence upon course requirements
mined by the instructor.
will
be deter-
Change of Schedule
Adjustments
in class schedules
may be made
during the
first
ten days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the ap-
proval of the
for
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee of
$2
will
be charged
each individual schedule change.
Dropping Courses
Students are permitted to withdraw from a course at any time
during the semester, subject to the following policy:
If
a student wishes to drop a course up to the date established
end of the first half of the semester he may do so without
("W"). After that date, a student at the time of withdrawal will receive a grade of "W" if he is passing or a grade of
for the
penalty
"E"
if
he
is
failing the course.
60
who
Students
are planning to drop a scheduled course
secure the necessary permit card in the Office of the
Dean
may
of In-
struction.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another,
a student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average (although
freshmen certain
for
A
be made).
requirement
justifiable exceptions to this
may
form for Approval of Divisional Transfer
may be obtained from the Registrar. On this form the student must
special
obtain the following signatures:
(1)
the
signature of his current
Divisional Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Students (re-
quired only in the case of a student transferring from Business
Ad-
ministration or the Arts and Sciences to Teacher Education),
(3)
the signature of the Director of the Division to
is
which the student
intending to transfer, (4) the signature of the
Dean
of Instruc-
This form should be filed with the Registrar during the se-
tion.
mester immediately preceding that in which the transfer
is
to take
effect.
Provision for Superior Students
A
student whose
may
above
petition the
work for a semester averages 3.0
Dean of Instruction for approval
— "B"
or
to schedule
course work in addition to that normally scheduled for that semester
(16 credit hours).
will be approved.
No more
than 19 credit hours of course
work
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each student, each
During each period
is divided into periods of nine weeks.
semester
the instructor
ficiency report
At
work.
made
may
at
give to the
of Instruction a special de-
any time the student
is
the end of ten weeks a report of
to the parents of
At
Dean
not doing satisfactory
"D" and "E"
grades
the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
the permanent progress card of each student, and filed.
upon
report
is
each student.
is
sent to the parents.
Any
report at the end of the semester should notify the
tion so that a duplicate
may be
This
parent not receiving such a
mailed.
Dean
of Instruc-
61
Grading System
The system
is
E
—
of grading used in this college and
— very
A
as follows:
high;
B
—
high;
C
—
its
failure involving repetition of the entire course.
drawal, approved by the
does not
Dean
Incomplete
passing the course.
interpretation
W—
—
low;
a with-
of Instruction while the student
— work not handed
satisfy the instructor's standards or the
in,
is
or material
course requirements.
Certain courses, scheduled on a Pass-Fail basis,
are
graded
These grades do not carry quality points and are
P-pass; F-fail.
not included
D
average;
in the student's quality point average.
Academic Recognition
Any
semester
student with a 3.5 quality point average or better for a
may be
placed on the Dean's List for that semester.
Quality Point System
For
For
For
For
For
each semester hour
A
each semester hour
B
C
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
grade of
W
is
To be
is
4 quality points.
quality points.
carries 2 quality points.
each semester hour
Incomplete
A
carries
carries 3
1
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
graduated, a student must have a cumulative quality
point average of not less than 2.0.
Removal of "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing
shall file with the
Dean
an incomplete
at the
end of a semester
of Instruction a detailed statement of the
steps to be taken by the student for the removal of such grade.
A
printed form
must be secured at the office of the
when an incomplete has been removed. It is the responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor removing the incomplete, and to present it to
Dean
the
(blue)
of Instruction to be used
Dean
of Instruction for recording.
// the
repeated.
is not removed within one calendar
becomes an E, and the course must be
grade "Incomplete"
year, the grade automatically
62
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible for
assignment to student teaching
if
he
has earned at least 90 semester hours of credit with a cumulative
quality point average of 2.0
and has attained a quality point aver-
age of 2.0 in the field of his certification.
Residence Required for Graduation
or
The minimum period
equivalent.
Former
its
of residence at this college
is
one year
students, certified for teaching by having
completed two or three years of college work and who are candidates for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Education
plete at least
must com-
one half of the remaining work required for the de-
gree in residence at Bloomsburg.
Residence credit
in the classes of a regular semester,
in
summer
may
be earned
school, or in eve-
ning or Saturday classes for teachers-in-service.
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring
tion,
of the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Educa-
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
is
authorized to grant, and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate require the following:
1
— Completion
of 128 semester hours of credit in a specified un-
30 hours of graduate credit
courses required for the degree of Master of Education.
dergraduate curriculum,
2
—
or
All students must satisfactorily complete a
minimum
in
of five
semester hours of Physical Education and Health.
3
— Emotional
lege social
4
—
evidenced by active participation in col-
and academic
activities.
Personality traits considered by the college to be adequate for
a
5
stability, as
member
of the teaching profession.
— High moral and
The
ethical standards of conduct.
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the ap-
plication for a certificate to teach in the
sylvania
if
Commonwealth
of Penn-
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not
met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting all the requirements for graduation outlined above.
68
Physical Education Requirements
All students are required by the College
mum
complete a mini-
to
of three semester hours of physical education to
degree*.
ing their
Students should complete
first
HPE
receive
HPE
100 and
a
101 dur-
year at Bloomsburg State College.
All students enrolled in a Physical Education Activity Class
must wear non-marking sneakers and regulation uniforms.
uniforms may be purchased in the College Bookstore.
Each student
is
is
passed, the student
given a
may
swimming
proficiency
These
If the test
test.
then elect an advanced section of Aquat-
(HPE 151 or 152) or
#200 courses. If the
Aquatics (HPE 150).
an additional course from one of
ics
select
the
test is failed, the
student must enroll in
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
#200
two hours from this area if
These courses
they have passed the swimming proficiency test.
may also be selected as elective hours by upper class students. If
a student elects more than one course from the #200 series,
subsequent courses must contain two different activities.
series of courses.
Students
Academic Probation
At the end of each
elect
grading period a student
who
has a quality
point average of less than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the
next grading period.
If
at the
not attained a 2.0 average, he
end of that grading period he has
given an opportunity to meet
may be
with a faculty committee chosen by the divisional director for counseling.
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
is
two-fold
:
( 1 )
to enable
the student to determine the cause of his apparent failure,
(2) to
enable the faculty committee to assess the professional interest and
promise of the student, and to determine whether or not the student
will
be able to profit educationally by remaining
The
privilege of meeting with a faculty
in college.
committee
tended to a student only one time during his attendance
will
be ex-
at the col-
lege unless extenuating circumstances should warrant a second con-
ference.
*
Students who have passed the age
the Chairman of the Department of
education program.
of
should consult with
planning their physical
thirty
HPE
in
Men, or women, having twelve months or more of active military servexempt from the Health and Physical Education requirement.
ice are
6U
Changes In Academic Policies
Several important changes in the academic policies of Blooms-
burg State College, which directly affected students
college after September
semester of the college year 1968-1969.
A
student
passing
grade.
may
student
may
who
entered the
1968, became effective during the second
These
are:
not repeat a course in which he has earned a
Furthermore,
repeat no
during
undergraduate
his
more than four (4) courses
years
a
which he has
in
earned a grade of "E" (failing).
new
In order to provide a greater opportunity for
to
achieve
satisfactory
academic
grade point average plan
A
1.
is
status,
part of the
student has two semesters
the
new
students
graduated
following
regulation:
and a summer
to
cumulative average of 1.75 and begin his second
a
attain
full
year
of study.
He
2.
then has two more semesters and a
a cumulative average of 2.0
and begin
summer
his
to
attain
third year of
study.
From
3.
tive
the beginning of the third year onward, a 2.0 cumula-
average must be maintained for continued enrollment.
In computing quality point averages, students are "charged"
for
all
credits scheduled, including credits for courses repeated; the
average
points
is
computed by dividing
Students
earned.
all credits
who were
scheduled into the quality
enrolled
prior
to
September,
1968, will have their averages computed in the same manner as in
past years.
No
extra credit hours shall be given a student for "doing extra
work."
Placement Tests
Every new student
entering Bloomsburg State College
is
re-
quired to take a battery of tests covering general ability, reading,
and
social studies,
into
percentiles,
graph called a
office of the
tunity
to
science.
profile.
Dean
These
of Students.
results of the tests are converted
profiles
are
available
Every student
is
through the
given an oppor-
review his profile with a professional counselor, noting
and weakness. He sees himself in relation
the group of students entering Bloomsburg State College, as well
the areas of his strength
to
The
both local and national, and are projected on a
65
as to the national
group of students entering
liberal
arts
colleges
may
require
and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition to the Placement Tests, the college
each freshman to take such tests as the College Deans may advise.
Information provided by the tests is issued in counseling students
who encounter problems in their academic and social adjustment.
A
battery of achievement tests
may
also be administered to
all
sophomore students to determine the student's academic progress
and to provide information for further guidance. A careful study
of each individual student by selected faculty members is recommended before the end of the sophomore year.
The
college
also
administers the Undergraduate
Record Ex-
amination to measure the academic achievement of the student, as
well as the effectiveness of the instructional program.
of tests
is
sible for
is
respon-
paying the costs of the examination.
Bloomsburg
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at
College
This battery
given during the senior year and the student
are
required
complete
to
the
following
State
Undergraduate
Record Examinations:
UGRE APTITUDE TEST
UGRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
shall
be completed in the student's area of
specialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
tests
are administered three times a year.
They should
be taken during the semester or term in which the student
uled to complete his degree requirements.
examination fee of
six
($6) dollars
is
is
The payment
schedof the
the responsibility of the stu-
dent.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four
years of preprofessional education leading to teacher-certification.
For
this
reason, an entire semester of the academic program for
each student
of
is
reserved for student teaching in the public schools
Pennsylvania.
ticum,
is
Student
teaching,
including
Professional
offered for twelve semester hours of credit.
Prac-
66
In order to orient student teachers more effectively to public
school programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
is
However, opening and closing dates
followed.
for student teach-
ing assignments are determined by the college calendar.
Sophomore Field Experience
In order to help students in Teacher Education decide whether
they definitely want to enter the teaching profession, they are re-
quired to spend a specific amount of time working
in,
and observ-
ing the educational process in a school of their choice prior to entering courses in professional education in the Junior year.
Students are exposed to as many aspects of teaching as possible.
Such exposure, hopefully, will make course work in professional
education more meaningful.
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
its
responsibility for providing high quality gradu-
ates for the teaching profession, the college carefully selects student
teaching centers and cooperating teachers.
Secondary,
Students in Elementary,
and Business Education are assigned
located public schools in the
Commonwealth
to
conveniently
of Pennsylvania.
Stu-
dents in the Division of Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven
State School
and the Selinsgrove
State School
and to the public schools of Lycoming,
Montgomery Counties through
and Hospital
Chester,
Schuylkill,
and
the offices of the superintendents of
those counties.
Interstate Agreement on Qualifications for
Educational Personnel
who
Students
successfully complete
for teaching at
Bloomsburg
fication
states
in
all
that
observe
the
Qualifications of Education Personnel"
fied in
each
state.
certification
requirements
State College also are eligible for certi-
The agreement
"Interstate
Agreement on
without becoming recerti-
currently
is
in effect in
twenty-
three states.
Placement
meant teacher
With the graduation of students from the Arts and
Sciences Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into nonUntil 1966 the term "placement" at Bloomsburg
placement.
teaching fields in ever increasing numbers.
67
Office of Research and Evaluation
The
Office of Research and Evaluation initiates, carries on,
studies that
and keeps records of institutional research
Such studies may
are useful in the on-going work of the college.
be suggested or sought by accreditation agencies or various interests
on the campus. The studies may predict or describe outcomes of
—
reports,
The
or administrative offices.
students,
efforts of faculty,
evalu-
ation responsibility of the office includes the suggestion and review
The
of testing and evaluation programs or services for the college.
office inaugurates
work, reports the
approved programs and
results,
services,
and keeps records
carries out the
for these programs.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily for the following
purposes:
( 1 )
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
removal of conditions.
(2) Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a) advanced state cer(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Eduand (c) the Permanent College Certificate.
tification,
cation,
(3) College graduates qualifying for state certification through
courses in education and student teaching.
Students attending the
summer
sessions
may
schedule as
many
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
Special opportunities will be provided during the
on
sions for persons certified to teach
toward certification which
will include
summer
the secondary level to
ses-
work
teaching on the elementary
level.
The enrollment
in the
summer
session will be limited to teach-
ers-in-service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
who have been
in attendance
from other colleges enrolling
at
at
an accredited college.
Bloomsburg
and others
Students
for the first time should
present evidence of having attended another college and a written
statement from their college certifying that they are in good aca-
demic standing.
68
A
copy of the current summer session bulletin
will
be sent upon
submission of a request addressed to the Registrar of the College.
Special Note to Students
All items, including fees, are subject to change in accord with
developing policy.
Course
listings are informational; a specific
course
may
or
may
not be offered during a given semester or academic year.
Students cannot be assured of classes at desired times or with
instructors of their preference.
Every student
is
assured, however,
of a class schedule in keeping with his curricular objectives, and in
fulfillment of
normal degree requirements.
GRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAM*
On June 9, 1960, the State Council of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania authorized the Bloomsburg State College to inaugurate a program of graduate studies and to confer the
Master of Education degree. Graduate courses for students desiring to secure the Master of Education degree in Business Education,
Elementary Education, Biology, English, Foreign Languages, History,
Reading, General Speech, Social Studies, Communication Dis-
and Special Education for the Mentally Retarded are now
In 1968, the first Master of Arts Degree
History was offered. The program is under the direction of the
orders,
offered by the College.
in
framework of
and curriculums developed and approved by the Graduate
Division of Graduate Studies operating within the
policies
Council of the College.
PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
The need for professional education for teachers extending beyond the undergraduate level has long been recognized by educational leaders throughout the
United
States.
In recent years the
Pennsylvania State Council of Education has taken positive action
to
improve instruction
in public schools
requirements for teachers.
by upgrading
certification
This action indicates a clear recognition
by the State Council of the need for training beyond the Bachelor's
It
Policies and programs may be revised during the academic year.
the responsibility of the student to contact the office of Graduate
Studies to insure that these statements and procedures are currently applicable.
is
GO
degree.
Mandated
salary schedules
for holders of Master's degrees
tials
mum
which provide salary differenin the form of higher maxi-
salaries give additional recognition of the
value of graduate
study.
The program
has as
its
of graduate studies at
Bloomsburg
State College
primary purpose the increasing of the competency of
To
teachers in Pennsylvania.
achieve
this,
the following specific
objectives, as they relate to the individual student,
have been de-
veloped.
1.
To encourage independent
velop problem-solving
2.
3.
To
To
thought and
and de-
initiative
ability.
provide an incentive for continuing professional growth.
develop a basic understanding of research methods and
techniques so that reports of research in the field of edu-
4.
cation may be correctly interpreted and evaluated.
To develop a more comprehensive understanding
of
the
teaching and learning processes.
5.
To
provide opportunity for advanced study in a selected
field of specialization.
SCHEDULING OF CLASSES
All graduate classes will be scheduled during late afternoons,
evenings, and/or Saturdays during the regular academic year.
The
calendar and daily time schedule for graduate courses offered during the
summer term
will
be similar to the calendar and daily time
schedule for undergraduate courses.
to
Graduate students
will
be able
pursue a full-time graduate study program during the summer.
In-service teachers will be able to complete the requirements for the
Master of Education degree without interference with normal professional duties.
SEMESTER HOUR LOAD
During the regular nine-month academic year, a graduate
dent
in a
in
who is teaching full time will normally be permitted
maximum of two courses each semester. Permission
stu-
to enroll
to enroll
more than two graduate courses must be received from the Di-
rector of Graduate Studies.
ADVISEMENT OF STUDENTS
Each student admitted
will
to graduate study in a degree
be assigned a program advisor
ation of the
program of
study.
who
will
program
help in the determin-
Courses not approved by an ad-
70
may
visor possibly
Normally the
not be counted towards a degree.
chairman, or some other designated faculty member, of the depart-
ment
in
which the student
is
Upon
enrolled will be the advisor.
approval of the Director of Graduate Studies, and upon the recom-
mendation of the department chairman, the student will be permitted to enroll for the Professional Research Project if this research
option is chosen.
At this time a major research advisor and a
research committee will be named.
This committee will assume
responsibility for the approval of the professional research project
and the administration of the
final oral
examination.
EXAMINATIONS
All students are required to take the Miller Analogies Test.
The time schedule and other information
examinations
may be
Navy
in
relative
to
taking these
announced by the Director of Graduate Studies and
at the office of the Division of Graduate Studies
Room No. 1. A comprehensive written and/or oral
is
obtained
Hall,
examination covering the
field
before the Master's degree
is
of specialization
may be
required
conferred.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
—
A, B, C, D, E, I, W,
Only credit earned in courses in which
the grade received was "A", "B", or "C" will be accepted in fulAlthough
fillment of the requirements for the Master's degree.
The College
R
—
credit will
ed,
uses the letter grades
in graduate courses.
be accepted for courses
in
which a grade of "C"
a cumulative quality point average
quality points;
B=3
point) in the total
quality points;
number
C=2
of 3.00
is
earn-
or better
(A=4
D=l
quality
quality points;
of courses for which graduate credit
is
granted will be required for the conferring of the Master's degree.
Every course taken
at the
graduate level will be counted in compil-
ing the quality point average.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
A maximum
of six semester hours of credit earned at another
accredited graduate school
may be
accepted in partial fulfillment
of degree requirements with the approval of the Graduate Council;
however, such credit
will
be accepted only
(1)
when earned
courses included in the curriculum which the student
is
in
pursuing
Bloomsburg State College, and (2) when a grade of "B" or better
was received as verified by an official transcript. Extension courses
at
taken
at
another institution will normally not be accepted.
71
SCHEDULE OF FEES
(Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.)
$10
Application Fee
(Payable
at
time
of
application
Not refundable or applicable
courses.
for
admission
to
Graduate Basic Fee
$25 per sem.
hr.
Out-of-State Basic Fee
$30 per sem.
hr.
Late Registration Fee
$10
Activities
graduate
to graduate tuition.)
$3 per three- week session.
Fee (summer term only)
$6 per six-week
Graduation and Diploma Fee
session.
$10
(Not including rental of cap, gown, and hood)
REFUNDS
Application Fees
ices
Application fees shall not, at any time, be refunded since servwhich require payment of these fees have been rendered by the
college before the fees are paid.
Tuition Fees
No
portion of the tuition fee shall be refunded
if
the student
has attended one-third or more than one-third of the class periods
scheduled during a given semester or session.
If a student
withdraws from a course, for approved reasons,
before one-third of the scheduled class periods have been completed, the student shall then be entitled to a refund of one-half of
the tuition fees paid.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
TO GRADUATE COURSES
Applicants for admission to graduate courses (as distinguished
from admission to candidacy for the Master of Education degree)
must:
1
Hold a Bachelor's degree from a college or university accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education, or the Middle States Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools (or other regional accrediting association).
2.
Present transcript(s)
from
all
colleges
and
universities
which undergraduate or graduate credit has been earned.
at
72
3.
Have earned
quality
D=l
a cumulative 2.0 quality point average
points;
B=3
quality
quality point) in
all
C=2
quality
points;
He
academic competency by
also provide evidence of
tory
points;
undergraduate courses.
(A —A
should
satisfac-
performance on the graduate qualifying examination
by the Graduate Council.
specified
4.
Possess character and personality
traits characteristic of
an
educated person.
5.
Provide names and current addresses of two persons
who
are sufficiently acquainted with their academic competence,
and personal
character,
traits
to judge their probability of
success in graduate courses.
PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION
TO GRADUATE COURSES
Persons desiring to enroll for graduate courses (as distinguish-
ed from admission to candidacy for the Master's degree) must:
1.
Submit the prescribed application
accompanied by the matriculation
to the
2.
Commonwealth
Submit transcripts of
to
fee
the
of
Business
Office
$10.00 payable
of Pennsylvania.
all
undergraduate and graduate credit
earned.
3.
Arrange for an interview with the Director of Graduate
Studies on a date following the receipt by the Division of
Graduate Studies of the items listed in Nos. 1 and 2 above.
Persons normally enrolled in the Graduate Division of another
institution should
submit a written statement from the Dean of the
Graduate School or the appropriate department chairman indicating
that the student
currently enrolled in
is
good standing
in the degree
program.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY
FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE
A
student must apply for admission to the degree program
prior to completing twelve (12) semester hours of graduate credit.
The procedure
1.
is
as follows:
Submit an
to
the
official
application for admission to candidacy
Director of Graduate
available in the Office of
2.
Studies.
(Applications
Submit transcripts of graduate credit earned
leges or universities.
are
Graduate Studies)
at
other col-
73
3.
Complete successfully with a grade of "B" or
least nine (9)
semester hours of graduate courses
better
at
at
Blooms-
burg State College.
4.
Achieve a satisfactory score on the Graduate Qualifying
Examination.
5.
Submit evidence of the possession of a valid teaching
tificate issued
some other
by the
cer-
certifying agency of Pennsylvania or
state.
Students are expected to have an undergraduate major
in
the
do graduate study. Any deficiencies in
undergraduate areas as determined by the departmental chairmen
or major advisors must be satisfactorily removed prior to being approved for the graduate degree.
field in
which they
elect to
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY
FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
A student must apply for admission to the degree program
prior to completing twelve (12) semester hours of graduate credit.
The procedure
1.
is
as follows:
Submit an
to
the
application for admission to candidacy
official
Director of Graduate
Studies.
(Applications
are
available in the Office of Graduate Studies)
2.
Submit transcripts of graduate credit earned
at
other col-
leges or universities.
3.
Complete successfully with a grade of "B" or better at
least nine (9) semester hours of graduate courses at Bloomsburg State College.
4.
Achieve a satisfactory score on the Graduate Qualifying
Examination.
Students
are
expected
to
have
an
adequate
undergraduate
do graduate work.
Any deficiencies in undergraduate areas as determined by the departmental chairmen or major advisors must be satisfactorily repreparation in the field
moved
prior to being
which they
in
elect to
x
approved for the graduate degree.
PROFESSIONAL RESEARCH REQUIREMENT
Professional research
is
considered to be an integral part of
graduate programs at Bloomsburg.
The requirements
ual courses should reflect this philosophy
all
of individ-
and should contribute
to
the student's concept of the place of research in professional activi-
7U
In addition, the student
ties.
Option as part of
his degree
is
required to complete a Research
program.
This option will include the
Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis for
all
departments or either
a Departmental Paper or Departmental Seminar, depending on the
specific
department involved.
mined by the department
in
In
all
cases the option will be deter-
which the student
is
The Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis
enrolled.
will offer the stu-
dent an opportunity to engage in research of limited scope pertaining to
some area
in a school situation
which needs study and im-
provement, or to some specific aspect of an academic area.
service teachers
may
wish to select a project which
is
In-
concerned
with an existing problem area in the school system with which they
are currently associated.
The Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis must be approved
by the Chairman of the student's advisory committee, and a formal
plan for the completion of the project must be submitted to, and
approved by, the student's advisory committee before the project
is
A
undertaken.
prepared in
final written report of the project,
conformity with requirements established by the Graduate Council,
must be approved by the student's advisory committee with copies
submitted to the office of the Division of Graduate Studies for permanent filing before credit of two semester hours will be granted.
The
student should consult the curriculum outline for his field to
determine the option to the Master's Research Paper.
Specific pro-
cedures are available in the Office of Graduate Studies.
TIME LIMIT
All requirements for the Master's degree must be completed
within a six year period immediately preceding the date
the degree
is
to
be conferred.
This time limit includes
transferred from other institutions.
this
period of time
may be
credits
In very unusual circumstances,
extended.
desired, written application should be
on which
all
If
made
an extension of time
to the Director of
is
Gradu-
ate Studies.
SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING
THE MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE
The Master
1.
2.
of Education degree will be granted only upon:
Unqualified admission to candidacy for the degree.
Satisfactory
quirement.
completion of the Professional Research Re-
75
3.
Completion of a graduate program of study totaling not
less
than 30 semester hours of credit, and including courses prescribed in the applicable curriculum and specified in the
program of study developed by the
4.
student's advisor.
Completion of all graduate courses with a grade of "C" or
better and with a total quality point average of 3.00 ("B")
or better.
5.
Satisfactory performance
on a
final written
and/or oral ex-
amination conducted by the student's advisory committee.
6.
Student must receive the recommendation of the department
before receiving the degree.
7.
Evidence of having been
certified to teach
certifying agency of Pennsylvania or
by the proper
some other
state.
SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING
THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
The Master
of Arts degree will be granted only upon:
1.
Unqualified admission to candidacy for the degree.
2.
Satisfactory
completion of the Professional Research Re-
quirement.
3.
Completion of a graduate program of study totaling not less
than 30 semester hours of credit, and including courses prescribed in the applicable curriculum
program of study developed by the
4.
Completion of
better
all
and with a
and specified
in
the
student's advisor.
graduate courses with a grade of "C" or
total quality point
average of 3.00 ("B")
or better.
5.
Satisfactory
performance on a
final
written
and/or oral
examination conducted by the student's advisory committee.
6.
Student must receive the recommendation of the depart-
ment before receiving
the degree.
APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION
It will
be the student's responsibility to submit a formal writ-
ten application for graduation and for fulfilling
all
of the require-
ments for granting of the degree which are listed above.
(Note:
A degree will not be conferred at the end of a session during which
the student has been registered elsewhere.)
76
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial
assistance
form of graduate
National Defense
is
available
to
graduate students in the
assistantships, federal fellowships in selected areas,
Student Loan programs,
and the Pennsylvania
Normally a
Higher Education Assistance Agency Loan programs.
student must be a full-time student to be eligible for financial assistance.
Dean
A
student should write to Mr. Robert Duncan, Assistant
of Students and Director of Financial Aid,
Bloomsburg
State
College, for information.
Additional information on graduate programs
may be
obtain-
ed from the Office of the Director of Graduate Studies, Navy Hall,
Bloomsburg
State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
THE CURRICULA*
CURRICULA IN TEACHER EDUCATION
The
overall goal of teacher education
is
to prepare teachers to
mancommuni-
contribute to the improvement of society in a three-fold
—
ner
ties,
as active citizens, as educational leaders in their
and
as guides
who
help children and youth
become informed,
active citizens.
The courses programmed
in
each of the teacher-education cur-
ficulums offered at Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen teachers through a well-organized sequence of courses
in the area of general education,
professional education, and spe-
cialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
objectives of the general edu-
cation sequence in the teacher education programs include the culti-
vation of democratic ideals,
a sound code of ethical
and moral
and
and individual self-realization. More specifically,
this phase of the academic program is intended to develop such
qualities as the following: (1) skill in communication; (2) familiarity with general methods of fact finding; (3) comprehension of
basic scientific principles and their application; (4) knowledge of
our cultural heritage and its relevance to current social issues; (5)
values, a sense of civic responsibility, the capability of personal
social adjustment,
discrimination in the arts;
(6) appreciation for diverse intellectual
endeavors and their relationship to one's
own
field of interest;
(7)
physical and mental well-being.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The
general objectives of the professional education sequence,
cooperatively developed by the faculty, are basically the
all
college students to the needs of youth
*
same
for
teacher-education curriculums and can be briefly stated: to alert
and society and
to the prin-
All curricular requirements are currently under study and subject
to change.
80
ciples of learning applicable to the
meeting of these needs.
An
un-
derstanding of the dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth
and community
is
stressed.
This sequence, which includes student teaching, proposes to
prepare students for service in the communities and schools by stressing similarities
among
and contrasts
in
philosophy,
and pupils
Modern methods
facilities,
various school systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners and with the problems encountered in professional
employment are made part of the prospective
teacher's pro-
fessional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
at
Bloomsburg are based on
the concept that academic field specialization
basic to achieving
is
professional as well as individual and social goals.
The academic
which pertain to the humanities, science,
and other social sciences, are central
in the experiences which provide competence in fields of specialization, which the student will use in teaching children and youth.
The
prospective teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic fields because teaching requires accurate knowledge of relevant facts and values, and skills of reflective thinking,
creativity, and analysis.
fields
the arts, mathematics, history
The areas of specialization make a two-fold contribution to the
work of the teacher. First, they provide much of the content with
which children and youth will deal as the teacher guides their general education.
Second, the prospective teacher, through concen-
tration or specialization in the
academic
field,
gains that depth of
understanding and insight into one or more areas of knowledge which
is
basic to helping the child with the special interest or abilities to
work more
intensively
on
a problem.
DIVISION OF ARTS
The requirements and
AND SCIENCES
program at
by a faculty
committee. While efforts will be made to keep students informed
of changes when they are made, students should understand that
the Arts and Sciences program is subject to change.
Bloomsburg
goals of the Arts and Sciences
State College currently are under review
81
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those
which relate to the maturation of the individual in knowledge and
wisdom. In terms of the customary three-fold division of knowledge
—
—
Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences
detailed description of the goals might be as follows:
more
a
(1) to culti-
and judicious attitude towards the
various media of creative expression as communicative of man's
ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an awareness of our
social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and economic factors to human behavior, and the relationship between the past and
the present, (3) to provide a basic understanding of critical and
analytical methods of investigation into the nature of the universe
and of the application of scientific discovery to modern life.
vate
a sensitive,
appreciative,
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and
Sciences
Program
is
of a single field in
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration
some depth, not only
as a
means
to possible
further education at the graduate level, but also for the value in-
herent in terminal experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Hence, the Bachelor of Arts curriculum
at
Bloomsburg, lead-
ing to the A. B. degree, offers both exposure in breadth and penetration in depth, proceeding
many
vital
stable
from the assumption that among the
consequences of a more enlightened individual
and tolerant
is
a
more
society.
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
Students intending
to transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology, etc. should write
immediately for the catalog and/or admission requirements of that
dentistry,
particular college
and, with the aid of the Director of Arts and
Sciences at Bloomsburg State College, plan their undergraduate pro-
grams accordingly.
All of the preprofessional courses required for admission to
colleges of dentistry, medicine
in the
and veterinary medicine are available
at Bloomsburg State College.
Arts and Sciences Curriculum
Specialized programs of study can be arranged through the
Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics to meet en-
trance requirements to the various professional colleges.
Degree Program
Medical Technology
in
Approval of a program of studies leading
Medical Technology
on
will include three years
and one year
at the
to a B.S. degree in
anticipated in the near future.
is
the
Bloomsburg
The program
campus
State College
Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pennsyl-
vania.
Further information regarding these programs can be obtained
from the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and Sciences program
consists of four parts,
I.
II.
which may be
at
Bloomsburg
General Education
Core Studies
State College
briefly outlined as follows:
66-70
Credit Hours
14-18
Credit Hours
in the Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the Natural Sciences
III.
Additional studies in the Core or
24 Credit Hours
Major Area
IV.
16-24
Electives
Credit Hours
Total Required for the
128 Credit Hours
A. B. Degree
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement is essential to any curriculum in the Arts and Sciences. Its purpose is to prepare all students, whatever their field of concentration or their vocational intentions, for adult life as
members
men and women
living private lives; as
of their local communities; and as citizens of the
monwealth, of the nation and of the world.
Com-
The General Education
requirement for students enrolled in Arts and Sciences
is
similar to
that for students enrolled in the various divisions leading to the
degree in professional education.
to "cross over"
years with a
Thus
from one program
minimum
of difficulty.
it
is
possible for students
to another within the first
two
In order to achieve the pur-
poses of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
83
Credit Hours
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth Science)
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
6
3
6
3
Psychology
Social Science
3
(Any two
of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 200)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education
6
6
3
6-8
6
3
2
II,
I,
III,
IV
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in
and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of
one of three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social
Following is the
Sciences, or Natural Science and Mathematics.
the Arts
Core Requirement for each
I.
area.
Credit Hours
Humanities Core
English 249
Any
— Shakespeare
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302 Logic
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
Any semester of Art History
Any semester of Music History
—
—
—
Total
II.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the
Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
(As regards history, two courses are
courses in General Education.
The Social Science Core conalready required in General Education.)
pletion of
sists of the following:
8U
1.
The four courses below which have not been taken to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 200
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
Total
III.
18
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
—
Calculus
year of a science that
and
8
II
outside of, yet
and (b) in addition to and in
the year of science taken in
relevant to, the major
a field separate from
fulfillment of the General
Possible
I
selections:
is
(a)
Education Requirement.
Chemistry, Physics,
Biology,
Earth Science
6-8
14-16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUIREMENT
Above and beyond
ments a minimum of 24
the General Education and Core Requirecredit hours
three general areas of concentration
must be amassed
in
one of the
(Humanities, Social Science,
Natural Sciences and Mathematics) or preferably in a specific discipline within
one of these areas.
For the achievement of
this
Major-Area Requirement,
courses or course sequences are prescribed by
1.
2.
3.
specific
some departments:
Biology1
Nine semesters basic: 103, 210, 211, 220, 221.
Plus any four of the following: 331, 341, 351, 361, 371, 381. Additional
courses, according to advisement, from field and laboratory courses.
Business-Economics2 (combination)
Bus. Ed. 221, 222, 321, 322, 101, 331.
Econ. 211, 212, 413.
English
231, 232, 401 or 402.
biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Chem. Ill and 112, Chem. 331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math.
211 and 212.
2
Normally begun in the sophomore year.
85
4.
5.
Geography and Earth Science3
A. Geography: 225, 223, 323, 354, 363, E.S. 365, 492.
B. Earth Science: 357, 361, 355, 365, 453, 359, 451, Geog. 495.
History
Hist. 399.
6.
Mathematics
110, 211, 212, 221, 311, 321.
Plus any five of the following: 241, 312, 322, 332, 411, 412, 421, 422,
431, 432.
7.
Physical Sciences
A. Chemistry 4 111, 112, 222, 331, 332, 411, 412, 421, 424, Plus at least
one of the following 422, 490, 491, 492.
3
B. Physics
211, 212, 310, 311, 314, Plus at least 12 cr. hrs. drawn from
the following: 315, 412, 420, 421, 422, 490.
:
:
:
8.
Psychology
101, 211, 260, 416, 321, 331, or 431, or 436, 351, or 451, or 456, 401, 461.
At
least 3 credit hours in electives.
Social Sciences
9.
A. Comprehensive Major
Any six semesters of work in the Social Sciences beyond the General
Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Business and Economics Statistics I
Business and Economics Statistics II
Seminar
in
Economics 7
C. Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined
an appropriate faculty advisor.
in consultation with
D. Sociology
Six semesters of
sociology,
to
be
work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
determined in consultation with an appropriate
faculty advisor.
3
Required for any of the three majors in Geography are a course in
and a course in Computing.
Statistics
4
5
Chemistry majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Phys. 211, 212, 310, and Math. 211, 212, 311, and 312.
Physics majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Ill, 112 (these two to be taken in the freshman year) and Math.
Chem.
211, 212, 311,
and 312.
"Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General
Education Requirement. Also recommended for psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, and Math. Ill and 112.
7
Prior approval of the instructor
is
required.
86
Speech
10.
Basic: 206, 241, 325, 412.
Public Address: 231, 307, 418, 421, 492.
Theatre Studies: 211, 311, 318, 319, 411, 414, 415, 416, 490.
ELECTIVES
For the
which makes up the
elective portion of the curriculum,
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical
exception of those in Professional Education, Physical Education,
Education
certain Business
skills,
Approximately 16
etc.
to
24
credit hours are normally allowed for electives (courses of the student's
own
choice).
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to pre-
pare students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums
take courses during their
first
two years that
are, for the
most
part,
identical to those required of all students enrolled in the Arts
Sciences programs.
on courses
After the
first
two years, emphasis
in Business Administration;
at
this
is
time Business
ministration majors will also have the option of specializing in
area of their choice
sciences.
—
Students thus
and
placed
Adsome
and
in either business or
one of the
may
personal interests in
satisfy their
own
arts
business as well as receive a substantial general education.
Graduates of the program
degree
may
receive a Bachelor of Science
(or a Bachelor of Arts degree by completing the foreign
language requirement).
Specifically, the
is
program of
studies in Business Administration
designed:
1.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical
world in which we
2.
To
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
understandings,
and knowl-
edges, which can be applied to the world of business.
87
3.
To develop
personality and characteristics in the students
which are required by business.
4.
To understand
the organization and
management
of our in-
dustrial society.
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally and to apply this
kind of thinking to complex business problems.
6.
To develop
the skills and techniques which will aid students
become business managers or administra-
in their efforts to
tors.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General Business,
STU-
Accounting, or Economics) shown on the following pages.
DENTS NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING IN
HIGH SCHOOL to complete the various business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges
should consult Paragraph
I
Business Administration,"
(A, B, C, and
January
D)
of the "Criteria For
1968 with respect
college
to
course offerings for the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges
be required to complete the following courses in their designated
curriculum
will
—Accounting Management Decision and
subsequent accounting
450 —Introduction
Data Processing
451 —
Programming
Bus. 323
for
other
courses as prescribed
Bus.
to Electronic
or Bus.
Introduction to
All requirements for General Education, Core, Specialized, and
Electives as
shown
for each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
Political
Science
English Composition
Speech
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
6
3
6
3
6
Q
88
Geography
3
Health
2
Physical
Education
3
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
Bus. 221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
Bus. 323 — Accounting for Management Decision
Bus. 331 — Business Law
Bus. 342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics Statistics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus. 101
62-64
6
r
3*
to
II
I,
6
3
3
I
3
3
3
3
I
3
Bus. 446— Business Policies
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
Bus. 321 and 322
— Intermediate
Bus.
— Cost Accounting
422 —Auditing Theory
Bus.
423— State and
Accounting
I,
II
Bus. 421
6
3
and Procedures
Federal Tax Accounting
3
3
15
Plus 18 hours of electives.
The student must complete the following courses:
General Education
Core
62-64
33
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without
notice.
Students with an accounting objective should enroll in Bus. 221 in the
semester and omit "Introduction to Business."
first
89
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE, REQUIREMENTS
Credits
62-64
Education
General
Core
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
Typewriting or Proficiency
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
— Business Administration.
selected
from those
listed
under Electives
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
Specialized Economics Courses
—
Business Administration
Typewriting or Proficiency
Electives
62
33
15
18
128
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete the following courses
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
411
412
423
422
313
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
— Contrasting Economies
— Labor Economics
ELECTIVES
3
3
3
3
3
15
— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal Tax Accounting
State and Federal Tax Problems
Report Writing
Research Studies
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
AND ELECTIVES
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
33
95
90
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
Bloomsburg State College as one of the institutions in which secondary business teachers of the Commonwealth may be educated.
State
The primary purpose
Education
to
is
program of the Division of Business
of the
prepare teachers for the junior and senior high
schools of Pennsylvania.
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the
is conferred and application may be
Department of Public Instruction for a teaching
Bachelor of Science Degree
made
to the State
The courses included
certificate.
in the curriculum qualify gradu-
ates to secure certification to teach business subjects in
any junior
or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Business Education Curriculum has proved
since
it
was
first
selected students are admitted.
select this
popular
so
introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of
All prospective students
who
plan to
curriculum should apply to the Director of Admissions
which they expect to enroll
Only those high school students whose records indi-
early in the year preceding the year in
in the college.
cate the ability to complete the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
have had business courses
that students applying for admission
in
who have had no
students
high school or business college.
must
Many
previous business training successfully
complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges,
or non-accredited business schools.
ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
who have earned
credit at other colleges or universities should sub-
mit a transcript of this credit
vanced standing
will
stitutions of college grade
struction,
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
when,
in the
at
Ad-
other in-
judgment of the Dean of In-
such courses are equivalent to subjects prescribed in the
Business Education Curriculum.
91
If a tentative
or universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges
desired,
a transcript showing the names of the
courses, the grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to
A
the Director of the Division of Business Education.
tentative
evaluation can be requested prior to making application for admission to the college.
The
1.
specific objectives of the Business
To
Education program are:
contribute to the development of a broader understand-
ing of the culture of our society.
2.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions business
teachers can make to the total educational program of the
3.
To
school.
prepare students for certification to teach or supervise
the teaching of business subjects.
4.
To
develop vocational competency in the
subjects
skill
and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide
sufficient
competency and
to
basic
business
education
insure
to
develop interest in the teaching of basic
business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and tech-
niques of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences
tarial,
or Accounting)
shown on
(General, Secre-
the following pages.
NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING
SCHOOL to complete the business sequences.
STUDENTS
IN HIGH
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses
to change.
The
first
number
while the second indicates the
All Business Education
after
is
subject
each course refers to clock hours,
number
of credit hours.
program students must complete 128
between General
credits of courses distributed approximately equally
Education and Business Education.
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clear-
ance from the Student Teaching Committee
— Business
Education
for admission to student teaching in public secondary schools.
For the Provisional
Certificate to teach Business
Education
in
a public high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the
Accounting, the General, or the Secretarial Sequence (or their equivalents) at
Bloomsburg
State College.
These sequences incorporate
92
and Business Education required
courses in general, professional,
under the regulations published by the Department of Public Instruction.
The following high school teaching
areas and the college credits
Bookkeeping. 12 credits
for specific courses for these areas follow:
of accounting courses; Business English.
15 credits in English, in-
cluding Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics. 15 credits
in
accounting and business mathematics; Retail Selling. 9 credits in
Salesmanship (Bus. 241). Marketing (Bus. 342) and Retailing (Bus.
Students must
341); Shorthand. 9 credits; Typewriting. 6 credits.
complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
Additional information
may
be obtained
from the Director of Business Education.
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated
by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare people in
Training of the Mentally Retarded and in the Communication Dis-
A
orders (Speech Pathology Sequence).
Deaf
program
in
Education of
The Bachelor
being developed but
is
not yet approved.
of Science in Education degree
is
conferred on students
the
is
who
satis-
complete any of the approved Special Education curricula.
factorily
Certification in the
approved programs
is
granted upon completion
of the curricula and approval of the faculty.
EQUIPMENT
The
Special Education Center
is
located in
majoring in Communication Disorders have
suite
which
is
Navy
access
Hall. Students
to
a
hearing
equipped with pure-tone and speech audiometers,
Bekesy audiometer, a psycho-galvanometer, a Voice Science Lab
which is equipped with a speech sonograph, single and dual track
tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines and sound analysis
a
units,, desk and individual
model hearing aids, language masters, and library materials in
Communication Disorders for use in Clinical Practicum.
equipment; phonographs, auditory training
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
include
SRA
writer,
a
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typeof curriculum and workshop materials, and
collection
library materials concerning all areas of mental retardation.
93
CLINICAL PRACTICE AND STUDENT TEACHING
Students enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
program have the opportunity of participating in the work with the
mentally retarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
After completion of the course work, students participate in full-time
student teaching programs in two separate settings for the duration
of nine weeks each.
Communication Disorders acquire their
still on campus.
Upon
completion of course work and clinical practice on campus, these
students are placed for two different experiences, each lasting nine
weeks, which gives them the opportunity to work full time with a
Those
initial
enrolled
clinical
in
experience while they are
qualified speech clinician in a school or clinic setting.
Student teachers and clinicians in Special Education are as-
Haven
signed to the White
and Hospital, and
State School, the Selinsgrove State School
to the public schools in Chester,
Columbia,
Cum-
Montgomery, Montour, NorthampNorthumberland, Berks, Lehigh, Bucks, Luzerne, Snyder, and
berland, Lancaster, Lycoming,
ton,
Sullivan counties.
As
greater
numbers of students are assigned
to student teach-
ing or clinical practicum through increased enrollment, other centers
will
A
be developed.
student
may be
assigned to a school
county, or service facility for an entire semester, or he
assigned
in
mid-semester to
other
school
districts,
district,
may be
re-
facilities,
or
counties.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
Speech Pathology Sequence
The
objectives of this
program are
to prepare state certified
speech correctionists, to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of
ASHA
for Certificate of Clinical
Competence
Speech Pathology, and to extend the competence of speech
cians so that they can adequately work with public school and
in
clini-
clinic
problems.
The program
is
designed to cover eight semesters with courses
distributed as follows:
First
Semester— Eng.
101,
Speech 103,
Biol. 203,
Geog. 101, H.P.E. 101, and
either Math. 101 or 111.
Second Semester— Eng. 102, Com. Dis. 152, Art 101, H.P.E. 150, Com. Dis.
251, and one of the following (Hist. Ill, 112, 113).
H
Third Semester— H.P.E. 100, Spec. Ed. 201, H.P.E.
elective,
Phys. 101, Com.
Dis. 276, 252, Psy. 101.
Fourth Semester— Music 101, Psy. 211, 371, Com. Dis. 253, 376, Eng. 207
or 208.
Semester— Soc. 211 or Anthro.
200, Psy. 321, Phil. 211, Com. Dis. 351,
and one of the following (Psy. 331 or 416.)
Sixth Semester— Com. Dis. 467, 352, Hist. 218, Ed. 393, and foreign language elective.
Seventh Semester— Eng. 401 or Com. Dis. 360, Com. Dis. 452, Pol. Sci. 211,
Com. Dis. 361, and two electives from communication disorders, foreign
Fifth
languages, or reading.
Eighth Semester
Com.
Dis.
— Com.
Dis. 402.
recommended for course
466, 471, 475 are
selections
beyond the
required.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF SEQUENCE
The
objectives of this sequence are to prepare state certified
teachers of the deaf to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of certification of the Conference of Executives of
American Schools
teachers of the deaf.
First
Semester— Eng.
and to extend the competency of
This program still is being developed.
for the Deaf,
101,
Speech 101,
Biol. 103,
Geog. 101, and either Math.
101 or 111, H.P.E. 101.
Second Semester
— Eng.
102,
Com.
Dis. 152, art elective, history elective,
Com.
Dis. 251, H.P.E. 150.
Third Semester— Spec. Ed. 201, Phys. 101, Psy. 101, Com. Dis. 252, 276,
H.P.E. 100 and a recreational elective.
Fourth Semester Music elective, Psy. 211, 371, Eng. (literature elective),
Com. Dis. 376, EOD 201.
Fifth Semester— Sociology elective, Phil. 211, Psy. 321, Com. Dis. 351. EOD
—
351.
Sixth
Semester— Ed.
393, Pol. Sci. 211,
EOD
352, 353,
advanced math, or statistics.
Seventh Semester— Com. Dis. 452, Spec. Ed. 455,
Eighth Semester— EOD 403.
and either advanced
science,
EOD
366, 461, elective.
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency in teaching
of the mentally retarded.
First
Semester— Eng.
101,
Speech 103,
101 or 231, H.P.E. 101.
Biol. 103, Geog. 101,
and either Math.
1)5
—
Second Semester Eng. 102, Phys. 101, either Art 101 or Music 101, Psy.
101, H.P.E. 150, and one of the following (Hist. Ill, 112, 113).
Third Semester— Eng. 207 or 208, Hist. 218, Soc 211 or Anthro. 200, Spec.
Ed. 201, Phil. 211, H.P.E. 100.
Fourth Semester— Pol. Sci. 211, Music 311, Teh. MR 201, Elective in Humanities, elective in social sciences, Psy. 211.
Fifth Semester— H.P.E. elective, Teh.
303, 351, Psy. 371, Ed. 371, elective
in Science or math.
Sixth Semester— Ed. 393, 397, Psy. 321, Teh.
352, Eng. 316.
Seventh Semester— Spec. Ed. 451, Psy. 416 or 331, Teh.
361, 432, H.P.E.
MR
MR
MR
420.
Eighth Semester— Teh.
MR
401.
SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg
State College has
been approved
to offer a
who
two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses
able to
meet the conditions
set forth in the following
are
paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conupon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:
1. The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
ferred
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education
require-
ments for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of
an approved dental hygienist course of instruction of two
years of not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than
thirty hours each week or its equivalent in and graduation
from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."
2.
The
satisfactory completion in addition thereto of
70
hours of professional and general education courses
credit
distri-
buted as follows:
A.
Ed.
Psy.
Psy.
Ed.
Professional Education
393 Social Foundations of Education
101 General Psychology
—
—
371 — Educational
Psychology
301— Audio Visual Education
Total
Credit Hours
3
3
3
2
11
96
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition I
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition II
Any speech elective
Eng. 207 Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208 Survey of World Literature II
2. Fine Arts
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
B.
3.
Geog.
Geog.
4.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Geography
101 — World
102 — World
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
6
Physical Geography
Cultural Geography
3
3
18
Social Studies
Pol. Sci.
211— United
Econ. 211
— Principles
States Government
3
Economics
3
of
I
Ill— World History to 1500
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
3
Soc. 211
3
Hist.
C.
—Principles
of
3
3
Sociology
Total
Electives
46
13
Grand Total
70
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent
courses pursued in the two year dental hygiene curriculum.
In such
number
of credit
cases students must increase their electives by the
hours earned previously.
who had
less than two years
which they were licensed to
Such perpractice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
sons must pursue additional general education courses in college to
In the case of dental hygienists
of specialized training
make up
basis of
the deficiency.
Electives
struction
on the
may
from any
the student
is
be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Infield or
curriculum offered
at the college in
which
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
culum
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
and
information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
97
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
may be earned in day, evening, and summer
which are offered on campus or approved by the college ad-
Resident credits
classes
ministration.
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conupon registered nurses who meet the following requirements:
1. The satisfactory completion of a three-year curriculum in
ferred
an approved school of nursing and registration by the State
Board of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses of Pennsylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree program will be requir-
ed to satisfactorily complete 60 credit hours of additional
preparation distributed as follows:
A.
Courses Related to Public School Nursing:
301— Public School Nursing I
302— Public School Nursing II
304— Public Health Nursing
305— Nutrition
306— Family Case Work
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
B.
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
—
Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112—World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa. Survey
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Hist.
Soc. 211
Biol.
— Principles
103— General
of Sociology
Biology
3
3
3
3
3
21
Professional Education:
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Ed. 451 Pupil Personnel Services in the
Public Schools
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 211
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
C.
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
08
D.
Electives:
—
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
3
3
3
3
Total
—
60
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration,
such persons
will
pursue additional courses to meet
the requirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
who desires to enroll in the Degree Curriculum for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
and information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State
College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
registered nurse
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
may be earned in day, evening, and summer
which are offered on campus or approved by the college
Resident credits
classes
administration.
DIVISION OF
Students
wide and
in
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Elementary Education Division are given a
background of academic and cultural learnings.
the
versatile
They must be prepared
to
work
riculum with a generation of
to the
in all of the subject areas of the cur-
alert students.
problems which children encounter
velopment and how those problems
tion in
ed to
They must be
in their
sensitive
growth and de-
affect their learning.
Instruc-
program planning and budgeting of the school day is providthe end that the students will know how to provide for in-
dividual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their electives
from a sequence of courses which
will give
them
real depth
one academic subject. This "Area of Concentration" will help
equip them to serve as resource persons or team leaders for the
in
schools in which they teach.
99
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issues on the basis of the four-
year elementary curriculum are valid for nursery school, kindergar-
and Grades One to Six inclusive,
and Eight under the old 8-4 system.
as well as for
ten,
Grades Seven
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take
from 18 to 24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas
of academic concentration, 15 of which may be considered as part
of general education. Academic Areas Offered:
Biology
Mathematics
Music
Economics
Philosophy
English
Physical Science
French*
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
Psychology
Art
Political Science
Social Sciences
German*
Sociology
Health and Physical Education**
Spanish*
History
Additional information
may be
obtained from the Office of
the Director of Elementary Education.
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
in
Secondary Education have been designed
to give students the academic, cultural,
necessary to
make them competent
and professional background
teachers in their respective fields.
The General Education requirements provide
the prospective teacher
with a broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education, including student teaching, stresses the needs of
youth and
society.
Those students who select an area cf concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
for graduation.
For instance, they must take at least six credit hours of foreign language
literature courses.
'Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
410, 411, and 412.
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
the 400 series courses.
100
The majors
offered in Secondary Education have the dual ob-
jective of (1) giving the student a
and depth
him
to enable
to
background of
sufficient breadth
be a confident and knowledgeable teach-
er in his particular area of preparation,
and (2), where not incom-
patible with the above, to provide in his chosen field a basis for the
pursuit of graduate study in the indicated academic discipline or a
related general field.
Minimum number
of credit hours for graduation
DEGREE PROGRAM
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
is
128 hours.
— Secondary Education
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
6
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
and Pennsylvania
United States Government
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
Hist, of United States
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
C.
Natural Sciences
General Biology
Physical
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
3
Health and Physical Education*
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General Education
The following sequence of 12 semester hours may be used as free electives to proThis block of
vide understandings and skills necessary to coach high school athletics.
work does not lead to certification as a Health and Physical Education Teacher.
12
2
3
5
62
101
II.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
—
including observation and participation)
2.
B.
C.
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
Total
III.
3
Social Foundations of Education
Professional
3
6
12
24
Education
SPECIALIZATION
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's
Total
major teaching
field.
42
Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
128
REQUIRED COURSES
HPE
HPE
242
409
(6 CRS.)
Physiological & Medical Aspects of Athletic Coaching
Principles & Problems of Secondary School Athletics
ELECTIVES
(6 CRS.)
One course in team sports
One course in individual sports
One additional course in either team or individual sports
TEAM SPORT
SERIES
HPE
HPE
HPE
251
252
253
Techniques of Coaching Baseball
Techniques of Coaching Basketball
Techniques of Coaching Football
HPE
HPE
HPE
256
257
258
Techniques of Coaching Cross Country, Track and Field
Techniques of Coaching Wrestling and Golf
Techniques of Coaching Swimming and Tennis
INDIVIDUAL SPORT SERIES
ENGLISH
402.
Elective Courses
— 30
CRS.)— *209,
Required Courses (18
(Minimum
of 12 CRS.).
FRENCH
Required Courses— 101,
Credit Hours
231, 232, 249, 302, 381 or 382, 401 or
—
30 Credit Hours
102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 210, 220, 320, 321.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
GERMAN
— 30
Credit Hours
Required Courses— 101, 102, 103, 104.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
*Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
102
SPANISH
—
30 Credit Hours
Required Courses— 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 205, 210, 301, 302.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
SPEECH
Required Courses (18
Elective Courses
offerings; a
— 33
CRS.)— 105,
(Minimum
maximum
Credit Hours
208, 218, 241, 321, 251.
of 12 credits
of 3 credits
from public address and theatre
may
be counted towards the specialicommunication disorders and
zation from each of the following areas:
English.
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Graduates of this program
grade 9.
will
Credit Hours
be qualified to teach science through
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
of the General Education program within the confines of the courses listed
below, they should not take Phys. 101 Basic Physical Science, nor Math.
101
— Fundamentals
—
of Mathematics.
Required Courses (43 CRS.)— **Biol. 103, 210, 211, 220; Chem. Ill, 112;
Phys. Ill, 112; E.S. 355, 357, 453; Math. Ill, 112.
Elective
Notes:
—
taken from the
(11 CRS.)
and Physical Sciences.
Courses
Sciences,
(1)
Three or four
Some
Sciences,
elective courses will be needed to give a
of 11 credits. They may be
distributed among them.
(2)
Biological
all
from one
Earth
minimum
may be
they
field, or
Summer
of the above courses are given only in the
Ses-
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
(3)
Students in this program
may
take either Ed. 396
—
— Teaching
Teaching of Physical Sciof Biological Science, or Ed. 396
ence to fulfill the Professional Education requirement in this
area.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
—
—
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
Basic
FundaPhysical Fitness, and Math. 101
mentals of Mathematics. All five required biology courses should be taken
by the end of the sophomore year. Both of the required mathematics courses
and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by
Recommended and elective courses in the
the end of the sophomore year.
biological sciences would then be taken during the junior and senior years.
Physical Science, H.P.E. 101
—
Required Courses (20 CRS.)— Biol. 103, 210, 211, 220, 221;
331, 332; **Math. Ill, **116.
r
**Chem.
denoted by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of
*Courses
Ill,
requirements
specialization.
103
—
Introductory Physics I is not required of all biolAlthough Phys. Ill
ogy majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doing
graduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select any four of the following six courses.
Biol. 331— General Ecology
Biol.
5
341— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
361 — Microbiology
Biol. 351
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
CR
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
—
physics was taken)
Of these twelve (12)
Biology majors
credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
should expect to attend summer school at least once during their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are offered
during the summer.
Elective
Courses
(12
or
9
if
The 128 credit hours represent a minimum requirement for graduation
Secondary Education with a major in Biological Sciences. All biology
majors should plan, if possible, to take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
Students planning graduate study in biology should
discipline of biology.
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
in
CHEMISTRY — 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
Basic Physical Science, Math.
program, they should not take Phys. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
General Biology I.
101
—
—
—
Required Courses (28 CRS.)— Chem. Ill, 112, 222, 231, 232, 311, 312; Phys.
211, 212, 310; Math. 211, 212, 311.
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics proBasic Physical Science, Math. 101
gram, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
—
—
—
CRS.)— Phys.
Required Courses (42
211, 212, 310, 311, 314; Chem. Ill, 112;
*Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
Elective Courses (at least 6 CRS.).
*
*
Pre-Calculus, Math. 110 (4 credits), may also be required of insufficiently
prepared students.
Calculus I (4 c.h.) as General Education.
Count Math. 211
—
10 If
MATHEMATICS — 33
Credit Hours
It is strongly recommended that two of the science
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
Math.
requirements
CR
CL
110— Pre-Calculus
of
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
Required Courses (21
Electives (Choose
CRS.)— 211,
4)—241,
212, 221, 222, 311, 321.
312, 322, 331, 332, 411, 412, 421, 422, 431, 432.
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Basic Physical Science.
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
—
—
CRS.)— *Math. Ill, 112; *Phys. Ill, 112; Chem. Ill;
E. S. 354, 355, 357, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 451, 453; Geog. 356.
Required Courses (39
Student must complete
must be included.
7 of the listed courses.
At
least one lab course
GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH AND
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101 and Phys. 101.
CRS.)— Math. Ill, 112; Phys. Ill, 112; Chem. Ill;
E.S. 355, 357, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369; Geog. 354, 356, 451, 453.
Required Courses (33
At
least one lab course
must be
included.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
GEOGRAPHY
Required Courses (12
CRS.)— Geog.
— 30
Credit Hours
102, 353, 492; E.S. 355.
—
At least one course must be chosen from
Restricted Electives (9 CRS.)
each of the following areas: Earth Science, Human Geography, and Regional Studies.
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
hours plus area
requirements as indicated)
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
*
—
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and Phys. Ill
as General Education.
— Introductory
Physics
1
105
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work in
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
problems emphasis, the student must select one of
Coupled with the above requirements, this will permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
Within the
social
the specialized curricula described.
a.
—
Economics 21 Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)— Pol.
Sci.
323; Soc. 313; Econ. 314,
422.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
b.
Sociology
—21
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12
CRS.)— Pol.
Sci.
323, 324;
Soc. 332, 315,
313.
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
c.
Political Science
—21
Required Courses
Credit Hours
(9
CRS.)— Hist.
392;
Soc.
313;
Econ. 422;
Pol. Sci. 323, 324, 433.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
d.
—
History-Government 21 Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the
following
areas:
European History, Non-Western World History, United States
History, National Politics, International Politics.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
e.
Geography
—21
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the following areas: Earth
Science, Human Geography, Regional Studies.
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from one of the following areas: Economics, Sociology, Political Science, History, Philosophy.
2.
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentration in history.
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the following areas: Ancient to
Early Modern Era, Modern Europe, The Non- Western World, United States.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from two of the following areas:
Sociology, Political Science, Geography, Philosophy.
Economics,
106
3.
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
Required Courses (15
The other 12
ing
ONE
CRS.)— Soc.
327
credits in the required courses are to be completed
by
select-
of the following four sequences:
America— Geog.
Latin
a.
b.
Europe— Geog.
c.
Asia— Geog.
d.
Africa— Geog.
244, Hist. 352, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 424.
233, Hist. 332, Econ. 422, Pol. Sci. 323.
243, Hist. 354, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 426.
245, Hist. 358, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 425.
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
One course from any
of the above except in the selected sequence.
HISTORY
Required Course (3
The other 12
CRS.)— Hist.
— 24
Credit Hours
399.
credits in the required courses are to be selected
from one
of the following sequences:
I.
A.
European Survey— 312, 214,
B.
Recent
A.
Recent Non- Western World— 352, 354, 356, 358, 362, 452, 454, 456.
The Contemporary World— 332, 384, 392, 412, 422, 452, 454, 456.
Europe— 319,
318, 319, 322, 324, 326, 332.
326, 332, 412, 421, 422, 428, 452.
II.
B.
III.
A.
United States Survey— 372, 374, 376, 378, 382, 384, 388.
B.
United States Topics and Problems— 391, 392, 396, 471, 472, 481,
482.
Elective Courses (18 CRS.)
—
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
from one of the following areas: Economics,
Geography, Political Science, Sociology, a single foreign language, humanities.
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
1
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception
is
approved by the Department of History.
DEGREE PROGRAMS AT
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
DEGREES GRANTED
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Arts
Master of Education
DEGREES OFFERED
Biology— B.A.,
IN SPECIFIC FIELDS
B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
— B.A., B.S.
— B.S. Ed., M.Ed.
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry— B.A.,
Economics— B.A.,
in
B.S. in Ed.
1
B.S. in Ed.
— B.A., B.S.
— See Below
Earth and Space Science
Elementary Education
English— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed.,
in Ed.
M.Ed.
French— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Geography— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Earth Science Sequence
Meteorology Sequence
German— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
History— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed., M.A.,
Mathematics
M.Ed.
—B.A.
included in Comprehensive Social Sciences
110
Mental Retardation, Teaching
Music
of— BS..
in Ed.,
— B.A.
Physics— B.A., B.S. in Ed.
Political Science— B. A., B.S.
—B.A.
General — B.S.
in Ed.
2
,
M.Ed.
Psychology
Science,
Sociology— B.A., B.S.
in Ed.
in Ed.
2
Spanish— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Speech— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed
Communication Disorders
Humanities
Social
Reading
in Ed.,
M.Ed.
—B.A.
Sciences— B.A., B.S.
Natural Sciences
Social
— B.S.
&
Math.
in Ed.
— B.A.
—M.Ed.
Studies— M.Ed.
Elementary Education
— B.S. in
Ed.
Area of Concentration
Art
Biology
English
French
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
German
Health and Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Physical Science
Psychology
Spanish
Social Sciences
Elementary Education
— M.Ed.
"Included in Comprehensive Social Sciences
M.Ed.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART
Associate Professor Percival R. Roberts,
III,
Associate Professor: Kenneth T. Wilson,
Chairman
Jr.
Assistant Professors:
Ronald F. Bower
Goswami
Niranjan
Barbara
J.
Strohman
Constance C.
Art 101
—
Ward
Introduction to Art
3
Consideration of the great works of
art,
an analysis of the structure as determined by
and expression.
cr.
hrs.
past and present, with
civilization,
communi-
cation,
Art 250-51
An
— Design Fundamentals
I
and
II
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the fundamental principles of design and
organization of the visual elements involving primarily dimensional
problems
in
Art 250 and 3-dimensional problems in Art 251.
—
General Crafts
3 cr. hrs.
Art 275
A broadly conceived program to introduce the potential teacher of art to a variety of crafts, tools, materials, and techniques.
Art 301
An
Children's Art
analysis of the art of children
3
and ways
cr.
hrs.
to stimulate artistic
attitudes at various age levels.
Art 311
— American Art History
History of the visual arts in America.
3
cr.
hrs.
114
Art 321
European Art
3
History-
hrs.
cr.
History of the visual arts on the European continent from the
Greek era
to the nineteenth century.
Art 331
Oriental Art History
3
hrs.
cr.
History of the visual arts in Japan. China, India, and the countries of the
Near East.
Art 341
History of
Modern Art
3
Study of the contemporary movements in
art
hrs.
cr.
from the nine-
teenth century to the present.
Art 397
— Drawing
3
I
hrs.
cr.
Basic analysis and understanding of form, structure and personal expression in drawing.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Drawing II
The course will emphasize experimentation with various media,
development in composition, individuality in drawing, and stressPre-reing what will become future personal involvement in art.
Art 398
Art 397.
quisite:
Art 399
A
— Figure Study
3
study of the theory and practice of depicting the
hrs.
cr.
human
both male and female, draped and
and action poses, singly and in groups, including analyses of outstanding figurative works of the past and present.
Prerequisites: Art 397. 398, Art 401, 402, Art 404, 405 or with
the consent of the instructor and the department chairman.
The figure may also be incorporated in other advanced studio
figure
in
a variety of media,
undraped. from
still
areas as well as at the discretion of the instructor.
Art 401
— Painting
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
Art 402
—
3
Painting II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
painting.
Art 403
cr.
hrs.
style
in
Prerequisite: Art 401.
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
for individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 402.
Art 404
— Sculpture
I
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
3
cr.
hrs.
115
Art 405
—
3
Sculpture II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
in
Prerequisite: Art 404.
sculpture.
Art 406
hrs.
cr.
style
—
3
Sculpture III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
hrs.
cr.
Prerequisite:
Art 405.
Art 411
Ceramics
3
I
hrs.
cr.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
—
3 cr. hrs.
Ceramics II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
experiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
Prerequisite: Art 411.
Art 413
Ceramics
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art Education
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
for individual needs.
in the
Elementary School
Explores the theories and techniques behind the use of art
in the
elementary school.
Art 475
—
Special Problems in Art
Emphasis on
specialized,
studio areas and art history.
Variable credit 1-3 hrs.
individualized independent study in
Amount
awarded
of course credit
determined by instructor and written proposal of student with the
consent of the department chairman on the basis of substance and
depth of the project to be undertaken.
Prerequisite
factory completion of three levels of studio area or
Art 490
— Art
would be
its
satis-
equivalent.
3
Gallery
cr.
hrs.
Study of works by classical and contemporary masters first
hand in 4-6 major museums in New York, Penna., and Washington,
D.C. with emphasis on technique, visual concepts,
portions, aesthetics
and study of the
and
historical context in
role of the art
museum
culturally
Visits to selected galleries in Philadelphia,
D.C, Harrisburg
on campus together with
ington,
will
—
and educationally.
New York
City,
Wash-
be followed up with in-depth study
special problems assigned in conjunction
with the college art gallery arranged by
Art 499
relative pro-
both 2-d and 3-d forms
its
director.
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
cern with environmental relationships.
3
cr.
artistic
hrs.
con-
116
BIOLOGY
Professor Donald D. Rabb, Chairman
Professor: Michael Herbert
Associate Professors:
James E. Cole
Phillip A. Farber
George Gellos
Craig L. Himes
Jerome
J.
Klenner
Kroschewsky
Thomas Manley
Stanley A. Rhodes
Bryan B. Valett
Julius R.
Joseph P. Vaughan
Assistant Professor: Louis V.
John R. Fletcher
Instructor:
103
Biol.
— General Biology
Mingrone
3
I
cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and
function of plants and animals at levels of organization and development from molecule to ecosystem.
104
Biol.
— General Biology
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their role to man.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103.
—
Invertebrate Zoology
210
3 cr. hrs.
The principal phyla of invertebrate animals in relation to their
anatomy, classification, and their role in the eco-systems in which
Biol.
they participate.
211
Biol.
—
Prerequisite: Biol. 103.
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
3
cr. hrs.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphol-
Laboratory work with living
physiology, and development.
and preserved specimens with representative individuals of the major
ogy,
classes of this important group.
Biol.
220
— General Botany
Prerequisite: Biol. 103, 210.
I
3
cr. hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on
plant
areas.
anatomy,
physiology,
Prerequisite:
Biol.
economic botany,
103.
and other related
117
Biol.
— General Botany
221
The
3
II
kingdom showing
cr. hrs.
the phylogenetic development
and
Emphasis upon
cycles of plants representing the various taxonomic levels. Preplant
arrangement of the plants
life
in the
taxonomic system.
requisite: Biol. 220.
Biol.
— General Ecology
331
3
and concepts pertaining
Principles
patterns, limiting factors, habitat studies,
the species, interspecies,
and community
to
hrs.
cr.
energy flow succession
and population
studies at
Prerequisites: Biol.
level.
210, 220.
—
341
Biol.
3
Genetics
The study
of inheritance in living things.
The
hrs.
cr.
practical appli-
cation of genetic principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation,
and
in
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress upon
and molecular concepts of modern genetics. The
the mathematical
course
fundamental for
is
210 or 211,
103, Biol.
all
biology students.
Math. 116
Biol. 220.
Prerequisites:
Biol.
suggested but not
is
required.
Biol.
— Molecular Biology
351
The
3
cr.
hrs.
and physical concepts applicable
to the functional aspects of biological systems.
Emphasized on the
interrelation between molecules and the organism.
Prerequisites:
integration of chemical
Biol. 103,
Biol.
Chem. Ill, or consent
of the instructor.
— Microbiology
361
The metabolism,
micro-organisms
with
3
cultivation,
emphasis
on
and
identification,
bacteria,
viruses,
cr.
control
and
hrs.
of
fungi.
Their distribution in nature and the importance of their beneficial
activities as well as
harmful effects on man.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103
or consent of instructor.
—
371
Embryology
3 cr. hrs.
Animal reproduction and development with particular emphasis
on the vertebrates. Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent of instrucBiol.
tor.
Biol.
381
The
—
Vertebrate Physiology
3
cr.
hrs.
functions of tissues, organs, and systems and their chemical
integration.
Emphasis
will
be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
Prerequisites: Biol. 211,
Chem. Ill, or consent
and endocrines.
of instructor.
118
— Systematic Entomology
411
Biol.
A
field
and adult
Biol.
3
hrs.
cr.
course covering collection and identification of larval
insects.
Prerequisites:
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
Biol.
—
413
Ornithology
The basic biology of birds with emphasis on
3
hrs.
cr.
and
their ecology
Prerequisite: one year of biology or con-
identification in the field.
sent of the instructor.
—
414
Biol.
Ichthyology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field and laboratory study of the fishes of the streams
and
of this area including their collection, taxonomy,
rivers
and ecological methods.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 482.
anatomy,
Recommended:
331.
Biol.
—
415
Biology of the Arthropods
3 cr. hrs.
Prominent arthropod classes with special emphasis on Insecta.
Studies of functions, morphology, histology, embryology, and metamorphosis. Prerequisites: Biol. 210 and Biol. 416.
Biol.
416
Biol.
—
3
Parasitology
Parasites in relation to
sitic
human
disease.
and treatment.
diseases; their prevention
cr. hrs.
Epidemiology of paraPrerequisites:
Biol.
210 or 211.
Biol.
—
417
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
3
classified in the field.
The study
the natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
effect
upon and management
and economic value.
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
is
on
of man's
of wild vertebrates and their cultural
Prerequisite:
Two
years of biology or consent
of the instructor.
Biol.
420
How
—
and behavior.
ed:
Biol.
The
—
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in plant growth
Prerequisites: Biol. 212,
Biol. 421,
421
3
Plant Physiology
plants function:
Chem.
111.
Recommend-
Chem. 331.
Plant
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are
on origin, development, and function. Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological
cells, tissues,
studied with emphasis
aspects are correlated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
and maturation of plant
parts.
of laboratory per week.
instructor.
Two
hours of lecture and three hours
Prerequisite:
Biol.
220 or permission of
119
Biol.
—
422
Field Botany
3
Flora found in Columbia County and vicinity.
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 220.
Biol.
An
and
— Fresh Water Biology
432
Biol. 210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
—
433
3
Plant Ecology
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
Plants and their interactions with the environment.
is
cr. hrs.
and welfare of the country.
relationship to the health
their
Prerequisites:
Biol.
3
advanced course in the biology of streams, lakes, and ponds
placed on populations and communities and their respective sucPractical experience
cessions.
is
gained during field
Prere-
trips.
quisite: Biol. 331.
Biol.
—
3 cr. hrs.
441
Evolution
Mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior of genes,
factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors, speciation
mechanisms, and population analysis. Prerequisite: Biol. 341.
Biol.
— Cytology
443
3
cr.
hrs.
Structure and function of cytoplasmic and nuclear organelles
of
Ultra-structural,
cells.
Laboratory studies
biochemical,
will include various
some, and tissue preparation.
and
cytogenetic
techniques for
cell,
Prerequisite: Biol. 341,
aspects.
chromo-
Chem. 111.
Recommended: Chem. 331.
Biol.
— Radiation Biology
452
The
radiation
on
research;
Biol.
Biol.
341,
453
3
principal effects of ionizing radiation
of
radiation
sources
Chem. 332, Math.
—
hrs.
Applications of isotopes in biological
living systems.
use
cr.
and other types of
and detectors.
Prerequisite:
116, or consent of instructor.
Physiological Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
on chemistry and its relationship
to the functional aspects of tissues and systems.
Consideration will
be given to biologically important compounds and their effects on
Life processes with emphasis
function.
Biol.
471
— Histology
3
Vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Biol. 103, 211.
cr. hrs.
Two
hours
Prerequisites:
120
Biol.
482
A
—
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 cr. hrs.
morphology
study of the
of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes anatomical study of Lamprey,
comparative
classes.
the dogfish shark,
and the
Prerequisites: Biol.
cat.
210 or consent
of instructor.
Biol.
Biol.
— Seminar Biology
492 — Research Topics
Biology
490
in
1
1-3
in
cr. hrs. to
cr.
hr.
be arranged
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120 — Introduction to Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 240 — Marine Biology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 245 — Marine Ecology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 325— Marine Geology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 420 — Marine Micropaleontology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
3 cr. hrs.
*
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
ticulars.
BUSINESS
Professor
Emory
Rarig,
Chairman
Professors
Ellen L. Lensing
Cyril Albin Lindquist
Francis
J.
Radice
Associate Professors:
Willard A. Christian
Bernard C.
Norman
Dill
L. Hilgar
Clayton H. Hinkel
Margaret E. McCern
Assistant Professors:
Weston Baker
M. Bayler
John E. Dennen
J.
Charles
Lester
J.
Dietterick
Doyle G. Dodson
Rabb
for full par-
121
Margaret Ann Hykes
Kenneth G. Kirk
Jack L. Meiss
Robert
P.
Yori
Instructors:
Lane L. Kemler
Lawrence L. Verdekal
Bus. 101
— Introduction
to Business Organization
and Finance
3
cr.
hrs.
Attention to types of business organization, managerial controls utilized in
Bus. 201
—
business and financing of business enterprises.
Elementary Typewriting
2
I
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts
of
the
typewriter;
stroking
techniques
and control emphasized;
instruction in preparing business letters, manuscripts, carbon copies,
envelopes, business forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary Typewriting
2
II
cr.
hrs.
and cards;
multiple carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and
legal forms; preparation of stencils and liquid process masters;
Production techniques; typing
teaching techniques.
Bus. 211
Prerequisite:
— Elementary
Shorthand
letters,
envelopes,
Bus. 201.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Beginning course in Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee.
Bus. 212
—
Elementary Shorthand II
Development of ability to read shorthand
3
notes.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 211.
Bus. 221
—
Principles of Accounting I
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
merchandising
activities
special journals
3
cr. hrs.
service
and
of a sole proprietorship; consideration of
and special
ledgers, accrued
and deferred items, and
business papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr. hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations; development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221.
122
— Salesmanship
Bus. 241
Fundamental
tion
3
salesman in relation to
of the
hrs.
cr.
principles underlying the sales process; considerafirm,
his
his
goods and
his
customers; a study of the approach, demonstration, and close of
individual sales transactions.
Bus. 250
— Business Information Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction and basic orientation to the field of business in-
The student
formation processing.
Work
ripheral devices.
and programming exercises
lating,
generation computer hardware.
Bus. 252
be introduced to the pe-
will
in flowcharting,
keypunching, sorting, tabu-
on
as well as observations
Prerequisite:
third
None.
— Business Oriented Programming
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to familiarize the student with the Cobol language
and
to
develop his
ability
Cobol
to use
as
an effective problem
oriented language through use of examples and
dent
is
required to define, write,
At
problems.
class
least
member
in
one problem
will
on" environment.
a "hands
work
sessions. Stu-
and debug several Cobol
be compiled and run by each
test,
Prerequisite:
Bus.
250.
—
2 cr. hrs.
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced application of typewriting skills. Coordinated with
Advanced Shorthand for those students seeking certification in
Bus. 301
shorthand.
Prerequisite: Bus. 202.
— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 311
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed
and accuracy
stressed;
grammar, shorthand penmanship, and prin-
ciples of teaching of shorthand.
Bus. 312
—
Prerequisite:
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic and secretarial
activities.
— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 321
Bus. 212.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Bus. 311.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Preparation and interpretation of principal accounting state-
ments; theoretical discussion of the standards of good accounting
practice, with
Bus. 322
emphasis on current items.
— Intermediate Accounting
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
3
II
cr. hrs.
Standards of good accounting practice with emphasis on noncurrent
items;
solution
and
discussion
of
various
contemporary
accounting problems; detailed analysis of major financial statements
of business organizations.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 321.
123
Bus. 323
— Accounting
for
Management problems
good
will,
price
level
Management Decision
3
of depreciation methods,
cr. hrs.
valuation of
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory evaluation, the
and
historical
The flows
planning.
budget and actual
cost,
Prerequisites: Bus. 221
tax accounting are considered.
—
Bus. 331
Legal
Business
rights
and tax
costs,
of cost accounting, financial accounting,
and
Law
and 222.
3
cr.
hrs.
principles
of
law
I
fundamental
liabilities;
and
applicable to business transactions with specific consideration of law
as
it
and
real property,
sources of law and the judicial system.
sales;
Bus. 332
— Business Law
Fundamental
and surety
3
II
principles
and agency
bankruptcy
relationships,
relationships,
proceedings,
and various forms of business organization.
trusts,
cr. hrs.
law as they pertain to guaranty
of
contracts, insurance, principal
employer-employee
and
and
pertains to contracts, bailments, personal
estates
Prerequisite:
Bus. 331.
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3
cr.
hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of
business; preparation of business forms; writing business letters of
various types; preparation of personal data sheets; organization and
preparation of business reports.
Bus. 334
Prerequisite:
Bus. 202.
— Business Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business
operations.
and finance, investments,
methods of teaching business
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
the interpretation of statistical data;
arithmetic in the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr. hrs.
Presents retailing as a dynamic sphere of business, characterized
by the necessity of adapting
characteristics of trade areas.
sidered.
its
operations to changing demographic
Competitive
retail
problems are con-
Considerations involved in formulating specific
company
policies include such factors as location, layout, promotion, service,
and personnel.
ability to
tice.
Analyses of actual case situations develop student
apply sound principles to current
retail
management prac-
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
12
— Marketing:
Bus. 342
Principles
and Practices
3
cr. hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
materials and products.
changes
qualitative
Both functional and
institutional
aspects
Also studied are the significance of quantitative and
are covered.
in
population
characteristics.
Trade-channel,
and other marketing policies are taken up to provide a background for the establishment of individual firm decisions.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212.
price,
—
Bus. 343
Business Finance
Financial data are analyzed for the
3
cr.
hrs.
of managerial
solution
problems in finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of
and marketing; management of working
capital, use of the capital market, dividend policy and asset valuation
are studied and discussed.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221 and 222.
capital, security underwriting
Bus. 344
— Management Processes
3
cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of organization and administration.
— Personnel Management
Bus. 345
Policies
and current practices
3
cr.
hrs.
in the selection, placement, train-
ing-development, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at
all levels
in business firms.
Prerequisite:
Economics 211
and 212.
Bus. 350
—
3 cr. hrs.
Analytical Computing Concepts
Designed to familiarize the student with the Basic Assembly
Language to develop further understanding of the computer includ-
ing registers, multi-programming, and time sharing.
Compiler type
languages are discussed through an analysis of the Fortran compiler.
Tape and
disc concepts are also emphasized.
Prerequisites:
Bus.
250; Bus. 252.
Bus. 401
— Records Management and
Office
Machines
3
cr. hrs.
and transcribing machines; adding-listing
machines; printing, rotary, and key-driven calculators; filing systems,
business papers, and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: Business Education 202.
Office
Bus. 412
—
dictating
Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine,
keyboard shorthand system.
the
Development of limited proficiency
in
use of a touch system and techniques for teaching machine
shorthand.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
125
Bus. 421
— Cost Accounting
The elements
3
cr.
hrs.
of production costs using the job order system,
the process cost system,
and the standard cost system; development
meaning of cost data. Prerequisite:
of the ability to interpret the
Bus. 222.
422
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
3 cr. hrs.
and techniques applicable to
internal and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and
development of working papers for preparation of the report.
Bus.
Principles, standards, procedures,
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
Bus. 423
— Federal Tax Accounting
3
cr. hrs.
Procedures in accounting as dictated by Federal tax laws;
study of laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
returns for individuals
Bus. 424
—
State
Group and
and small businesses.
Tax
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
and Federal Tax Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
individual assignments selected from the following
areas of advanced tax accounting: partnerships and corporations,
Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
trusts, reporting to
govern-
mental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues, intensive practice
in the solution of
problems.
Bus. 442
Prerequisite: Bus.
422 and 423.
— Advertising Management:
Organization and Planning
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the entire field of advertising both as a marketing
function and promotional medium.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ.
212, Bus. 342.
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
Management
of the sales of the materials
3 cr. hrs.
and products from
the viewpoint of the individual business enterprise in the United
Demand-pull rather than supply-push is emphasized as a
contemporary practices in Sales Management. Prerequisite:
Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught in Fall
States.
basis for
Bus. 444
— Marketing Management
Group and
3
the search of both
documented sources and the
cr. hrs.
These
entail
results of field
work.
individual marketing research studies.
Students are encouraged to follow various fields of interest such
as
Management,
Distribution, Advertising
and Marketing Practices
126
motivation and benefit.
Prior approval of research
by the instructor is required. All class members will participate in oral and written presentations; discussion and evaluation
of projects.
Prerequisite: Bus. 342 and two of the following: Bus.
for
greatest
projects
Taught
341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the consent of the instructor.
in
Spring
— Business Report
Bus. 445
Writing
The organization and preparation
in business firms.
Techniques of
3
cr.
hrs.
of reports of the types used
collecting, interpreting,
senting information useful to management.
Prerequisite:
and prejunior or
senior standing.
— Business
Bus. 446
3
Policies
cr. hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation
to daily decision and policy making by the upper level of management. Quantitative methods and the techniques contributed by the
various subject fields of business and economics are applied to
selected case problems.
all
Prerequisite:
senior standing, required of
seniors.
— Research
Bus. 447
Studies in
Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and preparation of a
Student selection of a problem relating
Identification of a problem, investigation,
on an individual basis.
some field of Business Administration: accounting,
report
to
marketing,
vertising,
and personnel management.
and consent of the instructor.
— Advanced Cost Accounting
Bus. 448
3
utilization of cost data for planning, control
The extension
making.
Pre-
general
requisite: senior standing
The
finance, ad-
of
methods and procedures
estimated and distribution cost systems.
cr.
hrs.
and decision
to
Prerequisite:
standard,
Bus.
221,
222 and 421.
— CPA Problems
Bus. 449
The
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory
and practice. Prerequisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent
of
of instructor.
Bus. 452
— System Analysis and Design
Stresses the student-centered project
analysis
data
and design.
files,
file
3
approach
cr.
hrs.
to basic systems
Topics include forms design, data collecting,
maintenance,
systems
maintenance,
systems
flow-
127
charting,
integration
tive of basic
of
systems,
feasibility
Each student completes
implementation.
studies,
and
systems
several projects illustra-
systems concepts, and participates in one large class
project which takes a system through the various stages of feasibility,
and implementation.
design,
Prerequisites:
Bus. 250; Bus.
252; Bus. 350.
Bus. 454
— Educational Computer Applications
3
cr.
hrs.
Assisting the prospective or in-service teacher to utilize the full
computer in his own classroom forms the major
Using the computer as a tool of research
and calculation, management simulation games, computer assisted
testing, computer managed instruction, and computer assisted instruction are explored through readings, discussions, films, and guest
lecturers.
Each student is required to design, develop, and/or program an educational application suitable for inclusion in the high
capabilities of the
objective of this course.
school or college classroom.
Prerequisites:
Bus. 250; Bus.
252;
Bus. 350; Bus. 452.
Bus. 456
— Managerial Computer Applications
Gives the student practical experience
cr.
hrs.
Advanced techniques and concepts
problems.
ness
3
in the analysis of busi-
ming and system
analysis are featured with a
of programmajor emphasis on
problem-solving applications dealing with such topics as payroll, inventory,
make
and
Students are required to program,
sales.
operational
various
Hands-on experience
applicational
routines
with
test,
raw
and
data.
be interspersed throughout the course.
will
Prerequisites: Bus. 250; Bus. 252; Bus. 350; Bus. 452.
Courses
in
economics available
to business students.
—
Economics
Econ. 212 —
Economics
Econ. 313 — Labor Economics
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics
Econ. 412 — Public Finance and Macro-Economics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Econ. 211
Principles of
I
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of
II
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Statistics I
Econ. 415
Econ. 423
Business and Government
— History
of
Economic Thought
128
CHEMISTRY
Professor
Norman
E. White, Chairman
Professors:
Harold H. Lanterman
William A. Taebel
Associate Professors:
Barrett
Clyde
W. Benson
S.
Rex E.
Noble
Selk
Roy D.
Assistant Professor:
— General Chemistry
Chem. Ill
Pointer
4
I
cr.
hrs.
emphasis on atomic structure,
Basic principles of chemistry:
periodic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical
calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
of chemical problems.
6 hours/ week: 3
methods and solution
class, 3 lab.
— General Chemistry
Chem. 112
II
4 cr. hrs.
Chem. Ill: study of the elements by periodic
groups; introduction to modern inorganic chemistry including coordination compounds; introduction to organic chemistry; laboratory
emphasizes qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. Ill or equi-
A
valent.
continuation of
6 hours/week: 3
—
Chem. 221
class, 3 lab.
3
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Systematic identification and separation of the
The theory
and anions.
equilibrium as
it
—
mass
1 class,
6 lab. Offered in
summer
Chem.
sessions only.
4
Quantitative Analysis
Fundamental
hrs.
cations
and chemical
action,
applies to analytical chemistry. Prerequisite:
112. 7 hours/week:
Chem. 222
of ionization,
common
cr.
cr.
principles of quantitative chemical analysis.
hrs.
Em-
phasizes gravimetric and volumetric techniques and introduces electro-metric
and
optical techniques.
Laboratory
of quantitative analysis are stressed.
skills
Prerequisites:
and calculations
Chem. 112.
8
hours/week.
ture,
—
Organic Chemistry I
4 cr. hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular strucstereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their de-
Chem. 231
129
Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
rivatives.
Pre-
Chem. 112; Secondary Biology majors may enter with
only Chem. Ill but Chem. 112 also is recommended. 7 hours/
requisite:
week: 3
Chem. 232
A
4
class,
lab.
— Organic Chemistry
continuation of
common
functional
4
II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
groups,
and
synthesis
cr.
hrs.
reactions of
Modern
mechanism.
spectroscopic methods and the interpretation of spectra introduced.
Chem. 331. 7 hours/week:
Prerequisite:
Chem. 311
—
3 class,
4
Gas laws and
cr.
Laboratory experiments to
Chem.
Prerequisites:
illustrate
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 312
—
4
Physical Chemistry II
continuation
the above.
222, Phys. 212, Math. 212, or consent of the
instructor.
of
Chem. 411:
binary
solutions;
cr.
possibly crystals.
Prerequisite:
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 411. 6 hours/ week:
illustrate
hrs.
colligative
properties; conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics;
Chem. 421
hrs.
kinetic
second, and third laws of thermodynamics; free energy
first,
and equilibrium.
A
lab.
Physical Chemistry I
Theoretical foundations of chemistry.
theory;
4
and
the above.
3 class, 3 lab.
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the chemical
and physical properties of inorganic substances as related to atomic
and bond energies. Prerequisite:
structure, electronic configuration,
Chem. 222.
Chem. 422
A
pounds.
3 hours class/week.
—
3
Qualitative Organic Analysis
The
of separation
analysis of carbon
and
identification.
compounds accomplished by means
Methods and techniques studied,
applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
quisite:
cr. hrs.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic com-
Chem. 332.
Chem. 424
7 hours/week:
1
class,
Prere-
6 lab.
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the theory and applications of some of the instrumental
methods of analysis currently
try.
in use in
modern
analytical chemis-
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotometry, polarog-
raphy, electro-analysis, nuclear magnetic resonance, and others.
A
ISO
laboratory-centered
course.
Prerequisites:
Chem. 222 and some
contact with physical chemistry, or consent of instructor. 7 hours/
week:
1
class. 6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
The preparation and isolation of
2
selected inorganic
hrs.
cr.
compounds
of an unusual nature employing whatever
techniques are required
— such
as high
advanced or specialized
vacuum, inert atmospheres,
high temperatures, and non-aqueous conditions. Prerequisite: Chem.
421 completed or concurrent, or consent of the
6 hours
instructor.
lab/week.
—
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 433
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and utility
3
hrs.
cr.
of organic reac-
Reactive intermediates; carbonium ions, carbanions, and free
tions.
radicals emphasized.
Prerequisite:
mission of the instructor.
3
Chem. 332; Chem. 412 or
per-
hours class/week.
—
Chem. 434
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of
technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with
practice.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 332.
7 hours/week:
1
— Modern Biochemistry
Chem. 441
Chemistry
of
proteins,
lipids,
3
222, Chem. 332; Chem. 412 recommended.
5
cr. hrs.
intermediary
carbohydrates;
metabolism; introduction to enzyme chemistry.
6 lab.
class.
Prerequisite:
Chem.
hours/week: 2
class.
3 lab.
—
Chem. 491 —
Chem. 490
May
of
Special Topics
1
1
cr.
hr.
to 3 cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented
investigation
and
Chemistry Seminar
on one or more topics of mutual interest to student
Not intended as a research course but an extension
instructor.
Registratopics into a second semester might become so.
by consent of the instructor and Department Chairman.
some
tion
Chem. 492
—
3 cr. hrs.
Chemical Research
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
Registration by consent of the instructor and Department
students.
Chairmen.
131
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Professor Margaret C. Lefevre, Chairman
Professor: James D.
Bryden
Associate Professor: Benjamin
Instructor: Richard
—
Dis. 101
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
and
all
Andrews
Colleen Marks
Assistant Professor:
Com.
S.
M. Smith
and Diction
1
cr.
hr.
students seeking improvement of voice
Generalized instruction in voice production and
articulation.
articulation as well as individualized guidance with personal speech
problems.
—
Com. Dis. 152
Voice and Diction
The mechanical aspects of speech production
3
cr.
hrs.
are studied and
principles of speech therapy are illustrated in relation to the stu-
own performance in terms of voice quality, pitch, articulation,
Ear-training and self-improvement of prosand time elements.
dents'
pective clinicians or teachers
Com.
— Phonetics
251
Dis.
International
competence
emphasized.
are
Phonetic
in reading
3
Alphabet
—
fundamental
as
language and speech.
Com.
to
the
3
I
of
language
understanding
Prerequisite:
— Speech Pathology
253
Dis.
Students
cr.
hrs.
develop
and transcription of symbols.
Com. Dis. 252
Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
studied
used.
is
Com.
and
of
cr.
hrs.
speech
are
pathologies
of
Dis. 251.
II
3
cr.
hrs.
and techniques for identifying communication disorders are outlined. Research findings are explored.
procedures
Evaluative
Com.
Prerequisite:
Dis. 252.
— Introduction
Com. Dis. 276
The causes,
to
Audiology
cussed.
speech,
The
habilitation
cr.
hrs.
problems are explored.
Related
and educational factors are disof parent, educator, and specialist in the re-
for the various types of hearing
auditory,
3
evaluation techniques, and rehabilitative procedures
psychological,
roles
program are
investigated.
132
Com.
—
Clinical Methods and Practicum
3 cr. hrs.
and methods applicable to clinical practicum and
Dis. 351
Materials
teaching
practice
are
Opportunities
discussed.
demonstrations by the staff are provided.
to
for
observing
Students are required
compose sample lesson plans and evaluation
These
reports.
experiences are culminated with the students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech
Prerequisites:
Com.
Com.
and hearing disorders.
and Sp. Ed. 251.
Dis. 152, 251, 252, 253. 276,
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
Dis.
Students
continue
supervised
3
clinical
work
and
given
increasing responsibility and experience with cases of greater
Prerequisite:
plexity.
Com.
hrs.
cr.
are
com-
Dis. 351.
—
Com.
3 cr. hrs.
Dis. 360
Psycho-Linguistics
The
Language is studied as a psychological phenomenon.
nature and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are
investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent
conditions on both verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
Descriptive models of language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
Prerequisites:
Com.
Com.
Dis.
152, 251, 276.
—
Clinical Problems of
Communication Disorders
Dis. 361
3
cr.
hrs.
day problems encountered
by the speech clinician in clinical and public school programs are
discussed.
Pennsylvania School Law and State mandated special
Practical considerations of day
programs are also considered.
service
Com.
to
Dis.
376
— Auditory Training and Speech Reading 3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults
with moderate and severe hearing losses are investigated.
quisites:
Com.
Com.
Dis.
402
—
Clinical Experience
and
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
week
is
full
Prere-
Dis. 251, 276.
12
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per
provided for each student.
Prospective
teachers
of the
speech and hearing handicapped gain experience by working with
professional people in the field.
133
Com.
452
Dis.
— Anatomy
of Speech
and
Hearing Mechanisms
3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx
and ear are studied. The actual processes involved in human speakA co-operative lecture series is deing and hearing are explored.
by
the medical staff at Geisinger Medical
veloped for the students
Center.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351.
ECONOMICS
Professor TejBhan
S.
Chairman
Saini,
Associate Professors:
Deake G. Porter
Robert
Philip
P.
H.
Ross
Siegel
Joseph T. Skehan
Assistant Professor: Barbara
Econ. 211
Economics
Principles of
The nature
economic
—
cr.
hrs.
and demand and the price system, nafiscal policy, monetary policy and
employment and
stability
Econ. 212
3
1
of economics, economic concepts and institutions,
brief introduction to supply
tional income,
M. Dilworth
and growth.*
Principles of
The economics
Economics
3
11
cr.
hrs.
of the fiscal and resource allocation, price
and
output determination, current domestic economic problems; international
countries.
economics and economic problems of newly developing
Prerequisite: Econ. 211.*
Econ. 246
— Business and Economics Mathematics
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to the basic mathematical tools most frequently
employed
in intermediate
economics and business,
e.g.
elementary
Econ. 211 and 212 are prerequisites for all further work in the department.
Students required to take only one course in economics will take Econ.
211 and not Econ. 212.
131,
algebra,
geometry, functions, differential and integral
mathematics of finance, and linear programming.
analytical
calculus,
Econ. 311
— Intermediate Micro-theory and Managerial Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the
composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of
incomes; comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of competitive, monopolistic and oligopolistic firms, general equilibrium and
welfare economics.
and actual business
Modern
making
theories of business decision
practices.
Econ. 312
—
Econ. 313
— Labor Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N.P., employment, and price
level.
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern
theory; principles of taxation and government spending; management of the national debt.
The
3
practical questions in our
modern
cr.
hrs.
industrial organization
management and labor unions; the economic life of
The history of organized labor and
theories in management; current policies in the national
in the fields of
members
of the working force.
the growth of
and
governments to control industrial
state
Econ. 315
A
relations.
Business and Government
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of government policies for maintaining competition,
reducing competition, for substituting regulation in place of
for
competition and for substituting public for private enterprise.
The
various government policies will be tested in the light of economic
theory and historical experience.
Econ. 346
— Business and Economics
Descriptive
statistics,
ships as applied to business and
The
cr. hrs.
and measurement of
economic problems.
relation-
— Money and Banking
historical
3 cr. hrs.
background and development of monetary prac-
and principles, the principles of banking, with special attention
commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary
tices
to
3
averages, dispersion, elementary statistical
inference, index numbers, time series
Econ. 413
Statistics I
and banking development.
135
— Contrasting Economies
Econ. 422
3
cr. hrs.
Theories of capitalism and socialism with special emphasis on
Marxian theory.
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance
communism.
of capitalism, socialism, and
— History
3 cr. hrs.
of Economic Thought
economic theories propounded in the past and
their effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and
political systems.
The surplus value theory, economic planning as
a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to
Engel's Law, government responsibility for employment, and rent
control.
Econ. 211, 212.
Prerequisites: For Bus. Ed. Students
For other students
Hist. 112, 113, and Econ. 211, 212.
Econ. 423
The
different
—
—
433
Eicon.
—
International
Economics
3
Pure theory of international trade.
free
trade,
trade,
capital
monetary
system;
Econ. 434
— Economic Growth
international
liquidity
shortage.
of
Underdeveloped Areas
of
hrs.
and protection; balance of payments; foreign
movemer^s; he dollar and the international
exchange;
A
cr.
Study of the gains from
3
Topics include:
study of stagnating economies.
cr.
hrs.
theories
underdevelopment; operative resistances to economic growth;
role of capital, labor, population growth,
development planning; trade
in a
— Business and Economics
Econ. 446
and technological advance;
development
setting.
3
Statistics II
Sampling and sampling distributions, estimation
tests
of
analysis,
hypothesis,
contingency
applications,
decision
tables,
making,
analysis
regression
of
variance
cr. hrs.
probability,
and correlation
and computer
designs of experiments in selected fields of business
and economics. Prerequisite: Econ. 346.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
For a description of this course see Sociology 466.
Liberal
arts students concentrating in economics will receive credit for this
course.
Prerequisite: Econ. 346 and permission of the Economics
Soc.
Department.
Econ. 470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Discussion of current literature on economic theory and eco-
nomic policy. Each student reads one journal article a week on
which he writes a report and defends it in the seminar.
136
EDUCATION
M. Afshar, Chairman
Professor H.
Professors
Robert C. Miller
Gilbert R.
W.
Selders
Margaret Sponseller
Donald A. Vannan
Associate Professors:
Wesley E. Blamick
Donald E. Enders
M. Englehart
Beatrice
Glenn A. Good
Warren I. Johnson
Martin M. Keller
Milton Levin
Howard K. Macauley,
Aloysius
J.
Jr.
McDonnell
Kenneth A. Roberts
Ray C. Rost
Lynn A. Watson
Kenneth Whitney
Richard O. Wolfe
Matthew Zoppetti
Assistant Professors:
Raymond E. Babineau
Mae Beckley
Iva
Richard
John
J.
Donald
P. Sikula
R. Edward Warden
Instructors
Clarence Gourley
Joel E.
Ed. 202
Klingman
— Methods and Materials
in
3 cr. hrs.
Elementary School Science
Emphasis is placed on the major methods and materials used
in
elementary
school
science.
periences of children and
dren are limited.
new
Includes
the
environmental
ex-
areas where the experiences of chil-
Prerequisite: Phys. 103
and Bio. 103.
137
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
A
comprehensive study of
2
all
cr.
hrs.
Oppor-
communicative media.
tunity to develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials
in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
3
cr.
hrs.
principles of testing in the various fields of subject matter.
of grading and problems involved, representative standard-
ized tests,
and the vocabulary of measurement.
Psy.
Prerequisite:
371.
Ed. 321
A
Early Childhood Education
— Kindergarten 3
study of the physical, mental, emotional, and
cr.
hrs.
social levels
of the kindergarten age child, paying attention to the environmental
factors that foster child growth.
It
emphasizes the kindergarten pro-
up to meet the needs of this age child and to provide them
with the background of experience they will need for later ventures
gram
set
into reading, arithmetic, science, social studies, music, art, literature,
physical education and health.
Ed. 322
A
Prerequisite:
Psy. 211 or Ed. 322.
— Early Childhood Education — Nursery
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children
and experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at
Emphasis will be placed on "Operation Head
age levels.
these
Start" as a critical point in the poverty cycle.
ed with the
improve both the
quisite: Psy.
Ed. 361
Activities associat-
and education which will
opportunities and achievements.
Prere-
fields of health, social services
child's
211.
— Problems
of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
Problems
3
in teaching with particular emphasis
upon
cr.
hrs.
the
first
years includes problems of pupil growth and development,
culum, and counseling.
Ed. 362
— Problems
in the
The
placement,
Prerequisite: Ed.
393 and Psy. 371.
of Business Education
Secondary School
objectives
follow-up;
curri-
of
3
secondary
business
administration
of the
education:
business
cr.
hrs.
guidance,
department;
physical layout, equipment, supplies, selection of testbooks; curri-
culum and
its
development;
in business education.
tests
and measurements; current trends
393 and Psy. 371.
Prerequisite: Ed.
138
— Teaching
Ed. 371
Reading
of
in the
Elementary Grades 3
cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire
mentary school curriculum.
Ed. 372
Prerequisite: Ed.
ele-
393 and Psy. 371.
—
Foundation of Reading Instruction
3 cr. hrs.
The reading program in the elementary and/or secondary
including the areas of comprehension speed,
school,
study
skills,
and enrichment, and method of using inDevelopment of an elementary or a secondary school
reading program required of each student. Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
library skills, recreation
formation.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
Ed. 373
3
cr.
hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, emphasizing both standardized and informal techniques.
elementary
and/or secondary school teachers.
Designed for
Prerequisite:
Ed.
371 and/or Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
—
Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
2 cr. hrs.
Ed. 374
Developing the understanding and improving techniques for
developing reading
phasis
on
skills
applicable to the secondary school.
through secondary school academic subjects.
lish
Em-
and oral reading
Suggested for Eng-
readiness, comprehension, silent reading,
teachers
who wish
certification in the area of reading.
—
Reading for the Socially Disadvantaged Child 3 cr. hrs.
Methods and materials needed for the instruction of the disad-
Ed. 375
vantaged child
as they
tion
may be
(K-12).
more adequately
Ed. 391
Techniques
and theories are presented
applied to help the socially disadvantaged child funcin the school
— Learning and
environment.
the Learner
The psychological foundations
3
cr.
hrs.
of education: a study of individ-
ual differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations,
physical
hygiene.
schools.
Ed. 392
and mental growth, personality development and mental
Systematic observation and participation in the public
Prerequisite: Psy. 101
and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
—
Historical and Intellectual Foundations of
3 cr.
American Education
Development of American education in the perspective of
tory.
hrs.
his-
139
Ed. 393
—
Social Foundations of Education
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas covered
Social processes underlying education.
include an examination of the current social forces affecting educa-
school in American culture, the impact of social
on education, and role of the teacher in a period of
change.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and Soc. 211 or Soc.
tion, the place of
stratification
rapid social
224.
Ed. 394
— Education
in
Urban Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Systematic study of the problems of education in urban setting.
Primarily designed for students planning to teach in urban schools.
Ed. 395
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Elementary School
Curriculum study, methods and practices
and
social studies.
in the
Includes educational media.
cr.
language
Prerequisite:
hrs.
arts,
Ed.
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6 cr. hrs.
team approach to the preparation of secondary teachers with
the combination of broad curricular studies and specific teaching
techniques. Within the general curriculum and instruction the focal
Secondary School
A
areas
are
curricular
studies,
educational
tional skills, testing, planning,
decision-making,
and educational media.
of actual classroom observation
is
an integral part of
A
instruc-
program
this course.
The following methods sections concentrate on the above areas
and provide practical experiences and more depth study in their
particular disciplines:
Ed. 396 (A) "Teaching of English
in the
Ed. 396 (B) "Teaching of Mathematics
Secondary School"
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (C) "Teaching of Biological Science in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (D) "Teaching of Physical Science
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (E) "Teaching of Social Studies in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (F) "Teaching of Speech
in the
Ed. 396 (G) "Teaching of Geography
Secondary School"
Secondary School"
in the
no
Ed. 396 (H) "Teaching of Business Subjects in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (I) "Teaching of French
in the
Secondary School"
German
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (K) "Teaching of Spanish
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (J) "Teaching of
Prerequisite: Ed.
Ed. 397
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to provide prospective elementary teachers with the
materials, skills, understandings, and attitudes to help
meet the needs of children in the areas of science and
mathematics. Prerequisite: Phys. 103 and 104, Biol. 103 and 104,
and Math. 231 and 232.
methods,
them
to
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for
Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
per week.
full
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
per week.
Ed. 403
cr.
hrs.
of
areas of the elementary curriculum as
Association with carefully selected master teachers.
possible.
Ed. 402
many
minimum
30 hours
participating experience at two
semester basis with a
Opportunities for direct
grade levels and in as
hrs.
Prerequisite: Ed. 397.
Elementary School 12
in the
cr.
contempor-
in the teaching of
ary programs in the elementary school.
Ed. 401
3
full
in the
Secondary School
semester basis with a
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
30 hours
of
Teaching and other school experiences.
— Student Teaching
in the
in
Business Subjects
Secondary School
12
cr.
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
hrs.
Stu-
dents observe and teach in actual classroom situations.
Ed. 421
— Curriculum Development
Current
curricular
offerings
of
3
elementary
and
cr.
hrs.
secondary
Emphasis upon philosophical, social, political and techcommunity, nation, and the world, and the effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the school in curriculum development.
schools.
nical trends in the
Ed. 431
— Independent Study
3
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
cr.
hrs.
Ul
Ed. 432
—
Social Studies in the Elementary School
Designed
and materials
3
to acquaint students with current objectives,
in the area of Social Studies in the
The psychological and
sociological needs
development of a
related to the
elementary school.
of children
social studies
hrs.
cr.
methods
program
they are
as
mod-
in the
ern school.
— Language Arts
Ed. 433
in the
Elementary School
3
hrs.
cr.
Introduction to the broad spectrum of subjects called the lan-
guage
Problems, methods, techniques and materials related
arts.
to instruction in the several branches of this
major area of the
ele-
mentary school curriculum.
— Workshop
Ed. 441
A
in
3-6
Education
cr.
hrs.
study of selected areas in elementary or secondary education
including research by individual students in a special teaching
field.
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education and teaching experience.
Ed. 442
— Workshop,
Teaching Science
in the
Elementary School
3
designed for teachers
Primarily
in
service.
cr.
hrs.
Construction of
teaching materials to be used in the classroom, investigation into
problems
of the
in
an inquiry approach, and learning of the basic steps
scientific
method of problem solving and methods of de-
veloping a scientific attitude in children are aspects of the course.
Ed. 451
— Pupil Personnel
Services in the Public School 3
cr.
hrs.
A
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services in the
elementary and secondary schools which include the areas of school
attendance,
school health programs,
logical services
and guidance
pupil
transportation,
psycho-
services.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
EOD. 201
—
History, Education
and Guidance
of the Deaf
3
History of education of the deaf.
terials
from the
EOD.
351
cr.
hrs.
Important bibliographic ma-
field are introduced.
— Language
Principles
4 cr. hrs.
for the Deaf
and techniques of teaching language to the pre-pri-
mary and school-age deaf
child are studied.
The student
is
intro-
1U2
duced
to the leading systems of teaching language to
the deaf as
well as to deaf children with multiple handicaps.
EOD. 352
— Teaching Speech
Normal development
Deaf
to the
of speech
is
4
reviewed.
cr.
hrs.
Principles
and
techniques for teaching speech by analytical and synthetic methods
common
Speech defects
are studied.
to the hearing impaired are
considered in terms of etiology, evaluation and therapy.
EOD. 353
— Teaching Elementary
Subjects to the Deaf 4 cr. hrs.
and methods of teaching reading to deaf children
Methods of teaching
in the lower and higher grades are studied.
subjects such as arithmetic, social studies and science are considered with emphasis on methodology for use in the intermediate and
advanced grades.
Principles
—
EOD. 366
Classroom Practicum
To observe, compose lesson plans and
in
classroom of deaf children.
a
EOD.
3
cr.
hrs.
teach supervised lessons
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis.
351,
201, 351, 352, 353.
EOD. 403
— Student Teaching
Thirty hours per
week
ence with deaf children.
EOD. 461
— Problems
12
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experi-
Prerequisite:
EOD.
of Education of the
366.
3
Deaf
Practical considerations of problems encountered
er in public
cr.
and private school programs are discussed.
ENGLISH
Professor Louis F. Thompson, Chairman
Professors:
Charles
Kopp
Cecil C. Seronsy
Stamm
Thomas G. Sturgeon
Janet
Associate Professors:
Dale M. Anderson
Anita A. Donovan
William D. Eisenberg
Ronald A. Ferdock
Edwin W. Kubach
cr.
hrs.
by the teach-
John McLaughlin
Alva W. Rice
Jordan Richman
William C. Roth
Susan Rusinko
Richard C. Savage
Gerald H. Strauss
Assistant Professors:
Duck
Virginia A.
Dorothy A. McHale
Robert G. Meeker
Margaret Read-Lauer
Instructors
Richard
Nancy
Eng. 101
Devlin
S.
Gill
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency in
Frequent themes, intensive study of the principles of rhetoric
and grammar.
both.
Eng. 102
A
— English Composition
and style.
and book reviews, a term paper
cr.
hrs.
In addition to regular compositions
effective diction, tone,
Eng. 103
3
101, with increasing emphasis on
continuation of English
is
required.
— English Composition
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
3
cr.
hrs.
Similar to English 102 but reserved for incoming freshmen
who
have been exempted from English 101 on the basis of performance
on entrance examinations and other criteria. Content and requirements of this course are substantially the same as those for English
102.
Eng. 202
At
— Creative
Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
and five original poems receive critical analysis by the instructor and by the class in group discussion.
Form, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
least three original short stories
Eng. 203
— Introduction
to
Journalism
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on principles and techniques of reporting. Development of journalism, theory and practice of its principles; organizational patterns of news stories, methods of gathering news and
writing various types of news stories, fundamentals of editing.
1U
Eng. 204
— Feature Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
Methods of writing successful articles for newspapers and
magazines.
Emphasizes techniques of gathering information and
developing various types of feature articles.
Study and discussion
of published articles.
Eng. 207
— Survey
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
literary movements.
Eng. 208
A
— Survey
of
3
cr.
hrs.
of the most important literary
significant literary genres
World Literature
3
continuation of English 207, covering works of
cr.
and
hrs.
more
re-
cent date.
Eng. 209
—
3 cr. hrs.
Literary Genres
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing Gen-
Education requirement of English 207.
form as a vehicle for expression of ideas.
eral
Eng. 231
—
Emphasizes
3
British Writers
literary
cr.
hrs.
Required second-semester course for English majors. Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
CERTIFICATE IN JOURNALISM
A. The Certificate: This form
attests to the student's
pleted the requirements specified below.
preparation of the
teaching or in business.
tory
student
for
It
having com-
implies
publications
introduc-
activities
in
B. Requirements:
1.
and 301.
These courses are given in sequence each fall and spring
in a one-and-one-half year cycle.
Two of them may be applied to the student's General Education requirements in
Humanities and Social Sciences respectively.
One of the
courses may be counted in an English major's required 12
Satisfactory completion of English 203, 204,
credits of electives.
2.
Completion of
member
at least two years of satisfactory service as a
of the staff of the Maroon and Gold, Obiter, or
Olympian.
U5
—
Eng. 232
3
British Writers
Required third-semester course for English majors.
from Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Browning, Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and Eliot.
— Shakespeare
Eng. 249
Tennyson,
3
Required for English majors,
to
hrs.
cr.
Selections
hrs.
cr.
be taken in third or fourth
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis
semester.
on Shakespeare
as poet
and playwright and with attention to conand the history of the Shakes-
ditions of the Elizabethan Theater
pearean
text.
—
Mass Communications
3 cr. hrs.
mass communications: theories and realities of the
freedom of the press; growth of the print media; media of radio,
television, and film; mass communications industries and professions;
education for mass communication.
Eng. 301
The
Introduction to
role of
— Advanced Composition
Eng. 302
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other
students are admitted.
Aims
to develop in the student a greater
mastery over the elements of effective writing.
Attention
is
given
to the problem of evaluating writing.
— Russian
Eng. 307
An
Literature in Translation
3
cr.
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
hrs.
—
from Pushkin to Sholokhov. Readings in English of novels, poems,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the
plays, and short stories.
works as well as to the medium through which they are dramatized.
— Ideas
Eng. 312
3
in Literature
cr.
hrs.
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as the conflict
between freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in the scheme
of things, and the role of the individual in society.
Eng. 316
—
on
3
Children's Literature
Examination and study of
literature for children, with
criteria for selecting literature for the
cr.
hrs.
emphasis
classroom and the library,
suggestions for presenting literary works in the elementary classroom,
and basic
literary concepts.
Eng. 321
— Short
An
Story
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and American
short story, through reading and analysis of representative samples.
1A6
One original
known short
may be
required of each student.
— Modern Drama
Eng. 322
to
short story and one oral critical analysis of a wellstory
3
cr.
hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and
structure as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
Eng. 324
A
— Modern Novel
3
Russian writers, as their work
art,
cr.
hrs.
study of major modern novelists, exclusive of American and
impressionism,
and
reflects
developments
fictional
in
most dominant modes of realism, naturalism,
particularly in the
expressionism.
Begins
in
the
turn-of-the-
century novel of Conrad and moves through the writings of
Proust, Lawrence, Kafka, Woolf, Joyce, and/or one or
Mann,
two others
of the instructor's choice.
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under
guidance of instructor.
created, historical
The nature
of poetry
—
its
aims,
and individual changes and variations
how
in
it is
manner
and matter.
Eng. 326
An
— Modern Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
movements through
study of Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert
Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins,
W. B. Yeats, W. H. Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
Eng. 332
A
— Blake and Yeats
3
cr.
hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision
and by having created in this search perhaps the most original and
complete mythological systems in English literature.
Eng. 341
— Early and Middle
English Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
A study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation
and of medieval chronicles and romances including Sir Gawain and
the Green Knight and Le Morte d' Arthur.
— Early English Drama
Eng. 342
Early
3 cr. hrs.
native drama, including miracle and mystery plays,
Elizabethan dramatists: Hey wood,
morality plays, and interludes.
Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
U7
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
reading
literary
in
cr.
hrs.
speaking and
Middle English and with major emphasis on Chaucer's
achievement and his humanism.
Eng. 347
— 16th Century
3
Literature
The non-dramatic prose and
cr.
hrs.
verse of the period, emphasizing
The humanists: Erasmus, More,
Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly,
Sidney, Spenser, Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman,
Greene, and others.
the last quarter of the century.
Castiglione, Elyot,
Eng. 352
— 17th Century
3
Literature
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
of
Donne and Jonson
in
Eng. 354
A
hrs.
rival traditions
such poets as Herbert, Vaughan, Quarles,
Cowley, Herrick, and Marvell.
Browne, Taylor,
The
cr.
Fuller, Baxter,
Principal prose
Burton,
writers:
Bunyan, and Dryden.
— Milton
3
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of the poetry and prose of John Milton.
Eng. 356
— Restoration and Later Drama
3
cr.
hrs.
Wycherley, Etherege, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway,
with
consideration
of Moliere's
influence
in
Restoration
drama.
Eighteenth century sentimental comedy and tragedy, and reaction
against
it
in
Goldsmith and Sheridan.
Trends
in
19th century
drama.
Eng. 357
— 18th Century
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of literature of the Augustan Age in England: Addison
and Steele, Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the
Romantic Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of
Addison, Steele, Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
Eng. 358
— 18th Century Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
major novels of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Smollett, Sterne, and Austen; traces the development of the English
novel from picaresque to realistic.
Emphasizes
Eng. 363
— 19th Century Novel
The major
3
cr.
hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supple-
mentary readings
in the
works of the great Continental
novelists.
1U8
— 19
Eng. 364
Century Literature
th
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the major poets such as Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey,
Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Eng. 381
— American
Carlyle,
and others.
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
American Literature from its Colonial beginnings
through the Civil War, with emphasis on the writers of the American
Surveys
Renaissance.
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant
social
and
Eng. 385
movements
literary
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
America from its
beginnings about 1800 to the present.
Emphasizes highlights of
form, theme, and reflections of American literary and social movements.
Some attention to parallel developments in the European
Studies
the
development of the novel
in
novel.
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
Study of prose works of American
literature,
cr.
hrs.
both fiction and
from the late 19th Century to the present, emphasizing
and social significance. Such writers as Riis, Steffens, Sinclair, Allen, E. B. White, Thurber, Baldwin, Ellison, Claude
Brown, Steinbeck, and John Williams are included.
non-fiction,
literary merit
Eng. 401
A
—
cr.
hrs.
and
modern American
graphic formulas of
Eng. 402
A
3
Structure of English
descriptive study of the phonology, morphology, syntax,
— History
descriptive
of the English
English.
Language
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the causes and effects of phonemic,
and semantic change in the English
conquest to the present.
Anglo-Saxon
language from the
morphological,
Eng. 403
syntactic,
— Generative-Transformational Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis with
particular
attention
to
transformational
Eng. 401, or permission of instructor.
grammar.
Prerequisite:
U9
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr.
hrs.
For advanced students majoring in English. Examines works
of major critics: Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, ColeApplies critical principles to literary texts.
ridge, and others.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Associate Professor Alfred A. Tonolo, Chairman
Professors
Charles Whitney Carpenter,
Eric
II
W. Smithner
Associate Professors:
Ariadna Foureman
George W. Neel
Assistant Professors:
Ben
C. Alter
Blaise C. Delnis
Mary Lou John
Marban
Jacqueline B. Rube
Edilberto A.
John A. Sawyer
Christine T. Whitmer
FRENCH
Courses 220, 320, and 321 apply to the 12 hour departmental
literature
requirement.
400
level
electives
are
chosen only
after
French Literature I and II have been completed. Students are reminded of the opportunity to join the Cercle francais which is devoted to informal use of French in an interesting program of social
and cultural events during the year. Attendance at a French university in the summer and the Master's Degree program in French
complete the offerings in French.
Fr.
101
Beginning French
3
cr.
hrs.
Basic elements of the language; practice in speaking, under-
and gradually writing, with weekly laboratory
standing,
reading,
sessions.
5 contact hours.
150
Fr.
— Beginning French
102
(Prereq. 101 or Proficiency Test)
Continues the development of basic
3
skills
cr.
hrs.
with more reading
and written assignments, outside readings, frequent dictations and
thematic compositions.
(Fr. 101
work
in
and 102 are not open to students who have had previous
French and are not counted toward the 32 hour minimum
requirement for majors in French).
Fr.
103
Intermediate French
(Prereq. 102 or Proficiency Test)
Review of
salient points of
3
grammar, intensive practice
cr.
hrs.
in speak-
ing and writing, outside readings, weekly laboratory sessions, attention to
Fr.
French idioms.
— Intermediate French
104
(Prereq. 103 or Proficiency Test)
tion,
3
cr.
hrs.
The above process is enriched with appropriate works of ficincluding modern plays, short stories; emphasis on oral prac-
tice
and French idioms.
Fr.
201
— Review Grammar and Composition
3
(Prereq. 104)
cr.
hrs.
Review of grammar, reading of literary selections which
analyzed and discussed, composition on assigned topics.
Fr.
— Conversation and Composition
202
Vocabulary building, practice
and composition dealing with
French
Fr.
(Prereq. 201) 3
cr.
are
hrs.
in speaking French, conversation
intellectual
and
artistic
aspects
of
life.
205 *
— French Pronunciation
(Prereq. 104)
3
(elective)
cr.
hrs.
Production of French sounds, rules of pronunciation, lectures
and practical exercises, use of phonetic symbols.
Fr.
210
— The Culture and
Civilization of
France
3
(Prereq. 201 or 202)
Major developments of French
culture
down
to
the
cr.
hrs.
current
scene in France.
*
Students exhibiting deficiencies in the spoken language will be required
to take this course.
151
Fr.
— Contemporary French
220
(Prereq. 201 or
Literature
202 or by approval
of instructor)
3
This
first
works published for
literary
cr.
hrs.
reading course begins with an anthology of selected
this
purpose and includes plays and
short novels in unabridged form.
Fr.
— French
320
3
220)
Literature I (Prereq.
cr.
hrs.
Literary genres are traced from medieval times through the
18th century.
An
anthology
is
used, and outside readings are as-
signed.
Fr.
321
French Literature II (Prereq. 320)
3
cr.
hrs.
Continues the above for the 19th and 20th centuries.
ELECTIVES
Courses 220, 320, and 321 above count toward the 12 hour
literature requirement.
Fr.
405
Fr.
409
3 cr. hrs.
French Linguistics (Prereq. 201)
Systematic review of French syntax with composition and exercises based on contemporary authors.
— Advanced Spoken French
(Prereq. 201, 202, and 405)
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive practice in French diction through spontaneous and
prepared conversations.
Fr.
— French
415
Literature of the Renaissance
320 and 321)
3 cr. hrs.
Selections from Villon, Rabelais, Marot, the Pleiade, and Montaigne as they reflect the age of humanism and illustrate the transition from medieval to modern ideas.
(Prereq.
Fr.
420
— French
(Prereq.
Classicism— 1600-1715
320 and 321)
The formation
of the classic
form and the seventeenth century
Fr.
425
— French
(Prereq.
A
to
spirit,
3
cr.
hrs.
the perfection of dramatic
portrait of
man.
Literature of the Enlightenment
320 and 321)
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the ideas of the eighteenth century in their relation
twentieth
century
Voltaire, Diderot
thought;
and Rousseau.
special
emphasis
on Montesquieu,
152
Fr.
430
— The Romantic Period
in
French Literature
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
The development from romanticism
in the nineteenth
Fr.
450
century in
— The History
— 1800-1850
3
cr.
hrs.
and symbolism
the novel, poetry, and drama.
to realism
of Ideas in France from Descartes to
Comte
320 or 321)
3 cr. hrs.
The development of ideas from the regulae of Descartes through
(Prereq. 301 and
the contributions of Gassendi, Pascal, Pierre Bayle, the Encyclope-
Condorcet, and Saint-Simon to the positivistic summation of
dists,
Auguste Comte.
Fr.
460
— 20th Century French Novel
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
3
Selected novels of Anatole France, Gide, Proust, Sartre,
cr.
hrs.
Camus,
Malraux, Robbe-Grillet, Butor, and others.
Fr.
461
— Contemporary French Drama
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
3
cr.
hrs.
Plays of Claudel, Giraudoux, Cocteau, Nomtherlant, Anouilh,
Camus, Genet, Beckett, and Ionesco;
Sartre,
Copeau
Fr.
462
theatre direction from
to the present time.
— Modern French Poetry
(Prereq.
320 and 321)
3
cr.
hrs.
Sources and creative approaches of French poets from Baudelaire to the present.
Fr.
465
—
Explication de textes
3 cr. hrs.
320 and 321)
and literary explanation of representative
modern French authors.
(Prereq.
Intensive linguistic
selections of
Fr.
499
— Directed Readings
(Open only
French)
to
honor students and advanced majors
3
cr.
in
hrs.
Offers undergraduates with special aptitudes a greater opportunity
course;
visor.
to
do independent study than is possible in the ordinary
in conference and library.
By arrangement with ad-
work
153
COLLEGE-WIDE OFFERINGS
Fr.
230
— French
Literature in Translation from the Middle
Ages
through Eighteenth Century
(No French
credit for
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of major French works in
translation, beginning with the
Song of Roland and continuing with
authors such as Rabelais, Pascal, Moliere, Voltaire, Rousseau, and
Diderot.
Fr.
231
— Modern
French Literature
(No French
Readings
credit for
in
Translation
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
novel and the theatre of 19th and 20th cen-
in the
tury France with authors such as Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Gide.
Proust,
240
Fr.
Camus, Genet, Ionesco, and
— The Poetry
others.
of Charles Baudelaire through
Interpaginated Translation
(No French
credit for
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
104 — Intermediate French
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
204 — Seminar
France
in
Six to eight
weeks
in a
French University.
This study-prac-
ticum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
setting.
The students are housed
summer course for foreign students.
in
dormitories
and attend the
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the
program.
Resident evalua-
tes from Bloomsburg accompany the group to assist students and
keep records of progress. Two semesters of French are required for
participation in this program.
Fr.
Fr.
— The Culture and
220 — The Contemporary
210
Civilization of
France
Literature of France
3
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
GERMAN
Ger.
101
— Beginning German
3
cr.
hrs.
(For students with no previous study of German)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses texts and tapes
consisting of authentic
German
situational conversations
and read-
15U
ings,
structural
analyses,
and practice
in
speaking, understanding,
reading, and gradually writing, with weekly laboratory sessions inte-
grated with the program.
Ger. 102
— Beginning German
3
Continues the development of basic
skills in
speaking through the use of the same tape-articulated
readings, frequent dictations,
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
understanding and
text,
outside
and thematic compositions.
— Intermediate German
3
cr.
hrs.
For students having two or more years of German background.
Continues the above approach with review, pattern practice,
exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based upon text
and appropriate outside readings, with weekly laboratory sessions
integrated with the program.
Ger.
104
—
Intermediate
The above
qualified,
upon
3
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
the
works of fiction,
from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
outside reports on the shorter works of major German
appropriate
selections
German
process, based
authors.
Ger. 201
— Conversation and Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
Audio-lingual approach continued in presentation and practice
Text presents literary
which are analyzed and discussed and whose models provide standards for imitation and thematic reworking of the gramin
reviewing the difficulties of the language.
selections
mar
points.
Ger. 202
—
Conversation and Composition
more advanced composition text continues
and composition work begun in German 201.
A
Ger. 210
3
cr.
hrs.
the conversation
— German
3 cr. hrs.
Culture and Civilization
thorough understanding of the geography, government, customs, education, arts, regional idiosyncracies, and history of the Ger-
A
man
speaking countries as well as to provide the students with a
vivid sense of the current scene in these countries.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Readings in Modern German Literature
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic, prose, and
poetic works of major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the
Ger. 215
twentieth
century.
Prerequisite:
Ger.
201.
155
—
3 cr. hrs.
Nineteenth Century German Drama*
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic works of major
German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth century.
Ger. 301
220.
Ger.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 302
—
century.
Prerequisite:
3 cr. hrs.
Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry
Reading and analysis of representative prose and poetic works
of the major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth
Ger. 220.
—
3 cr. hrs.
History of German Literature I
Readings and discussions of representative works from the
Ger. 320
following periods: Old High
German, Middle High German, Renand Enlightenment. Prerequisite:
aissance, Reformation, Baroque,
Ger. 220.
—
Ger. 321
A
ture
History of
continuation of
German Literature II
German 320. A survey
from the Enlightenment
to
the
present.
3
of
cr.
German
Readings and
cussions of selected works representative of each period and
ment.
hrs.
litera-
dis-
move-
Prerequisite: Ger. 320.
—
Enlightenment and Storm and Stress
3 cr. hrs.
Major lyric, dramatic, and prose works of Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller and other important writers of these two periods.
Prere-
Ger. 401
quisite: Ger. 321.
Ger. 402
—
Classicism and Romanticism
3 cr. hrs.
and prose works of Goethe, Schiller,
Novalis, Tieck, and other important German Classicists and Roman-
Major
lyric,
dramatic,
Prerequisite: Ger. 321.
ticists.
— Conversation,
Ger. 409
Structure,
and
German
3 cr. hrs.
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
Analysis of
of
German
linguistics, this
course analyzes the language empirically
and through conversations and compositions.
German major or minor.
Ger. 420
An
German
— German Poetry*
introduction
poetry from
credits in
German
To be taught
to
its
the
Prerequisite:
senior
3 cr. hrs.
major trends and characteristics of
beginnings to the present.
literature.
in a successive year.
Prerequisite:
9
156
— The Radio Play
Ger. 421
A
from
3
cr.
firs.
study of this genre in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria
beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: 9 credits in
its
German
literature.
Ger. 499
— German Honors Course*
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual readings and conferences on a special topic desig-
nated by the instructor.
department chairman.
Prerequisite:
Open
only to
permission of instructor and
German majors and
minors.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate German
3
3
104 — Intermediate German
Ger. 202 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition 3
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
Ger.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 101
(For students with no
previous study of Russian)
An
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual and structural approach toward the rapid de-
velopment of acceptable pronunciation, vocabulary accumulation
a
textual
Understanding and speaking are
frame of reference.
stressed, but students learn to read
and write the
Cyrillic alphabet.
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 102
3
Continuation of the development of the basic
standing, speaking, reading,
Ru. 103
and
in
skills
cr. hrs.
of under-
writing.
— Intermediate Russian
(For students with two or more
years in Russian study on the high school level or the
3
completion of 102)
Maximum
class
spoken language
use of the
bring about good comprehension and speech.
modus
vivendi
is
A
is
cr.
hrs.
designed to
text
on Soviet
read outside class and discussed in class in the
Russian language.
Ru. 104
A
during
— Intermediate Russian
cultural
this semester.
Projected for the future
*
To be taught
3
reader and selected fiction stories
in a successive
— Enrollment
year
are
cr.
hrs.
completed
Permitting
157
Ru. 210
— Excerpts From Russian
Selections
Pasternak will
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
from well known Russian writers from Pushkin
be read and discussed in class in Russian.
— Excerpts From
to
Science and Technology
3 cr. hrs.
works dealing with physics,
chemistry, biology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and disRu. 211
Selections
from Russian
scientific
cussed in class in Russian.
SPANISH
Span. 101
— Beginning Spanish
(For students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
hrs.
cr.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development in
speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
laboratory sessions integrated into the program.
Span. 102
— Beginning Spanish
3
Continuation of the development of basic
ing,
reading, writing, with an increase in the
writing,
dictations,
skills
cr.
hrs.
of understand-
amount of
reading,
and thematic compositions.
— Intermediate Spanish
(For students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3 cr. hrs.
Continues the above approaches with appropriate review. Outside reading is introduced in an expanding mastery of speech,
comprehension, writing, and literary appreciation.
Span. 103
Span. 104
— Intermediate
Spanish
3
Continues the above approaches.
short novels leading to a
of the course.
Span. 201
hrs.
cr.
Cultural reading, plays and
good mastery of the language
at the
end
Prerequisite: Span. 103.
— Grammar and Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Audio-lingual approach in presentations and practice in reviewing
the
difficulty
of the
language
will
positions stress correct writing forms,
Prerequisite: Span.
Span. 202
—
continue.
Written
and grammatical
com-
structures.
104 or equivalent.
Conversation
3
A
cr.
hrs.
more advanced composition text continues the conversation
work begun in the previous course (201), developing longer conversations and free compositions.
Prerequisite: Span. 201.
158
Span. 205
A
— Spanish Phonetics
study of the sound system and intonation patterns of the
Spanish language preceded by an introduction to articulatory phonetics.
The course
Span. 210
is
planned for those
— Culture and
who
plan to teach Spanish.
Civilization of
Spain and Spanish-America
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give students a thorough understanding of Spain
and Iberoamerica through geography, government, customs, educaCurrent events are viewed through
fine arts, and history.
tion,
magazines and newspapers; and, when possible, a class
trip to see
an authentic Spanish play.
Span. 301
A
—
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
more appreciation
majors, intended to give incentives towards
literary
cr.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish
work from
"la
of
epoca primitiva", to the "literatura contem-
poranea."
Span. 302
—
Literature of Spanish- America
3
Selections of Spanish-American literature
cr.
hrs.
from the chronicles
of Indias to the present time.
Span. 304
—
Siglo de
Span. 305
—
Siglo de
—
Oro
Part One
3 cr. hrs.
The theatre of the Golden Century: Lope de Vega, Tirso de
Molina, Guillen de Castro, Mira de Amescua, Ruiz de Alarcon,
Calderon de la Barca, Moreto Agustin.
Oro
—
Part
Two
3
cr.
hrs.
Cervantes, Garsilaso de la Vega, Fray Luis de Leon, San Juan
de
la
Cruz, Gongora, Quevedo.
Span. 411
— The Poetry
This course,
of Spain
chronological
in
3 cr. hrs.
development and based upon
several volumes of the finest Spanish poetry,
Span. 412
— The Poetry
This course,
is
open only
to majors.
of Spanish- America
in nature,
stead, with the objective of
majors.
is
based as the Poetry of Spain 411. In-
Spanish-America poetry.
Open
only to
159
Span. 414
— Medieval Spanish
El Cid Campeador,
y
el
Don Juan Manuel;
nacimiento de
la
el
el
3
Literature
Romancero;
la prosa;
Arcipreste de Hita,
poesia
lirica; el
el
Alfonso
X
cr.
el
hrs.
Sabio
Libro de Buen Amor;
Marques de
Santillana y Jorge
Manrique.
Span. 420
— Spanish Drama
The 19th and 20th
Span. 499
Open
centuries dramas.
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students and advanced majors in Spanish.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
201 — Grammar and Composition
204 — Seminar
Spain
Span. 104
3
cr.
hrs.
Span.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
Span.
in
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
This study-
practicum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
setting.
summer
The
students
are
housed
dormitories and attend the
in
course for foreign students.
Daily and weekend excursions
program.
to places of interest are included in the
Bloomsburg accompanies the group
to
assist
An
records of progress.
GEOGRAPHY
Professor Wendelin R. Frantz, Chairman
Professors
Bruce E. Adams
John A. Enman
William B. Sterling
Associate Professors:
Lee C. Hopple
Lavere W. McClure
Assistant Professors:
Brian A. Johnson
James R. Lauffer
James T. Lorelli
John J. Serff, Jr.
from
and keep
e valuator
students
160
Instructor:
Joseph R. Rifer
—
3 cr. hrs.
World Physical Geography
Geog. 101
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and
controls related to the adjustments
man makes
to his environments.
—
World Cultural Geography
Geog. 102
Designed to show the close relationship that
man, land, culture, and economic activities.
3
cr. hrs.
between
exists
—
Economic Geography
3 cr. hrs.
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with their relationship to current world economic problems.
— Geography
Geog. 223
The
of Anglo- America
3
cr. hrs.
physical setting, present inhabitants, occupations, resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
— Geographic
Geog. 224
The
States
is
Influences in American History 3
cr. hrs.
movements in the United
stage on which the action
relationship between the historical
and the natural environment
portrayed.
as a
Prerequisite: Hist. 218.
—
Weather and Climate
3 cr. hrs.
The interrelationships between the elements of weather and climate. The functional application of these basic elements is elaborated upon through a study of climatic realms.
Geog. 225
—
Geography of Europe
Geog. 233
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
systems, resources, population, and trade.
— Geography
Geog. 243
The
economic
3
physical characteristics of Asia and
its
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
social, cultural,
and
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
of Asia
3
transportation
— Geography
of Latin
America
3
regional study of South America, Central
islands of the
Caribbean Sea.
the geographic environment.
The human and
cr.
hrs.
America and the
physical factors of
161
—
Geography of Africa
physical geographic elements (climate,
Geog. 245
The
political
The
manufacturing, transportation, communication,
boundaries for
all
of Africa.
— Geography
Geog. 246
physical and
of the Soviet Realm
human geography of the
some emphasis upon
ied along with
cr. hrs.
physiography and water) as they relate to agricul-
tation, minerals,
ture, grazing, mining,
and
3
natural vege-
soils,
3
Soviet
Union
cr. hrs.
stud-
is
the relationship between that
country and the so-called "satellite" nations.
—
Geog. 323
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
human, and economic
the political
map
— which
The study
3
cr. hrs.
physical,
influence the changing pattern of
of the world.
— Physiography
Geog. 353
—
3
cr. hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces,
which, in conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped
the earth into
modifying
Geog. 354
The
355
S.
A
present form and are constantly refashioning and
— Cartography
use,
globes, charts,
E.
its
it.
4 cr. hrs.
and interpretation of maps, models,
construction,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
4
Meteorology
cr.
hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying prin-
ciples of
atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr. hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses
and storms) and the distribution of varied climates over the
earth.
Prerequisite: E.S. 355.
E.
357
S.
—
The
Geog. 358
cr.
hrs.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
work changing
agencies continually at
classification
4
Physical Geology
The landscape
the earth's forms,
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
— Conservation
of Natural Resources
The extreme importance
to
3
cr. hrs.
our economy and to our very
of this nation's vital resources.
Conservation of
lands, waters, minerals, the air,
and human resources.
the
life.
lives
soils, forests, grass-
162
E.
—
359
S.
Oceanography
3
cr.
hrs.
and physical aspects
of the ocean basins.
Emphasis will be on ocean basin structure,
topographic features, wave motion, current circulation, and methods
Introduction to the geologic,
chemical,
of investigation.
E.
S.
sils.
—
361
Historical Geology
3 cr.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and
Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or E.S. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban Geography
3
hrs.
fos-
cr. hrs.
Designed to provide a conceptual and methodological frame-
work
in
which
to
view the process of urbanization.
—
4 cr. hrs.
365
Geomorphology
Major land features and the processes that help to form them
with particular emphasis on their relationship to the underlying geoLaboratory and field trips includlogic formations and structures.
E.
S.
ed.
E.
— Rocks and Minerals
367
S.
Common
ations,
E.
S.
and identifying
368
4
cr.
hrs.
minerals and rocks, their origins, occurrences, associcharacteristics.
—
Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
The processes and agents which form,
3
transport,
cr. hrs.
and deposit
sediments and the geologic interpretation of the resulting rocks.
E.
369
S.
An
—
Structural Geology
rock mechanics and utilizing data from
E.
—
451
S.
4
analysis of rock deformation based
upon
cr.
hrs.
the principles of
field investigations.
Field Techniques in Earth and
3-6
Space Science
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques
in the areas of geology,
astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
E.
S.
— Astronomy
453
The
solar system,
interesting
phenomena
its
3
cr.
hrs.
physical characteristics and motions, the
of our galactic system, and those of extra-
galactic space, together with the study of constellations. Prerequisite:
Math. 101 or Math. 111.
163
Geog. 462
—
Theoretical and Quantitative Geography
3
hrs.
cr.
Conceptual frameworks, theoretical developments, methods of
and dispersion of geographical
and quantitative approaches in geographical analyses.
measuring intensity
Geog. 492
distributions,
— Geography Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature,
(A
techniques, and the practical application of Geography.
mum
mini-
Geography must be completed before a
of 21 credit hours in
student schedules this course).
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE
SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
110 — Introduction
Oceanography
211 —
Methods
Oceanography
221
Zoology
24 — Marine Biology
260 — Marine Ecology
331 — Chemical Oceanography
362 — Marine Geology
364 —
Oceanography
—
Marine
420
Micropaleontology
457 — Marine Geophysics
500 — Problems
Marine Science
to
Field
in
Invertebrate
1
Physical
in
3
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
1-3
cr.
hrs
hrs.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Professor Clarence A. Moore, Chairman
Professor: Jack A. Jones
Associate Professors:
Stephen M. Bresett
Russell E.
Houk
Medlock
Ronald Eugene Puhl
Jerry K.
Mary
E.
Wray
Assistant Professors:
Rodrick Clark Boler
Jerry B. Denstorff
*
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald Rabb for full particulars.
16 A
Jerome E. McComb
W. McLaughlin
Burton T. Reese
Eli
William
Sproule
J.
Henry C. Tubberville,
Earl W. Voss
Joan M. Auten
Instructor:
HPE
100
Jr.
— Personal and Community Health
Provides basic concepts
sonal and
community
HPE
—
101
.
.
hrs.
1
cr.
hr.
men and women)
Theory and practice
.
cr.
health.
Physical Fitn.ss Education
(separate for
Men
2
and understandings concerning per-
in
one team sport (either soccer
or speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a
physical fitness test given to
level of
Women
.
.
.
determine the fitness
each student.
Consists of one team sport (either field hockey or
volleyball), a physical fitness test to determine the
fitness level of
improve
each student, concentrated work to
this level,
and a
post-test to
measure the
improvement.
HPE
150
— Aquatics
(co-educational)
The required swimming program
is
1
beginning, intermediate, and lifesaving.
hr.
Assignments are made on
the basis of a proficiency test administered to
in
cr.
divided into three sections:
all
students enrolled
HPE-101.
HPE
Advanced Aquatics
151
A
(co-educational)
1
cr.
hr.
review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and an
opportunity to qualify for
tification.
Red Cross Water
Safety Instructor cer-
In addition, emphasis will be placed on pool manage-
ment, basic scuba, competitive and synchronized swimming.
Pre-
requisite: Senior Lifesaving.
HPE
152
—
Survival
Instruction
Skills
Swimming
and practice
in
(co-educational)
techniques
taught include rhythmic breathing,
of
1
personal
swimming
hr.
survival.
strokes neces-
on buildand confidence under adverse conditions.
sary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis
ing personal endurance
cr.
165
The following courses are intended to develop knowledge, skill, and
appreciation of the activity being taught. Primary emphasis has been
placed on those activities possessing "Lifetime" recreational values.
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
— Archery and Badminton (Co-ed)
202 — Archery and Bowling (Co-ed)
203 — Archery and Golf (Co-ed)
204 — Archery and Square Dance (Co-ed)
205 — Badminton and Bowling (Co-ed)
206 — Badminton and Golf (Co-ed)
207 — Badminton and Square Dance (Co-ed)
208 — Bowling and Golf (Co-ed)
209 — Bowling and Square Dance (Co-ed)
210 — Golf and Square Dance (Co-ed)
(Co-ed;
211 — Bowling And
And Square Dance (Co-ed;
212 —
201
Billiards
fee required)
Area
— Dancing (Co-ed)
of Interest students in
242
—
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Physiological
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Elementary School Health and Physi-
Education must complete the following courses:
320, 321, 331, 410, 411, and 412,
cal
HPE
cr.
fee required)
Billiards
222
1
HPE
301, 302, 303,
and Medical Aspects of
Athletic Coaching
3
cr.
hrs.
Basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting movement,
strength, and conditioning in sports.
Included is a
thorough investigation of medical concepts such as protective equipment, training, care of injuries, safety problems, and medical re-
endurance,
search relating to athletics.
HPE
— Techniques
251
of Coaching Baseball
Development of individual
skills
2
cr.
hrs.
and techniques of teaching and
coaching baseball.
HPE
252
— Techniques
of Coaching Basketball
2
Analysis of techniques and development of personal
basketball.
cr.
hrs.
skills
in
166
HPE
253
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Football
2
cr.
hrs.
and defensive
fundamentals for each position; organizational methods and coachinstruction
and practice
in offensive
ing principles.
HPE
256
— Techniques
of Coaching Cross Country,
Track, and Field
Advanced
2
instruction
and practice;
rules
and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
257
coaching principles.
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Wrestling
instruction
and Golf 2
and practice; rules and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
258
coaching principles.
— Techniques
of Coaching
Swimming and Tennis
Strategy, techniques,
in
swimming and
HPE
262
cr.
hrs.
tennis.
— Women's Extramural Program
Provides knowledge
and
2
and theory for interscholastic competition
2
cr.
hrs.
and practice in application of coaching
women's team sports.
officiating techniques for
HPE
301
— Basic
Activities I
Elementary Physical Education
Instruction
dance, and
and participation
movement
exploration.
in
It
1
elementary
will
school
cr.
hr.
rhythms,
include classroom and
laboratory work.
HPE
—
302
Basic Activities II
Elementary Physical Education
1 cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in elementary school conditioning
exercises; stunts and tumbling; games of low organization including
running, circle tag, and classroom games; relays; and games for
special occasions.
HPE
—
303
Basic Activities III
Elementary Physical Education
1 cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in ball-type activities (elementary),
lead-up games to team sports, simple team games, team sports,
skill testing, and physical fitness testing.
167
HPE
— Methods and
311
Materials in Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
Provides principles
terests of
elementary age children in
education.
HPE
320
Not open
to
— Health and
3
HPE
Area
cr.
hrs.
meet the needs and inthe area of health and physical
and procedures
to
of Concentration students.
Safety in the Elementary School 2
cr.
hrs.
Provides students with health knowledge and training in the
of
areas
elementary
environment
school
and
health
appraisal,
techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school
health
program,
and safety education
in
elementary
the
school.
HPE
321
—
First
Designed
Aid and Safety
for
the
training in first aid
and
Instructor certification
HPE
331
A
ground
2-3
cr.
hrs.
teacher who needs
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
elementary-secondary
safety.
may be
obtained.
— Recreational Education
2-3
cr.
hrs.
discussion of recreation activities used in school and playsituations.
Emphasis
is
placed on recreation planning, tech-
niques of leadership, and worthy use of leisure time.
—
HPE
333
School Camping and Outdoor Education
3 cr. hrs.
Designed to acquaint students with the scope of organized
camping and the acquisition of and practice in the basic skills required of teachers involved in camping and outdoor education training.
Field experiences are included.
HPE
Seminar in Elementary School Health
400
and Physical Education
—
Primarily designed for the in-service teacher
3-6
who
cr.
hrs.
wishes to
acquire the latest knowledge and techniques in health and physical
education at the elementary school
level.
Not open
to
Area of
Concentration students.
HPE
409
—
Principles
and Problems of Secondary
School Athletics
Coaching techniques necessary
programs.
The course
tion, business
3
to
plan and promote
includes history,
organization,
cr.
hrs.
athletic
administra-
procedures, public relations, and formulation of policy.
168
HPE
—
The Planning and Administration of Elementary
School Health and Physical Education
3 cr.
410
hrs.
Philosophy, objectives, values, and techniques necessary to plan
and evaluate a sound program
in health
and physical education
for
the elementary school.
HPE
411
A
— Adapted Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
handicapped child and techniques used in
recognizing and meeting his problems.
HPE
study of
412
the
—
The Teaching of Health and Physical
Education in the Elementary Grades
Methods, materials, and practice in teaching
physical
education for primary,
Area of Concentration and
HPE
420
intermediate,
3
cr.
hrs.
and
and upper grades.
health
in-service teachers only.
—
Techniques in Health and Physical
3 cr. hrs.
Education for Special Education Teachers
Sound principles and procedures for meeting the physical, emo-
tional,
and
social needs of the mentally retarded in health
sical education.
HISTORY
Professor Craig A. Newton, Chairman
Professors
Hans K. Gunther
Ralph S. Herre
John J. Serff
Robert D. Warren
Associate Professors:
John C. Dietrich
H. Benjamin Powell
Ralph W. Sell
Ralph Smiley
James R. Sperry
Anthony J. Sylvester
George A. Turner
James R. Whitmer
John B. Williman
Assistant Professors:
Richard G. Anderson
Theodore Shanoski
and phy-
169
Instructors
Louis T.
Nau
James H. Neiswender
Hist. Ill
— World History
to
Surveys development of
world from
112
Hist.
1500
3
man and
1500.
earliest times to
— World History 1500
to
1815
3
and non-Western world, with emphasis on
from
interaction
their
to 1815.
113
Hist.
— World History
Political,
Western world
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural forces since the post-
social,
Napoleonic period.
Hist.
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural forces in the Western
Political, social,
1500
cr. hrs.
culture throughout the
his
in the
Emphasis upon increasing importance of nondevelopment of the modern world.
—
3 cr. hrs.
218
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic
problems are emphasized.
Hist.
the
312
The
—
Classical
World
Roman Empire
Greece, Rome, the
in the
314
cr. hrs.
fall
of
West, with an intensive emphasis upon
rise of Christianity,
ern European civilization.
Hist.
3
ancient world from the ancient Near East to the
and
their influence
on West-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Medieval Europe
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the
fall
of the
Roman Empire
in the
West; a
critical analysis of feudal-
ism and manorialism, the development of Western
institutions,
and
of the church and temporal authorities to the late 14th century. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
318
— England
Political,
Glorious Revolution.
Hist.
319
— England
Political,
to
economic,
social,
1688
social,
3
and
cultural
life
in
England
cr. hrs.
to the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
since
1688
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural development in Eng-
land from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis
upon
the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions,
the growth and decline of the British Empire.
hrs. of history.
and
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
170
322
Hist.
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
velopments from
ca.
economic,
1300
3
and
literary, artistic,
cr. hrs.
intellectual de-
and including the spread of the
in Italy
Renaissance throughout Europe; also a
critical
study of the Protest-
ant and Catholic reformations in relation to the political, economic,
social, and cultural developments in Western Europe in the 16th and
17th centuries.
324
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Age
Rise of the
in
of Absolutism,
modern nation
1600-1789
states, the
3
cr. hrs.
growth of absolutist power
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the
major Western powers.
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Revolution, Liberalism and
Nationalism, 1789-1914
326
Causes and
effects of the
3
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the
rising tides of nationalism
and liberalism; the unification of Germany and
crises leading to
Hist.
332
World War
— Europe
since
cr. hrs.
French Revolution and the Napoleonic
I.
Italy; the
diplomatic
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1914
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of major political, social, economic, and military as-
European history from World War I to the present. Emupon the problems faced by the present-day world. Prere-
pects of
phasis
quisite:
Hist.
6
348
cr. hrs.
of history.
— Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
6
Professionally guided study tour of Western Europe,
scheduled each summer.
Hist.
352
era,
attention
is
summary
since
354
1820
3
cr. hrs.
of course and results of the revolutionary
devoted to the economic,
velopment of individual nations.
Hist.
usually
Research paper required.
— Latin America
After brief
cr. hrs.
social,
and
political de-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Modern Far East
3
cr. hrs.
Eastern Asiatic civilizations with emphasis upon cultural change
and
political
response in consequence of European expansion and
the spread of nationalism.
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Russia to 1917
356
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in
the ninth century through the Kievan, Muscovite, and Imperial
periods to the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
Hist.
hrs. of history.
171
Hist.
358
— Modern Africa
Surveys
the
transformation
3
the
of
societies
Africa from colonialism to national independence.
cr. hrs.
Hist.
of
cr. hrs.
Sub-Sahara
Prerequisite:
6
of history.
362
— The Near and Middle East
since
1800
3
cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman
Empire and the extension of European
interests
in the
nineteenth
century, surveys the West's continuing involvement in the area and
the rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
372
Colonial Period of America to 1783
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and
emphasis upon the problems which produced conflict between the
colonies and the British Empire resulting in the American RevoluHist.
tion.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Early National Period of the United States
374
3 cr. hrs.
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian
Major periods
administrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
analyzed as
to their contributions to the establishment of the United States from
Hist.
1783
to 1828.
—
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
American Expansion and Disunion,
376
1828-1865
3 cr. hrs.
Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the Mexican
War; the issue of slavery and expansion, and the Civil War. Prere-
Hist.
quisite:
6
cr. hrs.
of history.
—
Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898 3 cr. hrs.
378
Economic, social, cultural, and political problems inherent in
the transformation of the United States from an agrarian nation into
Hist.
a
modern
industrial
world power.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs.
of his-
3
cr. hrs.
tory.
Hist.
382
— Early Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
Domestic and international issues concerning the United States
from the Spanish-American War to the Great Depression, with
analysis of the Progressive Era and its contributions, the role of the
United States as a world power, World War I and the League of
Nations, expansion of the
American economy, and the tensions
the 1920's. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
of
172
— Contemporary United
384
Hist.
States,
1932
to the Present
3
The Great Depression with its
entry into World War II, problems
cr. hrs.
on American life,
of the cold war, and domestic
ramifications
from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying interpretations of the era examined to understand conflicting views of
issues
the present.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
388
Pennsylvania
3 cr. hrs.
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to
national life and contrasts significant movements on the state level
with those on the national.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
391
of the
United States to 1898
A
critical analysis of
3
cr.
hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
Colonial period to the 1898 war with Spain.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs.
of history.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
392
of the
United States since 1898
A
critical analysis of
war with Spain
in
1898
3
cr. hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
to the present.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
history.
Hist.
— Bibliography and Research
399
A
and exercises in
location and use accompany a careful analysis of the problems and
tools of historical research and a practical application of research
review
of
basic
methods. Prerequisite: 6
Hist.
412
historical
cr. hrs.
bibliography
of history or consent of instructor.
— Central Eastern Europe
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the political and cultural development of the nations
Europe which lie between Germany and Italy on the west and
Russia on the east since their emergence as independent nation-states
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
of
of history.
*
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
173
Hist.
421
— Diplomatic History
Europe from 1815
study
Analytical
to
of
of
1919
foreign
and
policies
3
cr.
hrs.
relations
of
the
European nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history. Offered for undergraduate
or graduate credit.*
Hist.
422
— Diplomatic History
of
Europe
1919
since
3
cr.
hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the Great
—
League of Nations, war debts
Powers during the Interwar Years
the
and reparations, disarmament, causes of World War II
diplomacy of the Second World War, and the origins and evolution
of the cold war.
—
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for
undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
428
—
Intellectual History of
Europe
since the Enlightenment
Changes
3
cr. hrs.
in currents of thought during the period are related
to political, economic,
and
social developments.
Special attention
given to various interpretations of major intellectual movements.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or
graduate credit.*
Hist.
452
—
3
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural
evolution of the Soviet Union, and a study of Soviet foreign policy
and international
relations.
Prerequisite:
9
hrs.
cr.
of
history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
454
— China and Japan
Political,
social,
in the
Twentieth Century
and economic problems
nations to international power.
Prerequisite:
9
3
cr. hrs.
the rise of these
in
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
456
—
the
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of critical social, political, and economic prob-
lems of the contemporary peoples and nations in these regions.
requisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Pre-
Offered for undergraduate or gradu-
ate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
17 J,
Hist.
—
471
Industrial History of the United States
3
Survey of industrial growth of the United States
political
social,
— History
472
9
Prerequisite:
institutions.
hrs.
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
of history.
Hist.
and cultural
cr. hrs.
in relation to
Labor
of
in the
United States
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the problems of labor from the colonial period to the
upon
present, with emphasis
role in national
the development of unions and their
Prerequisite:
life.
9
cr.
Offered
of history.
hrs.
for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— United
481
Studies
distinct
and
States Social, Cultural,
1860
Intellectual History to
3
cr. hrs.
impact of English institutions, the development of a
American
society,
and the divergence of the cultures of the
North and the South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— United
482
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
3
social
and cultural
institutions
contemporary systems of thought are analyzed.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
496
A
—
hrs.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems 3
topical
cr.
and major
approach
problems of American
life.
to
various
political
and
cr. hrs.
constitutional
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.*
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor Charles R. Reardin, Chairman
Associate Professors:
M. Brennan
LeRoy H. Brown
Joanne S. Growney
Charles
Robert L. Klinedinst
Joseph E. Mueller
Ronald W. Novak
Clinton
J.
Oxenrider
George G. Stradtman.
Jr.
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
175
Assistant Professors:
Paul G. Hartung
Harold J. Bailey
John S. Scrimgeour
June L. Trudnak
Instructor:
Math. 101
— Fundamentals
Designed
to
dent's
competence
L. Ohl
of Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
convey an appreciation of a selection of mathe-
matical applications in
day
Thomas
in
modern
civilization while increasing the stu-
coping with mathematical situations of every-
living.
Math. 110
— Pre-Calculus
4
Preparatory for those students
ments
who do
to begin the calculus sequence.
It
cr. hrs.
not meet the requirea study of elementary
is
algebraic functions and relations, exponential and logarithmic functions, circular functions
Math. Ill
and inverse functions.
— College Algebra
Concepts developed
3
secondary school algebra.
in
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis
is
placed on the study of functions, matrices, and determinants.
Math. 112
— Trigonometry
3
cr. hrs.
Use of trigonometric functions. Also includes complex numbers and vectors. Prerequisite: Math. 111.
Math. 116
— Introductory
Develops the
statistical data; to
and
3
Statistics
ability to read, interpret,
compute values
and construct
cr.
hrs.
tables of
for the various statistical measures;
to apply the basic skills of statistics to the biological sciences.
Biological sciences majors only.
Prerequisite: Math.
—
Math. 211
Calculus I
Study of the cartesian plane, functions,
the derivative, differentials
limits
and applications; and
111.
4 cr. hrs.
and continuity;
anti-derivatives.
—
Math. 212
Calculus II
4 cr. hrs.
Study of the definite integral and application; conic sections;
differentiation of elementary transcendental functions; the indefinite
integral
and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite:
Math. 211.
176
—
Math. 221
and
inferential
Both
abilistic distribution.
sity
3
Statistics
Descriptive
statistics
hrs.
and continuous probability den-
discrete
functions are discussed.
cr.
with emphasis on prob-
Practical training in the calculation of
various statistical measures and the use of automatic calculators
obtained in the laboratory.
Math. 222
Sophomore
Prerequisite:
— College Geometry
3
Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint.
geometry
and space, geometric
in planes
inequalities,
the triangle, the quadrilateral, the circle and sphere.
is
standing.
cr.
hrs.
Incidence
properties of
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
Math. 231
— Theory
The use
of Arithmetic
3
cr.
hrs.
and relations; the
four elementary operations in counting numbers, integers, and
Eledifferent number bases; and elementary theory of numbers.
mentary education majors only.
of language in mathematics,
— Algebraic and Geometric
Math. 232
sets
3
Structures
cr.
hrs.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals,
and
irrational
angles, circles, area,
numbers; measurement of
and volume.
Prerequisite:
line
segments,
tri-
Math. 231.
—
1 cr.
Introduction to Computer Programming
Computer programming using the Fortran Language with
Math. 241
hr.
ex-
amples chosen from the natural and physical sciences.
Math. 246
—
Field
Work
in
Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new
situations.
interest
3
when
it
is
cr.
life
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle
mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit,
scale drawing.
Math. 311
hrs.
applicable to
Prerequisite:
and
Math. 112.
— Intermediate Calculus
4
cr.
hrs.
Study of polar coordinates, parametric equations, vectors
the
plane
and
space,
improper
integrals;
multiple integration; series and sequences.
Math. 312
—
Study
of
series
elementary
series,
ordinary
in
differentiation:
Prerequisite: Math. 212.
Differential Equations
and power
Math. 311.
partial
3
differential
equations;
and La Place transforms.
cr.
hrs.
infinite
Prerequisite:
177
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
discussed include
its
Modern Algebra
3
cr.
concepts and terminology.
sets, rings, fields,
hrs.
Subjects
groups, relations, and functions.
Math. 212.
Prerequisite:
Math. 322
to
algebra and
— Linear Algebra
3
cr.
hrs.
Study of vectors and n-dimensional vector space; determinants,
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms, and applications
in
Prerequisite:
3-space.
Math. 331
— Algebra
Topics
of
Consideration
will
be given to
Prerequisite:
Ed. 352.
— Modern Geometry
Euclidean and various
development from postulate systems.
3
and
Prerequisite:
tions.
Math. 412
of
3
integral calculus of functions
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
and transforma-
Math. 311.
— Complex
Presentation
cr.
and their
Prerequisite: Math. 222.
geometries
— Advanced Calculus
Differential
cr. hrs.
from an advanced viewpoint.
topics of contemporary school mathe-
algebra
non-Euclidean
Math. 411
3
for Secondary School Teachers
elementary
matics programs.
Math. 332
Math. 321.
3
Variables
theory
through
the
differential
and
cr.
hrs.
integral
calculus of analytic functions, residues, and conforr.al transformations,
with applications.
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
—
Introduction to Topology
3 cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of general topology.
Topics included are elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, compactness, product and metric spaces, nets and convergence.
Prerequisite: Math.
Math. 421
311.
— Introduction
Group Theory
3 cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of group theory.
Topics included are groups
and related systems, normal subgroups and homomorphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and free groups.
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 422
—
to
Number Theory
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of numbers. Topics included are Euclidean algorithm,
congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian integers, and Diophantine
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
equations.
Math. 431
178
Math. 432
A
— Elementary Numerical Analysis
computer-oriented
analysis
3
algorithms
of
of
cr. hrs.
numerical
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpola-
analysis.
tion
and approximation,
and
differential equations.
differentiation
Prerequisite:
and integration, matrices,
Math. 311.
MENTAL RETARDATION
Professor Emily A. Reuwsaat, Chairman
Professors:
Andrew J. Karpinski
Jordan M. McLaughlin
James T. Reifer
Assistant Professor: Margaret S.
Webber
Instructor: Carroll J. Redfern
—
3 cr. hrs.
MR. 201
Introduction to Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning characteristics of the mentally retarded.
Etiology and environmental aspects of development
Observations of special classes and field
of the mentally retarded.
Teh.
trips to institutions.
MR. 303
Teh.
—
Crafts for All Levels of
4
Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
levels of the mentally retarded.
for
activities
for
cr.
use with
hrs.
all
Analysis of the crafts experiences
development of techniques and curricular emphases and cor-
relation with the total
Teh.
MR.
351
—
program
for the mentally retarded.
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
3
cr.
hrs.
Organization of instruction for trainable and educable mentally
retarded.
mediate
Curriculum methods and materials for primary and
levels.
inter-
Observation of special classes and construction of
teaching materials.
Teh.
MR. 352
—
Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research, and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
179
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
mentally retarded.
machines related
to student projects in
secondary special classes for
the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
— Seminar
361
in
Teaching the
Mentally Retarded
3
hrs.
cr.
Practical problems of teaching special classes for the mentally
retarded are considered. Organization and administration of classes,
coordination with various personnel serving the students,
tion
will
and curriculum problems,
be discussed.
Law and State manTeacher competence and
Pennsylvania State School
dated special services will be presented.
problems pertinent to student teaching
Teh.
MR.
— Individual
375
integra-
equipment and materials
facilities,
will
be explored.
1-3
Project
Project planned according to interests
hrs.
cr.
and needs of the
in-
dividual student, in any of the following suggested areas: library research, curriculum study,
work with
individual children, internship
aspects of educational programs.
in special
(Open
to seniors only
with staff approval).
Teh.
MR. 400
— Workshop
in Special
Problems and Methods
in
6
Education
Investigations are
made
tion of the educable mentally retarded.
to interest
cr.
hrs.
of recent developments in the educa-
and needs of students.
Topics
will
(For teachers
vary according
in the field
with
degrees; not for regular students in the Teaching of the Mentally
Retarded curriculum).
Teh.
MR.
401
— Student Teaching, M.R.
Thirty hours per
week
ence under the direction of the professional
local
and
Teh.
MR. 432
A
12
cr.
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experistaff in
cooperation with
state school divisions.
— Language Arts
for Special Classes
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
language arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teach-
ing aids and machines related to student projects in language arts
applicable to individual needs of children in special classes.
requisite:
a course in the teaching of reading.
Pre-
180
MUSIC
Associate Professor William K. Decker. Chairman
Associate Professors:
Bemis
Sylvia H. Cronin
Nelson A. Miller
Jack
S.
Assistant Professor: Richard
Instructor:
Music 101
— Introduction
to
J.
Stanislaw
Stephen A. Wallace
Music
3-3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to music listening to develop an understanding of
music and the various media through which
it
is
ed masterpieces, composers, musical forms, and
Music 131
— Theory
expressed.
styles considered.
4-3
I
Harmony, including
tonic,
A
— Theory
ing,
I,
cr.
hrs.
including the study of supertonic.
as
common-chord and
Melodic and harmonic
dictation, sight-sing-
and mediant chords,
chromatic modulation.
hrs.
included.
4-3
II
continuation of Theory
submediant.
cr.
subdominant. and dominant chords.
Sight-singing and keyboard harmonizations will be
Music 132
Select-
as
well
and keyboard training are emphasized.
Prerequisite:
Theory
I.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 121
History of Music
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 241
—
4-3
Class Piano
Group piano
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creatsongs, and on sight reading.
instruction for the beginner.
ing and playing accompaniments for
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 251
Aesthetics and Music Criticism
Comparison of musical objectives and philosophies of schools,
Principles of criticism that applyeras, and individual composers.
to music and its performance are considered.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music in the Elementary School
Music 311
Designed to provide prospective elementary school teachers with
the skills, understanding, and attitudes which will help them to function effectively in the area of music as it is related to the self-conEmphasis is placed on personal music developtained classroom.
181
ment, an understanding of the basic musical content, the develop-
mental growth process
in
music, desirable musical experiences for
and effective organization
and seniors only.
children,
juniors
Music 322
— Music
of the
of
these
Romantic Era
3-3
Nineteenth century European music,
relationship
of
music
to
the
culture
of
its
the
For
experiences.
cr.
hrs.
composers, and the
time.
Prerequisite:
Music 101.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 323
Twentieth Century Music
Compositions by composers from Debussy to the present will be
studied.
Emphasis on listening and analysis of representative works.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
Music 324
Works
— American Music
3-3
acteristics
Music 341
Choral Techniques
Emphasis on the development of techniques and
sary for the participation in choral ensembles.
will
be given to the
groups.
cr.
hrs.
American composers with reference to charindigenous to American music.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
of selected
skills
3-3
cr.
abilities
hrs.
neces-
Principal attention
necessary for the supervision of such
Tone production, proper
breathing, and appropriate
liter-
ature will be studied.
Music 412
—
and Materials of
Music
Literature
Children's
3-3
cr.
hrs.
Designed primarily for elementary education majors who have
an area of
recordings,
texts,
terials.
Provides a broad knowledge of the
interest in music.
music program content
in
Review basic
and maof songs, rhythmic activities, and
elementary grades.
the
filmstrips,
films,
Develops a repertoire
sources
of literature,
other musical information representing a core foundation for the
elementary music curriculum.
Prerequisite:
Music 311.
APPLIED MUSIC
Music 171-172-173
many
as three
— One
half
semesters.
hour private lesson per week for as
Instruments currently offered are:
voice, piano, organ, trumpet,
French horn, trombone, baritone,
and saxophone. Students
tuba, flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon,
are expected to practice five hours per week.
At
the end of
182
each semester, the student
is
expected to meet
minimum
re-
quirements in sight-reading, technique, and general musicianship as determined by examinations before the applied music
faculty.
Since the
number
of students
who may
ed by the available faculty and college
study privately
facilities,
limit-
is
approval must
be given by the department chairman before advanced registration.
NURSING
NED. 301
— Public School Nursing
I
3
cr.
hrs.
Public school nursing, as a branch of public health nursing,
is
The historical background, various
and the problems and limitations of the pro-
considered in this course.
fields of responsibility,
fession are discussed along with
new techniques
of handling public
school health problems.
NED. 302
A
— Public School Nursing
II
3
cr.
hrs.
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting
methods that may be employhome,
ed by
school, and community in helping to solve health problems with emphasis on the nurse as co-ordinator in the use of local,
state, and federal resources.
the health of the school child and the
NED. 304
— Public Health Nursing
Historical
3
cr.
framework, problems of community participation, and trends
lic
hrs.
background, fundamental principles, organizational
in
pub-
health nursing.
NED. 305
A
nomic
—
3
Nutrition
cr.
hrs.
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to ecofactors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on
the nutritional needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case
school nurses.
ed for
case
Work
3
cr.
hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for
critical
Case
histories
and interviewing situations are
select-
discussion to acquaint the student with application of
work methods
in school nursing practice.
18S
—
3 cr. hrs.
Community Health I
Various facets of community health including historical background, environmental concern, and methods of control. Reference
NED. 309
be made to contemporary and future problems dealing with radiation, air-water pollution, and space.
will
NED. 310
— Modem Communicable
3
Diseases
Current practices and the role of the school nurse
cr.
hrs.
communi-
in
cable disease prevention and control with emphasis on the relationships between physical, socio-economic,
and biologic environment.
PHILOSOPHY
Professor William L. Carlough, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Maxwell Primack
Seymour Schwimmer
Assistant Professors:
Richard
Oliver
Phil.
211
— Introduction
to
Brook
Larmi
J.
J.
Philosophy
3
cr.
hrs.
Develops systematically a number of general topics which the
sciences, in their attempts to specialize,
Some
do not encompass.
of
these are forms of argument, kinds of knowledge, nature of reality,
individual and social values, and standards of conduct.
Phil.
301
—
3
Ethics
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the
relation of
means and ends; individual and social interests; conflict
community of interests, justification and genesis of
of interests and
values, ethical relativism.
Phil.
302
Laws
logical
— Logic
3
of systematic thinking.
Included
is
cr.
hrs.
an examination of
forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and the methodology
of the deductive sciences.
Phil.
303
— Philosophy
Analysis
of
the
of Science
logic
of
inquiry
3
in
the
natural
cr.
and
hrs.
social
sciences: the nature of scientific explanation, problems of causality,
measurement, prediction, and
verification.
18 U
306
Phil.
A
— Philosophy
critical
3
of Religion
analysis
of religious
Particular
faith.
cr.
hrs.
attention
is
given to the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief,
and problems and challenges
309
Phil.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
to religion.
— World Religions
3
cr.
hrs.
and practices of living religions.
Includes Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, Judaism, Christianity and
Beliefs
Islam.
314
Phil.
—
and Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr. hrs.
contemporary Western philosophy; major
Existentialism
Significant trends in
emphasis on Existentialism.
Nietzsche, Sartre,
The
writings of Freud, Kierkegaard,
Camus and Ayer
will
be examined.
Prerequisite:
211.
Phil.
PHYSICS
Professor Halbert F. Gates, Chairman
Professor: David
J.
Harper
Associate Professors:
Herbert H. Reichard
Tobias F. Scarpino
David A. Superdock
Assistant Professors:
P.
Joseph Garcia
M. Gene Taylor
Stephen G. Wukovitz
Phys.
A
101
Basic Physical Science
3
one-semester integrated investigation of basic facts
lationships involving the areas of chemistry, astronomy,
cr.
and
hrs.
re-
and physics.
Topics range from nuclear particles, through atoms and molecules,
to the solar system.
2
lect.,
Phys.
Designed for non-science majors.
5
hr./wk;
3
cr.
3 lab-discuss.
103
Principles of Physical Science I
Laboratory "discovery" type of course
for non-science majors (especially
teaching program).
recommended
Emphasis on the
hrs.
in the physical sciences
for the elementary
investigational
nature
of
185
science through experiences with the behavior of materials leading
to the building
4
1 lect.,
A
energy,
theoretical models.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Second term topics include
Principles of Physical Science II
continuation of Phys.
forces
within
matter,
103.
electrons
molecules, and covalently bonded solids.
5 hr./wk.;
1
lect.,
4
in
motion,
ionic
Prerequisite:
crystals,
Phys.
103.
lab.
— Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
A
5 hr./wk.;
lab.
104
Phys.
and understanding of
4
I
cr.
hrs.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics,
the physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
6 hours/ week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 112
A
— Introductory Physics
continuation of Phys. 111.
cr.
hrs.
Includes the basic principles of
sound, geometrical and physical optics,
netism.
4
II
and
electricity
Prerequisite: Phys. Ill or equivalent.
and mag-
6 hours/week:
3
class, 3 lab.
Phys. 211
A
— General Physics
4
I
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
signed for majors in Sciences or Mathematics.
6 hours/week: 3
211 completed or concurrent.
Phys. 212
A
cr.
hrs.
treatment, using calculus, of the principles of mechanics, the
— General Physics
This course
de-
class, 3 lab.
4
II
continuation of Phys. 211.
is
Prerequisite: Math.
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound,
geometrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism. Prerequisites: Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed or concurrent. 6
hours/ week: 3
ics,
—
Demonstrations in the Physical Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher pracexperience for conducting demonstration experiments in phys-
Phys. 225
tical
class, 3 lab.
chemistry, general science, and earth science.
The course
will
emphasize the use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic
of the new program in science such as PSSC Physics, CHEM Study,
Earth Science Curriculum Project, and the Physical Science Program.
valent.
Prerequisites:
Physics
4 hours/week: 2
class,
112, Chemistry
2 lab.
112, or their equi-
186
Phys. 310
—
Atomic Physics
"modern" atomic concepts
and wave mechanics to appropriate
4
Intro, to
Application
of
theory, relativity,
the
cr.
hrs.
quantum
of
topics
such
as x-rays, nuclei, photoelectric effect, atomic structure, the electron,
and
Prerequisite:
scattering.
Phys. 212 or Phys.
112 and consent
of instructor; Math. 212. 6 hour/ week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 311
Statics
3
Mechanics
and dynamics of
3
single
particles
and
particle
cr.
hrs.
systems.
hour/ week. Prerequisite: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112 and consent of
instructor,
Math. 311 or concurrent
Phys. 314
—
An
Electricity
registration.
and Magnetism
4
cr.
hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, die-
capacitance, and direct and alternating currents.
magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic
lectric properties,
The study
of
induction, and magnetic properties of matter.
to electromagnetic
waves
is
included.
A
brief introduction
Prerequisites:
Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311.
Phys. 212 or
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 315
4
Electronics
cr.
hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum
Study of basic electronic
tubes with special emphasis on circuitry.
instrumentation as related to the gathering, processing, and display
of scientific data in any discipline.
Prerequisite: Phys. 112 or 212.
The
application
6 hour/week; 3
Phys. 318
A
class, 3 lab.
— Optics
4
cr.
hrs.
combination of geometrical optics including lens theory with
physical
(wave) optics including
tion, lasers,
and coherent
quisite: Phys.
Phys. 420
An
light.
diffraction,
212 or Phys. 112 and consent
—
Vibrations and
interference, polariza-
6 hour/week: 3 class, 3 lab. Prere-
Waves
of instructor.
3
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
cr.
hrs.
damped,
and forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transmission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
Electromagnetic, acoustical, fluid, and mechanical applications are includFundamental to much of advanced physics.
ed.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 311, Math. 311.
3 hours class/week.
187
Phys. 421
—
3
Solid State Physics
Physical properties of matter in the solid state.
concepts,
tivity,
crystal
structure,
electrons
in
metals,
Prerequisites:
hrs
conduc-
electrical
semiconductors, band theory, the p-n junction.
magnetic properties of matter.
cr.
Basic quantum
Dielectric
Phys.
314,
and
Math.
3 hours class/week.
312.
Phys. 422
— Thermodynamics
Concepts and principles of
modynamics
of simple systems.
low temperature.
3
classical
cr.
thermodynamics.
hrs.
Ther-
Achievement and measurement of
Introduction to
kinetic
theory.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 212. Math. 311.
Phys.
480
An
— History
of Physical Science
3
cr.
hrs.
development of physical science,
particularly physics and chemistry, from the time of Copernicus to
the present.
Intended for the prospective teacher of the physical
historical account of the
Prerequisite:
sciences.
near completion of a major in physics or
chemistry, or consent of Instructor.
Phys.
490
— Physics Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professor Robert L. Rosholt, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Charles G. Jackson
Prakash C. Kapil
James W. Percey
Assistant Professors:
Martin M. Gildea
Richard O. Micheri
The program of the Department of Political Science for the
1970-1971 academic year will differ somewhat from that shown
Courses will be renumbered and several new courses addbelow.
ed.
Few,
if
any, existing courses will be dropped.
— United
States Government
3 cr. hrs.
American national government with emphasis
on basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
Pol. Sci.
A
211
study
of
188
—
212
Elements of Political Science
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the disci-
Pol. Sci.
to
pline.
(Either Pol.
211 or 212
Sci.
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
Pol.
tics,
—
310
State Governments in the
American Federal System
3 cr.
The organization and operation of state government, state
Sci.
hrs.
poli-
intergovernmental relations.
—
3 cr. hrs.
311
Urban Government and Politics
Governmental and political problems of the American city, the
structure and function of city governments, groups in urban and
suburban politics, metropolitics, the megalopolis.
Pol. Sci.
Pol.
Sci.
315
Parties,
The development
tions,
voter behavior,
Groups, and Public Opinion
3
cr.
hrs.
of political parties in the United States, elecpolitical
participation,
the
role
of
interest
groups, political propaganda.
— The Negro
3 cr. hrs.
in American Politics
Negro in American politics, the Black Power
movement, the Negro and civil rights, racial conflict.
Pol.
Sci.
317
The
role of the
Pol. Sci.
323
— Comparative European Governments
Principles of comparative analysis; social
role
of
ideology;
political
interest
3
and economic
groups,
parties
cr.
hrs.
interests;
and
electoral
systems; the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the
governments
of
German Federal
Pol. Sci.
324
—
Great Britain, France,
the
U.
and the
S. S. R.,
Republic.
3
International Relations
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
a detailed examination of their
component
cr.
hrs.
and government, and
parts.
The sources
of
national power, the results of national power, in the form of disputes,
conflicts,
and wars, or
alliances, balances of
power, and settlements
of international law in international courts.
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public Administration
useful contributions
made by
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theory to the
problems of decision-making functions and coordination of program
budgeting and personnel are considered.
189
Pol. Sci.
—
424
and
Politics
Organizational
forms,
Institutions of Latin
functions,
countries of Latin America.
Pol.
Sci.
425
Politics
and
and
America 3
operations
Emphasis on indigenous
selected
institutions.
3
Institutions of Africa
History, structure, functions,
hrs.
cr.
of
hrs.
cr.
and problems of selected coun-
tries of Africa.
Pol.
Sci.
426
—
Politics
and
tries of
3
Institutions of Asia
History, structure, functions,
hrs.
cr.
and problems of selected coun-
Asia, including China, Japan, and India.
Pol. Sci.
433
— History
Important
political
of Political Thought
3
hrs.
cr.
of the past and their proposals
theorists
with reference to their validity at the time, and their application
and acceptance today. Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism,
nationalism, and internationalism.
Pol. Sci.
451
—
Constitutional
Law
3
History, organization, and functions of the
hrs.
cr.
Supreme Court
in-
cluding a case study approach of the Court's interpretations of the
commerce and taxing powers,
state-federal relationships,
and
civil
rights.
Psy.
460
For
— Basic
Statistical
Method
3
cr.
hrs.
description of this
course see Psychology 460 under
Psychology course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating
a
in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
permission of Political Science Department.
Pol. Sci.
470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects determined in consultation between
student and instructor.
Prerequisites:
12 hours of political science
and permission of the department.
PSYCHOLOGY
Professor Martin A. Satz, Chairman
Professors:
Merritt William Sanders
Louise Seronsy
Associate Professors:
Donald R. Bashore
James D. Pietrangel
J. Calvin Walker
190
Assistant Professors:
Murphy
James
J.
Phillip
A. Rouse
Instructors
Robert H. Finks
Eugene D. Shershen
— General Psychology
Psy. 101
How
3
hrs.
cr.
why they behave as they do. Heredity
and environment, the nature and function of perception, emotions
and thought, the forces that bring about various kinds of behavior,
and the problems of personal adjustment.
people behave and
— Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 102
3
hrs.
cr.
Intensive and detailed understanding of psychological processes
which are covered
quisite:
Psy. 211
A
at
an elementary
level in
Psychology 101. Prere-
Psy. 101.
3
Child Psychology
hrs.
cr.
systematic study of the psychological and social development
of the child from the prenatal period through the early school years.
Applications will be
made
to educational guidance, family
life,
and
cr.
hrs.
social welfare.
Psy.
—
260
Basic Statistics
Methods of collecting,
3
and treating data; measures
of central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representatabulating,
tion; descriptive statistics.
Psy. 271
A
— Educational Psychology
first
course
providing for the
to the learning situation.
321
— Psychological
of
Prerequisite:
Tests and Measurements
hrs.
cr.
psychology
Deals with the learner, that which
be learned, and the learning processes.
Psy.
3
applications
Psy.
3
is
to
101.
cr.
hrs.
measurement and
evaluation for education, industry, social agencies, and behavioral
research.
Acquaints student with methods for critical evaluation,
Prerequisite:
selection, and application of materials in this field.
Principles
Psy. 260.
and
practices
of
psychological
191
Psy.
331
Psychology of Adjustment
3
cr.
hrs.
Processes necessary for the development of a healthy mental
good mental hygiene
Practical applications of principles of
state.
demonstrated.
Field
trips
to
nearby mental
Prere-
institutions.
quisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 351
—
3
Social Psychology
Behavior of individuals and groups
in
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
society.
Psy. 101.
Psy.
361
An
Experimental Psychology
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
Prerequisite: Psy. 260.
—
380
Physiological Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
The study of the interplay between the various organs and
tissues of the body and behavior.
Behavior is studied as the re-
Psy.
sultant of the functioning of the nervous system, receptors, muscles
and glands.
Hereditary patterns of special psychological interest
are considered.
Psy. 401
will
— Foundations
Contemporary Psychology
cr.
hrs.
who
of
have psychology as a major or as a minor
backgrounds and schools of thought
vestigation
education.
406
and
The
chology.
Psy.
3
Designed to provide basic background for those students
their
in psychology.
field.
Historical
Methods of
in-
implications for the various systems of psy-
contributions of the various fields of psychology for
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
— Psychology Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for students who have adequate ability and background for the carrying out and reporting of independent research
in the field of psychology.
In a three-hour session the researcher
and discussion of the
and the instructor. Topics are assigned by the instructor
and should be arranged well in advance of the beginning of the
will
present his paper for the judgments
enrollees
course.
Psy.
416
The
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
— Adolescent Psychology
physical,
social,
and psychological
3
attributes
cr.
of
hrs.
youth
from age eleven to mid-teens and their adjustment in a dynamic
society.
(Formerly Psy. 411) Prerequisite: Psy. 211 or 271.
192
—
Abnormal Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 431
Psy.
—
436
Theories of Personality
The nature and organization of
forces that shape the individual.
Psy.
—
452
3
cr.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Industrial Psychology
3
Services of the psychologist to business and industry.
are job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
cr.
Psy.
Prerequisite: Psy.
Included
— Psychology
An
investigation of the basic dynamics of
of
the
3
of Motivation
concepts,
principles,
human
is
requisite:
Psy.
462
is
human
hrs.
A
motivation.
paid to both innate and acquired behavior bases.
Attention
A
cr.
behavior.
and empirical findings
concerning those basic factors which underlie
Psy.
rating,
101.
456
consideration
hrs.
transfers,
promotions and terminations, training, problem employees,
morale, and research.
hrs.
personality and the dynamic
Pre-
101.
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
continuation and extension in depth of Psychology 461. There
an involvement
in
more advanced procedures and techniques
experimental design and practice.
Greater individual
expected of students in planning and executing studies.
initiative
The
of
is
stu-
dent also evaluates reports of experiments and research.
Psy.
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Projects in Psychology
A problem of special interest selected and followed by each
student under the immediate
requisites:
Recommendation
supervision of the instructor.
of the advisor
department chairman.
SOCIOLOGY
Professor Ralph R. Ireland. Chairman
Associate Professors:
Avrama Gingold
Ober Morning,
Jane
J.
Jr.
Plumpis
Robert R. Reeder
Bernard
J.
Schneck
Robert R. Solenberger
Pre-
and permission of the
193
—
Anthro. 200
3 cr. hrs.
Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Man's biocultural development and cultural achievement. The
function of elements and configurations of material and non-material
culture in meeting human needs.
Cultural processes and the role
of culture in personality formation.
—
Soc. 211
The
of society and culture, individual
the light of their origin,
Soc.
3
Principles of Sociology
cr.
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization
— Contemporary
213
and community adjustments,
in
development, form, and functions.
Social Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for their solution.
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social
dis-
organization, mobility, delinquency, racial and economic tensions,
and special problems of youth,
families,
and aging.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by
the Welfare Services
An
the study of
some
of the
methods by which
solve problems which range from
social
workers help to
adoption and care for the aged
to marital counseling, parole supervision,
and community organiza-
tion.
Anthro. 301
— Field Archaeology
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have
occupied the valley of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area,
preceded by orientation to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
since the glacial age.
Anthro. 302
—
Field Archaeology II
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological re-
search on the prehistoric cultures of the Susquehanna Valley,
as
revealed by excavation and comparative study of finds.
Soc.
315
— Racial and National Minority Groups
An
analysis of racial
national,
will
and
religious minorities in the
3
cr.
hrs.
relations involving racial,
United States.
Emphasis
be placed on the present system of minority relations with
efforts being
211.
and minority
made toward
possible adjustments.
Prerequisite: Soc.
194
Soc.
— Urban Sociology
316
3
Analysis of origin and growth of the city in the U.
cr.
hrs.
Em-
S.
phasis on ecological changes taking place as well as the dynamic
patterns
on the contemporary
of interaction
Prerequisite:
scene.
Soc. 211.
Soc.
318
A
—
3
Social Stratification
cr.
hrs.
review and analysis of some of the major theories and re-
search in social stratification and social mobility as related to such
areas as ethnic and racial communities, religion, mental disorders,
schools, marriage
and the family, and
Prerequisite:
socialization.
Soc. 211.
Soc.
319
—
Religion
in
American Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American
social institutions
Anthro. 320
and
society.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
— Contemporary World Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Comparative analysis of selected non-European societies in contrasting cultural and natural areas.
Stresses on the natural and social environment, national character, religion and world view, and
literary, artistic,
Anthro. 340
and musical expression.
— North American Ethnography and
Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
North
American
quisite:
through
prehistoric
and
early
historic
Prere-
Anthro. 200.
Soc. 331
— Marriage and Family
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
new
problems
society.
Soc.
Indian
Includes Indians and archaeology of Pennsylvania.
periods.
in
social
behavior these institutions face in a changing
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
—
3 cr. hrs.
332
Personality in Culture and Society
Examination of cultural influences on the development of per-
sonality; analysis of personality differences in various cultures.
Pres-
entation of explanatory hypotheses.
Soc.
334
—
Social
Casework
3
cr.
hrs.
Representative cases in the field of social work; techniques of
investigation
and
criteria for appraisal.
195
Soc.
336
A
— Child Welfare
historical
3
hrs.
cr.
and comprehensive study of the principal
child
welfare services.
Soc. 341
— Criminology
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, includ-
Scientific study of crime.
Volume,
ing physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
scope, and trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabili-
and
tation theory
—
Anthro. 410
Graphic
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
practice.
3
Primitive Arts
arts,
literature,
cr.
hrs.
music, and the dance of ancient and
non-European cultures throughout the world.
Prerequisite: Anthro.
200.
—
Anthro. 480
A
critical
cr.
in primitive
hrs.
so-
Leading anthropological theories of the forms and functions
ciety.
of religion in
Soc.
3
Primitive Religion
examination of religion and magic
442
—
human
life
are studied.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 200.
Juvenile Delinquency
3
cr.
hrs.
Examination of social pressures operative upon children in
American society which lead to deviant behavior. Factors leading to
formation of delinquent personality.
Methods
of
treatment
and
prevention, juvenile courts, clinics and correctional institutions will
be considered.
Anthro. 490
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
—
Socialization of the Child in
3
Primitive Society
cr.
hrs.
Life experience and adjustment of the individual through infancy,
middle childhood and youth.
Contrasting methods of in-
troducing children to adult economic, social and religious
activities.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 200.
Soc.
—
460
Basic Statistical Method
3 cr. hrs.
For a description of this course see Psychology 460. Liberal
arts students will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
Per-
mission of Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte
and Spencer.
Comparison
of
modern schools
of thought, including
196
and neo-positivis-
mechanistic, geographical, analytical, functional,
12 hours of sociology or permission of instruc-
Prerequisites:
tic.
tor.
Soc.
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
Methods and techniques in social science research. Prepara-
tion of research projects, questionnaires,
Introduction to
sampling, interviews,
methods for analysis and interpretation of
etc.
data.
Liberal arts students concentrating in sociology will receive credit
Prerequisite:
for the course.
12 hours of sociology including Psy.
460.
Soc.
— Senior Seminar
470
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects and reports within selected areas
of sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social stratification,
and ethnic minorities.
Prerequisites:
18 hours of sociology
including Soc. 460, 462, and 466, and permission of the depart-
ment.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
— Education
of Exceptional Children
The educational problems
tory
3
of exceptional children.
and philosophy of special education programs
cr.
hrs.
The
his-
for exceptional
children.
Spec. Ed. 352
—
Experience with
Emotionally Disturbed
Experience
1-3
working individually with
emotionally
children in a state hospital or a clinic setting.
cr.
hrs.
disturbed
Prerequisite: Per-
mission of instructor.
354
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with Learning
Disabilities 1-3
cr.
hrs.
Experience working individually with children whose learning
disabilities
present
special
educational
problems.
Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
Spec. Ed.
450
— Behavior Disorders
3
Psychological development of behavior and
child's school
is
also
performance.
discussed
as
are
The
effect of the school
intervention
emotionally disturbed children.
effect
its
approaches
Prerequisites:
Psy.
cr.
on the
in
hrs.
on the
child
educating
101 and 371.
197
— Speech Improvement
Spec. Ed. 451
Classroom 3 cr. hrs.
and in-service classroom
teachers; an introduction is given to language and speech problems
commonly found among school children. Practical methods and
attitudes for improvement of communication in the classroom
Open
(Required in Teh. M.R. curriculum).
setting are outlined.
Spec. Ed.
An
for the
to students of all curriculums
454
— Disorders
of Written
Communication
3
cr.
recognize the functional level of the child,
to
recognize
possible
disorders for evaluative referrals, and to plan or carry out
ingful, corrective therapy.
involved
hrs.
introductory course to enable the clinician or teacher to
encoding
in
A
mean-
review of the developmental processes
and decoding orthography,
emphasis
with
placed on the recognition of related disorders.
Spec. Ed. 455
A
— Learning
3
Disabilities
hrs.
Students are introduced to diagnostic and educational
disorders.
procedures used with learning disorders.
and conceptual factors
Psy.
cr.
study of the characteristics and symptoms of specific learning
101
in the
Emphasis
is
on perceptual
development of language. Prerequisites:
and 371.
SPEECH
Professor Melville Hopkins, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Richard D. Alderfer
Erich F. Frohman
Michael
J.
McHale
James J. O'Toole
Robert D. Richey
Assistant Professors:
William A. Acierno
Virginia C. Doerflinger
Instructor: Janice
Speech 103
M. Youse
Introduction to Speech
The study and
practice of skills in interpersonal
3
cr.
(person-to-person) and public speaking (speaking to groups).
on
hrs.
communication
Em-
sound organization, and effective
language.
Various oral projects are utilized: speeches, group discussions, and interpretive readings.
phasis
is
intensive
research,
198
— Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 105
Open
3
cr.
firs.
speech majors.
Treats both
and the contemporary theories in
survey of behavioral science, semantics, and the
to all students; required of
the principles of classical rhetoric
A
communication.
philosophy of language.
Speech 206
— Oral
Intellectual
of poetry
ful
3
Interpretation of Literature
and emotional meanings used
and prose.
the
in
cr.
hrs.
presentation
Practice in the skills required for the success-
reading aloud of these meanings to a group of listeners.
Speech 208
A
— Introduction
Theatre Arts
to
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production,
theatre history, stage design, and acting.
Speech 211
— Theatre Production
3
cr.
hrs.
Physical aspects of producing a play: scene design, costuming,
make-up properties, stage management, and business procedures.
The student is thus equipped with the basic skills for the technical
work of production. Crew work is assigned.
Speech 218
— Discussion
3
Principles and processes of group discussion in policy
situations
and interpersonal
relations.
cr.
hrs.
making
Practical problems in leader-
ship and participation are provided.
Speech 231
A
— Introduction
to
Radio and Television
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of communication practices and techniques in the
media of radio and television. The student is given practice in
these techniques, and is provided with a background of their dynamics in relation to modern society.
Speech 241
A
no voice
who wish
to
improve
their vocal
quality
cr.
hrs.
and who have
defects.
Speech 285
usage.
3
Designed for
study of the vocal organs and their function.
students
A
— Voice and Diction
— Parliamentary Law
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the rules of parliamentary law with practice in their
Application of parliamentary
democratic and efficient meetings.
procedure
so
as
to
insure
199
Speech 307
— Business and
careers.
Professional Speech
3
hrs.
cr.
and professional
Analysis of employer-employee situations, and manage-
Practice
speech
of
as
applied
business
in
ment-labor relations.
—
Scene Design
Speech 311
Techniques of design and execution of stage
3
hrs.
cr.
settings with the
and makeup. A survey of the hisdevelopment of scene design and staging. Prerequisite: con-
integration of lighting, costume,
torical
sent of the instructor.
Speech 312
— Fundamentals
of Acting
3
cr.
A
Introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
hrs.
study
of the development of the character physically, emotionally, and in-
Individual and group exercises.
tellectually.
Speech 318
—
Creative Dramatics
3
cr.
hrs.
Background and methods of creative dramatics for the teacher.
The techniques of psycho-drama, socio-drama, therapeutic
drama, etc. are studied and analyzed.
Dramatics as an improvisational form of theatre is emphasized.
—
Speech 319
Dramatic
theories
is
Speech 321
Lab hours
cr.
hrs.
into the
Creative dramatics
required.
— Argumentation
3
cr.
hrs.
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
The
fundamentals of logic are provided.
effective
3
and an investigation
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
The
Children's Theatre
literature for children
Stress
is
on the techniques of
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
—
Speech 325
Extempore Speech
An advanced public speaking course.
3
cr.
hrs.
and exercises in, the four types of speaking.
Major emphasis is on the
composition and delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
—
Theories
of,
3
Directing
cr.
hrs.
Staging a play, from the selection of a script up to the open-
Each student
Lab hours required.
ing performance.
projects.
—
directs
and participates
in
classroom
Speech 414
Costuming for Stage
3 cr. hrs.
Costuming for the theatre through application of historical
developments and elements of design to the requirements of the
theatre.
Lab hours
required.
200
— History
Speech 415
Major periods of
A
and the production.
Greece
3
cr.
hrs.
from the viewpoint of play
survey of the theatre from the beginnings in
to 1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic
and African
Speech 416
cultures.
— Modern Theatre
Developments
Wagner and Appia
is
of the Theatre
theatrical history
in
modern
3
theatre practice
to the present day.
World
studied, with particular attention to the
cr.
hrs.
and philosophy from
theatre since Ibsen
contemporary American
theatre scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
A
audience situations.
scientific
human
approach, by the speaker.
Methods of applying
is
to
a knowl-
detail.
— Speech Seminar: Theatre
3
on dramatic
Field of speech, with special emphasis
pose
hrs.
study and practice of both the ethical, and
edge of the basis and tools of persuasion presented in
Speech 490
cr.
motivation as encountered in
broaden the student's knowledge
in his
cr.
art.
hrs.
Pur-
special field of
learning by research and investigative papers and projects.
Speech 492
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
Field of speech, with special emphasis
pose
is
as in
3
cr.
on public address.
hrs.
Pur-
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer
1969 marked the third year of the Speech
Department Summer Theatre Program. Continuing the precedent
set the previous summer, professional actors joined the Bloomsburg
students and adults from the local area, in the two major productions.
Mercedes McCambridge appeared in "The Glass Menagerie," and Lilia Skala in "I Remember Mama."
of
The 1968 Summer Theatre Program
time, graduate courses in Speech.
In this
included,
way
for
the
first
the entire program
was considerably strengthened, from both the acting and the technical point of view.
Participation in the
summer program
wishing to study for cultural purposes, and
pursue a degree.
is
open
who may
also
to
those
not desire to
INDEX
German
Academic Policies 59
Academic Probation 63
Accreditation
Administration
1
7
Admission Policies 33
Anthropology
see Sociology
Art 113
—
Association of Resident
Association of Resident
Biology 116
Board of Trustees 6
Books and Supplies 43
Buildings 28
Business 120
Calendar 4
Chemistry 128
Class Attendance
Men
Women
History
168
Housing 50
Incompletes 61
53
52
182
Office of Research and
Evaluation 67
Philosophy 183
Physical Education
Requirements 63
Physics 184
59
131
Placement 66
Placement Tests
Association 52
Counseling Services 52
Credit Evaluation 35
Curricula:
64
187
Progress Reports 60
Psychology 189
Publications 55
Quality Points 61
Readmission 35
Refunds 43
Residence Requirements
Political
Arts and Sciences 80
Business Administration 86
Business Education 90
Elementary Education 98
Secondary Education 99
Special Degree Programs
95
Special Education
92
Teacher Education 79
Day Men's Association 53
Sociology
Association 53
Degree Programs 109
Deposits 42
Education 136
Education of the Deaf 141
Economics 133
English 142
Sororities
62
59
192
56
Special Education
Speech 197
Student Life 49
Student Teaching
196
62, 65
Summer Sessions 67
Summer Theater Program
43, 45
Transfers 60
Transfer Students 34
Undergraduate Record
Examinations 65
Veterans 36
7
Financial Aid 46
Fraternities 55
French 149
Geography and Earth Science
Science
Russian 156
Schedule Changes
Spanish 157
Day Women's
Expenses
Faculty
Fees 39
Journalism Certificate 144
Locale 28
Mathematics 174
Mental Retardation 178
Music 180
Nursing
College Bank
55
College History
27
Communication Disorders
Community Government
153
Grades 61
Graduate Studies 68
Graduation Requirements 62
Health and Physical Education
159
Withdrawal from Class
Withdrawal Notice 45
59
200
163
BlOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
19
Pergola
20
Science
24
Dormitoi
25
Class Re
mmn\
r---^
1
24
n
'r
151
23
*
'
-.
*A&r.
rA
?t
>>
-
^*
Bloomsburg
State College
welcomes qualified students,
from
all racial,
faculty,
religious, ethnic,
backgrounds.
and
staff
and socio-economic
Bloomsburg State College
1970-1971 Bulletin
General Information
Serving the
Commonwealth
for
of Pennsylvania
131 years
Accredited by
The Middle
States Association
and Secondary Schools
The Pennsylvania State Board of Education
of Colleges
The National Council
for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
Second Class Postage Paid
at
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
Contents
Calendar
4
College Personnel
6
General Information
Admission Policies
27
33
Fees and Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic
49
Policies
Graduate Studies
Curricula
201
68
79
Course Descriptions
Index
59
113
39
Calendar
Summer
Sessions
1970
PRE SESSION
Monday, June 8
Classes Begin
Classes
End
Friday, June 26
MAIN SESSION
Monday, June 29
Classes Begin
Classes
End
Friday, August 7
POST SESSION
Classes Begin
Classes
End
- Monday, August 10
Friday, August 28
First Semester
1970
Wednesday, September 9
Faculty Meetings
Thursday, September 10
Registration
Registration
Friday, September
Registration-Evening Students
Friday, September 11
A.M.
Classes Begin at 8:00
Monday, September 14
Monday, September 14
Registration-Graduate Students
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Ends
at 12
at 8:00
Noon
Wednesday, November 25
A.M.
Monday, November 30
Christmas Recess Begins at Close of Classes
Christmas Recess Ends
Final Examination
Final Examination
at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins
Week Ends at
Semester Ends
Friday,
December
18
Monday, January 4
Monday, January
Close of Classes
Commencement
First
1
11
Saturday, January 16
Tuesday, January 19
Tuesday, January 19
___
Second Semester 1971
Tuesday, January 26
Registration
Classes Begin at 8:00
A.M.
Wednesday, January 27
Registration-Evening Students and Graduate Students Wednesday, January 27
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Spring Recess Begins at Close of Classes
Spring Recess Ends at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins at 8:00 A.M.
Examination Week Ends at 12:00 Noon
Final Examination
Final
Second Semester Ends
Commencement
at Close of Classes
Thursday, January 28
Wednesday, April 7
Tuesday, April 20
Monday, May 24
Friday,
Friday,
Saturday,
May
May
May
28
28
29
STATE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
David H. Kurtzman, Secretary of Education
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
of Higher Education
George W. Hoffman,
Director, Bureau of State Colleges
and Universities
Council of Higher Education
William H. Rea, Chairman
W. Deming Lewis
William K. Ulerich
Gail L. Rose
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Leonard N. Wolfe
John L. Wandrisco
Members
at
Large
Donald E. Hunter, Richard C. Bond, Althea K. Hottel
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Bloomsburg
State College
Bloomsburg
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Mr. William E. Booth, Vice-President
Mr. E. Guy Bangs, Secretary-Treasurer
Danville
R. D.
1,
Orange ville
Mt. Carmel
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. Frank D. Croop
Berwick
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. Howard
S.
Fernsler
The Hon. George W. Heffner
The Hon. Bernard
J.
Kelley
R. D.
2,
Berwick
Pottsville
Pottsville
Philadelphia
ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY
1969-1970
ROBERT
J.
NOSSEN
President
University of California, A.B.
JOHN
A.
Northwestern University, M.A., Ph.D.
;
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1946)*
Director of Field Experiences
E. AUMILLER
Pennsylvania State University, B.S. Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1961)
LEE
;
BOYD
F.
BUCKINGHAM
Bloomsburg State
ROBERT
L.
College, B.S.;
Director of Development
Bucknell University, M.S. (1953)
College, B.S.;
Bucknell University, M.S.
BUNGE
Registrar
Bloomsburg State
(1964)
CHARLES
Director of Graduate Studies
H. CARLSON
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A. Teachers College
Columbia University, M.A. Ed., Ph.D. (1959)
;
JAMES
B.
CREASY
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.;
Assistant to the President
Bucknell University, M.S. (1960) (On
leave 1969-70)
FRANK
Director of Computer Services
S. DAVIS, JR.
Shippensburg .State College, B.S.; North Carolina State University,
Shippensburg State College, M.Ed. (1969)
EDSON
J.
DRAKE
University of Notre Dame, B.A.;
(1964)
STUART EDWARDS
C.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.;
Director of Arts and Sciences
Georgetown University, M.A.; Ph.D.
Director of Secondary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1958)
THOMAS A. GORREY
E. BUREL GUM
Bloomsburg State
RUSSELL
E.
HOUK
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
of. Admissions
M.B.A. (1970)
Assistant Director
College, B.S.; Bucknell University,
Director of Athletics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1957)
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean of Students
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1961)
ROYCE
Director of Elementary Education
0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M. Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1958) (On leave 1969-70)
*
The date in parentheses represents the date of appointment
Bloomsburg State College Faculty.
to
the
WILLIAM
L. JONES
Director of Special Education
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1964)
PAUL
MARTIN
G.
Business Manager
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
JOHN
QUATROCHE
R.
EMORY
Assistant to the President
York, College at Fredonia, B.S.; M.S. (1970)
New
State University of
W. RARIG, JR.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.;
Director of Business Education
College, Columbia Univer-
Teachers
M.A., Ed.D. (1968)
sity,
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Director of Institutional Research
University, Ph.D. (1966)
New York
MICHAEL
E. STANLEY
Director of Publications
University of Kansas City, University of Missouri, B.J., M.A. (1969)
JOHN
WALKER
L.
Director of Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S. (1965)
Professors
BRUCE
ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
E.
Ed.D. (1956)
H. M. AFSHAR
Education
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D. (1966)
JAMES
D.
College
BRYDEN
Speech Correction
William and
of
Mary, B.A.
;
University of
Virginia,
M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1969)
WILLIAM
Hope
L.
CARLOUGH
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D.; General TheoSeminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D. (1964)
College, B.A.;
logical
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPENTER,
II
Foreign Languages
Cornell University, A.B.; University of Southern California, M.A. (1966)
ENMAN
JOHN
A.
University of Maine, B.A.
Pittsburgh, Ph.D. (1959)
WENDELIN
R.
F.
Geography
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
FRANTZ
College of Wooster, A.B.
HALBERT
;
Geography
;
University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D. (1968)
GATES
Physics
Milwaukee State Teachers College, B.S.; University of Wisconsin, Ph.M.;
Michigan State University, Ph.D. (1969)
HANS
K.
GUNTHER
History
Washington University, A.B., M.A.; Stanford University, Ph.D. (1965)
DAVID
J.
HARPER
University of Nottingham, B.S., Ph.D. (1966)
Physics
9
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biology
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D. (1963)
RALPH
HERRE
S.
University of New York
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1947)
Colgate
University,
B.S.;
State
MELVILLE HOPKINS
Bucknell University, A.B., M.A.;
State University, Ph.D. (1960)
Syracuse
University,
at
History
Albany,
Speech
Pennsylvania
RALPH
Sociology
R. IRELAND
University of Toronto, B.A., M.A.; University of Toronto, University of
Chicago, Ph.D. (1969)
JACK
Health and Physical Education
A. JONES
Livingston State College, B.S.; University of Alabama, M.A.; Indiana
University, P.E.D. (1969)
ANDREW
J.
KARPINSKI
Mental Retardation
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., D. Ed. (1967)
CHARLES
English
C. KOPP
Frostburg (Md.) State College, B.S.; West Virginia University, M.A.;
Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D. (1960)
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
New York
University, M.A.;
Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D. (1946)
MARGARET
Communication Disorders
C. LEFEVRE
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D. (1964)
ELLEN
Business
L. LENSING
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
(1963)
CYRIL ALBIN LINDQUIST
University of Minnesota, B.S.;
Business
New York
University, M.S., Ph.D. (1964)
Mental Retardation
M. McLAUGHLIN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
JOHN
D.Ed. (1968)
ROBERT
C.
MILLER
California State College, B.S.;
Education
University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.
(1961)
Health and Physical Education
A. MOORE
Tarkio College, A.B.; University of Alabama, M.A.; Ph.D. (1966)
CLARENCE
CRAIG
NEWTON
History
A.
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.
Southern Illinois University, M.A.
Western Reserve University, Ph.D. (1966)
;
10
DONALD
RABB
D.
Bloomsburg State
Bucknell University, M.S.;
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D. (1957)
FRANCIS
College,
B.S.;
RADICE
J.
Biology
Colorado
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Ed.D. (1957)
REUWSAAT
Mental Retardation
Iowa State Teachers
College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
EMILY
A.
(1965)
ROBERT
ROSHOLT
L.
Political Science
Luther College, B.A.; University of Minnesota, M.A.P.A., Ph.D. (1969)
TEJBHAN
S.
SAINI
Economics
University of Punjab, B.A., M.A.; Duke University, D.F.
MARTIN
A. SATZ
Psychology
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.
(195S)
GILBERT
R.
W.
SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1957)
JOHN
History
J. SERFF
Siiippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D. (1955)
English
C. SERONSY
University of Virginia, B.A.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D. (1953)
CECIL
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fore Ha^s Kansas Scate, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A.; Purdue
University, Ph.D. (1966)
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Muskingum
ncate
icuse.
College,
Grenobie,
Foreign Languages
A.B.;
New York
xVliddlebury,
Hautes
University,
Etudes
M.A.,
Diplome
Ph.D.;
Certi-
Bordeaux-Tou-
(1967;
MARGARET
C.
SPONSELLER
Education
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
(1962)
JANET STAMM
Mount Holyoke
(iyuo)
WILLIAM
College, A.B.;
English
University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
(On leave 19o9-70)
B.
STERLING
University of Buffalo, B.S.; Syracuse
Scaie University, Ed.D. (1947)
THOMAS
Geography
University,
M.S.;
Pennsylvania
English
G. STURGEON
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D. (1963)
11
WILBERT
TAEBEL
A.
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of
LOUIS
M.S., Ph.D.
Illinois,
THOMPSON
F.
English
Columbia College, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
DONALD
(1966)
A.
VANNAN
Millersville
State College, B.S.;
(1963)
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D. (1961)
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
,
Ph.D. (1964)
NORMAN
Chemistry
E. WHITE
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
(1965)
Associate Professors
Speech
D. ALDERFER
Grove City College, Bluffton College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.
RICHARD
(1967)
English
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, B.S.L.; Fort Hays Kansas State College,
M.A. (1965)
DALE
BENJAMIN
Brown
S.
ANDREWS
University,
University
Communication Disorders
of
Virginia,
B.S.;
University
State
of
Iowa, M.A. (1968)
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Susquehanna University, B.A.;
Pennsylvania
State
Psychology
M.Ed.
University,
(1960)
JACK
S.
BEMIS
Ithaca College, B.S,; Eastman School of Music
ester, M.M., Ph.D. (1968)
—
Music
University of Roch-
BARRETT W. BENSON
Chemistry
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D. (1967)
WESLEY
E.
BLAMICK
Bethany College, B.S.
Education
University of Pittsburgh, Ed.M.
Florida, Ed.S., Ed.D. (1969)
;
;
University of
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A. (1966)
CHARLES
STEPHEN
M.
BRESETT
Health and Physical Education
Springfield College, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.Ed.
(1969)
12
H. BROWN
Mathematics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
LEROY
(1965)
WILLARD
A.
CHRISTIAN
Bloomsburg State
JAMES
Business
College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.
(1968)
COLE
E.
Biology
Western Michigan
University,
B.A.,
M.A.
;
State
Illinois
University,
Ph.D. (1968)
H. CRONIN
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed. (1964)
SYLVIA
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
JOHN
C.
Music
of Music, B.M.,
M.M. (1963)
DIETRICH
History
Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University, M.A. (1965)
BERNARD
Business
C. DILL
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, Pennsylvania
State University, M.B.A. (1968)
ANITA
DONOVAN
A.
Wheaton
WILLIAM
English
College, B.A.; University of Missouri,
D.
M.A. (1966)
EISENBERG
English
University of Delaware, B.A.; Lehigh University, M.A. (1960)
DONALD
E.
ENDERS
Gettysburg
College,
B.S.;
New York
University,
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania
M.A.
;
State University, Ed.D. (1968)
Elementary Education
M. ENGLEHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1956)
BEATRICE
A. FARBER
King's College, B.S.;
PHILLIP
Biology
Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
(1966)
RONALD
St.
English
A. FERDOCK
Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A. (1965)
ARIADNA FOUREMAN
Foreign Languages
The Ohio State University, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1969)
ERICH
F.
FROHMAN
Speech
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A. (1966)
GEORGE
J.
GELLOS
Muhlenberg
College,
B.S.;
University, Ph.D. (1965)
Ohio University, M.S.;
Biology
Pennsylvania State
13
GLENN
A. GOOD
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S. (1969)
JOANNE
Student Teaching
GROWNEY
S.
Mathematics
Westminster College, B.S.; Temple University, M.A. (1969)
NORMAN
L. HILGAR
Business
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A. (1956)
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Biology
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.
CLAYTON
H.
HINKEL
Bloomsburg State
LEE
C.
Business
College, B.S.;
Temple University, M.Ed. (1947)
HOPPLE
Kutztown
(1961)
Geography
State
College,
Pennsylvania
B.S.;
State
University,
M.S.
(1961)
CHARLES
JACKSON
G.
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A. (1960)
WARREN
I.
JOHNSON
West Chester
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1952)
PRAKASH
C.
University
(1967)
KAPIL
of
Political Science
Delhi,
B.A.,
M.A.;
University
of
Rhode
Island,
M.A.
Education
M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed. (1961)
MARTIN
Biology
J. KLENNER
Francis College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
Notre Dame, Ph.D. (1966)
JEROME
St.
ROBERT
L.
KLINEDINST
Mathematics
Gettysburg College, B.A. (1966)
Biology
R. KROSCHEWSKY
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; University of Texas, Ph.D. (1967)
JULIUS
MILTON LEVIN
West Chester State
College, B.S.;
of Pennsylvania, M.S.
Education
Temple University, M.Ed.; University
(1967)
HOWARD
Education
K. MACAULEY, JR.
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1967)
THOMAS MANLEY
Fairmount State
MRS.
MARGARET
Biology
College, B.A.;
E.
McCERN
West Virginia University, M.S. (1961)
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1954)
u
LAVERE
McCLURE
W.
Mansfield
State
College,
Geography
University
B.S.;
of
South
Dakota,
M.N.S.
(1963)
ALOYSIUS
McDONNELL
J.
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed. (1962)
MICHAEL
McHALE
J.
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.
(1963)
JOHN McLAUGHLIN
English
Harvard University, B.A.; University
of California,
M.A. (1969)
K. MEDLOCK
Health and Physical Education
Samford University, A.B.; University of Alabama, M.A. (1969)
JERRY
NELSON
A. MILLER
Indiana (Pa.) State University, B.S.;
Music
Pennsylvania
University,
State
M.Ed. (1953)
OBER MORNING,
JR.
Yale University, B.A., M.A.
JOSEPH
;
Sociology
University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1969)
MUELLER
E.
Mathematics
Butler University, B.S.; University of
Illinois,
M.S.
GEORGE W. NEEL
Glassboro
(French)
CLYDE
;
Foreign Languages
State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German) (1964)
NOBLE
S.
Chemistry
Grinnell College, A.B.; University of Hawaii, Ph.D.
RONALD
(1965)
W.
(1968)
NOVAK
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed. (1964)
Speech
J. O'TOOLE
Marquette University, B.S.; Wayne State University, M.A. (1969)
*JAMES
CLINTON
J.
OXENRIDER
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
Mathematics
M.A.
University,
(1965)
JAMES W. PERCEY
Political Science
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Lock Haven State College, B.S.;
DEAKE
G.
Sociology
St.
Bonaventure University, M.A. (1967)
PORTER
Amherst
H.
(1965)
College, A.B.; Yale University,
Economics
M.A. (1965)
BENJAMIN POWELL
Drew
University, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D. (1966)
Deceased February, 1970.
History
15
MAXWELL PRIMACK
Philosophy
Brandeis University, B.A.
;
The Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1969)
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A. (1966)
CHARLES
R.
REARDIN
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State
ROBERT
College,
Mathematics
M.A. (1962)
REEDER
R.
Sociology
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.S.; University of Colorado, M.A.
(1968)
HERBERT
H.
REICHARD
Pennsylvania State University,
B.>S.,
Physics
M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.
(1961)
JAMES
Mental Retardation
T. REIFER
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1966)
A. RHODES
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A. (1964)
STANLEY
Biology
ALVA W. RICE
English
Madison College, B.S.; Indiana University, M.A. (1960)
ROBERT
D.
RICHEY
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A. (1963)
JORDAN RICHMAN
Brooklyn College, B.A.;
Mexico, Ph.D. (1964)
English
New York
University, M.A.; University of
New
KENNETH
Elementary Education
A. ROBERTS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S. (1958)
PERCIVAL
R.
ROBERTS,
III
University of Delaware, B.A.; University of Delaware, M.A.;
State University, Ed.D.; L'Libre Universite Asie, Honorary
Art
Illinois
Litt.D.
(1968)
ROBERT
Economics
P. ROSS
Wesleyan University, Washington University, B.A., M.A. (1967)
RAY
Education
C. ROST
Washington State University, B.A.; The State University of Rutgers,
Ed.M., Ed.D. (1969)
English
C. ROTH
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1961)
WILLIAM
SUSAN RUSINKO
Wheaton College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.
(On leave 1969-70)
English
(1959)
16
RICHARD
C. SAVAGE
English
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A. (1960)
TOBIAS
SCARPINO
F.
Kutztown State
Physics
College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.
(1958)
BERNARD
J. SCHNECK
Sociology
University of Scranton, A.B.; West Virginia University, A.M. (1966)
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
City College of
Philosophy
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia Univer-
M.A. (1965)
sity,
REX
New
SELK
E.
Knox
Chemistry
College, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.
RALPH W. SELL
Muhlenburg
(1959)
History
Hartford Seminary Foundation, Ph.D. (1968)
College, B.A.;
H. SIEGEL
Wilkes College, A.B.; University of Cincinnati, M.B.A.
PHILIP
Economics
;
New York
Uni-
versity, Ph. D. (1969)
JOSEPH
T.
SKEHAN
Economics
Syracuse University, B.A.
University, Ph.D. (1969)
;
Diploma, Heidelberg University; Georgetown
RALPH SMILEY
History
Brooklyn College, B.A.; Rutgers University, M.A. (1969)
ROBERT
R.
SOLENBERGER
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A. (1960)
Anthropology
(On leave 1969-70)
JAMES
History
R. SPERRY
Bridgewater College, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.A., Ph.D. (1968)
GEORGE
G.
STRADTMAN,
SR.
Millersville State College, B.S.;
Mathematics
Temple University, Ed.M. (1955)
GERALD
English
H. STRAUSS
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A. (1961)
DAVID
SUPERDOCK
A.
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1960) (On leave 1969-70)
ANTHONY
Newark
J.
SYLVESTER
History
College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.
(1965)
ALFRED
E.
Littorio
TONOLO
College,
Ph.D. (1967)
B.A.;
Colgate
University,
M.A.;
Foreign Languages
Madrid University,
17
TURNER
GEORGE
A.
Eastern
BRYAN
History
Illinois University, B.S.,
M.S. (1965)
VALETT
B.
Cornell College, B.A.; University of Oregon, M.A.
Biology
(1969)
VAUGHAN
JOSEPH
Biology
P.
University of Maine, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1967)
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
Psychology
College, B.A.;
Temple University, Ed.M. (1967)
A. WATSON
Elementary Education
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
LYNN
(1966)
Director of Library Services
B. WATTS
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A. (1966)
JAMES
JAMES
R.
WHITMER
History
Ball State University, B.A., M.A.
(1964)
KENNETH WHITNEY
Mansfield
State
College,
B.S.;
University
of
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania, M.S.Ed.
(1969)
JOHN
B.
WILLIMAN
History
College of Charleston, B.S.; University of Alabama, M.A.
KENNETH
T.
Edinboro
WILSON,
State
(1969)
Jr.
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
Art
M.A.
(1963)
RICHARD
0.
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.; Rutgers University,
Education
M.Ed. (1967)
E. WRAY
Health and Physical Education
Lake Erie College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S. (1957)
MARY
MATTHEW ZOPPETTI
Education
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.
(1969)
Assistant Professors
WILLIAM
A. ACIERNO
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
(1966)
BEN
Foreign Languages
C. ALTER
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed. (1964)
1
s
RICHARD
ANDERSON
G.
Western Kentucky State
History
College, B.A.;
Texas Christian University, M.A.
(1968)
RAYMOND
E.
BABINEAU
Education
Montclair State College, B.A., M.A. (1969)
HAROLD
BAILEY
J.
Mathematics
Albright College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1969)
J.
WESTON BAKER
Business
University of California at Berkley, B.S.; Washington State University,
M.B.A. (1969)
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.;
CHARLES
Bucknell
Business Education
M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
University,
(1965)
Elementary Education
MAE BECKLEY
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
MRS. IVA
(1943)
RODRICK CLARK BOLER
Health and Physical Education
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A. (1968)
RONALD
BOWER
F.
Kutztown State
RICHARD
J.
Art
College, B.S.,
M.Ed. (1969)
BROOK
Philosophy
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A. (1967)
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
JOHN
E.
DELNIS
Foreign Languages
University, A.B.;
Fordham
University, M.A.
(1965)
DENNEN
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
Bucknell University, M.S.
(1965)
B. DENSTORFF
Health and Physical Education
Evansville University, B.S., Indiana University, M.Ed. (1968)
JERRY
LESTER
DIETTERICK
J.
Bloomsburg State College,
BARBARA
M.
Chestnut
DOYLE
G.
Business
B.S., M.S.
(1966)
DILWORTH
Hill, B.A.;
Economics
University of Pennsylvania, M.A. (1966)
DODSON
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
M.Ed. (1967)
VIRGINIA C. DOERFLINGER
New York University, B.S.; Columbia
Speech
University, M.A.
(1968)
Education
J. DONALD
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Kansas State University, M.S.
RICHARD
(1968)
19
English
A. DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1958)
MRS. VIRGINIA
P.
JOSEPH GARCIA
Physics
Kent State University, B.S.;
New
Mexico Highlands University, M.S.
(1968)
MARTIN
St.
GILDEA
M.
Political Science
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
(1966)
NIRANJAN GOSWAMI
Government
Sanskrit
College,
I. A.,
B.A.;
Calcutta
University,
Art
M.A.
(1969)
PAUL
HARTUNG
G.
Mathematics
Montclair State College, B.A.; University of Colorado, M.A.
(1968)
MARGARET ANN HYKES
Business
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed. (1961)
Foreign Languages
MARY LOU JOHN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A. (1959) (On
MRS.
leave 1969-70)
A. JOHNSON
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S., M.Ed. (1967)
BRIAN
KENNETH
G.
Geography
KIRK
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1966)
OLIVER
J.
LARMI
Dartmouth
JAMES
R.
Philosophy
College, A.B. (1968)
LAUFFER
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S. (1966)
JAMES
T.
LORELLI
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A. (1967)
EDILBERTO
MARBAN
A.
Foreign Languages
University of Havana, LL.D., Ph.D.; Trinity College, M.A. (1968)
COLLEEN MARKS
Edinburgh State College, B.A.; University of
Communication Disorders
M.A. (1969)
Illinois,
JOANNE
E. McCOMB
Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1960)
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
Speech
(1965)
20
DOROTHY
0. McHALE
Trinity College, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A. (1968)
ELI W. McLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
ROBERT
G.
College, B.S.,
English
Health and Physical Education
M.Ed. (1961) (On leave 1969-70)
MEEKER
English
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A. (1962)
JACK
L. MEISS
Business
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1966)
RICHARD
0.
Fordham
MICHERI
Sociology
University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
(1968)
Biology
V. MINGRONE
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.S.; Washington
State University, Ph.D. (1968)
LOUIS
MURPHY
JAMES
Psychology
J.
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia, St.
John's University, M.A. (1967)
LOUIS
NAU
T.
George Washington University, A.B.;
M.A. (1968)
ROY
D.
History
George Washington University,
POINTER
Chemistry
University of Kansas, B.S., M.S. (1969)
MARGARET READ-LAUER
English
University of Michigan, A.B.; Indiana University, M.A. (1966)
BURTON
Health and Physical Education
T. REESE
East Stroudsburg State College, B.A., M.Ed. (1969)
PHILLIP
A.
ROUSE
Miami University,
Psychology
B.S.;
Miami University, Indiana University, M.S.;
(1969)
JACQUELINE
B.
RUBE
Foreign Languages
University of Wisconsin, B.A.; University of Wisconsin, M.A. (1968)
SAWYER
JOHN
A.
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A. (1968)
JOHN
S.
SCRIMGEOUR,
Bloomsburg State
Jr.
College,
B.S.;
Foreign Languages
Mathematics
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1959)
JOHN
J.
SERFF,
Geography
Jr.
The Pennsylvania State University,
M.Ed. (1969)
B.S.;
West Chester State
College,
21
THEODORE SHANOSKI
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A. (1964)
JOHN
P.
SIKULA
Hiram
College,
Education
Case Western Reserve University, M.A., Ed.D.
B.A.;
(1969)
WILLIAM
Health and Physical Education
J. SPROULE
Syracuse University, A.B.; Brooklyn College, M.S. (1969)
RICHARD
STANISLAW
J.
Philadelphia
College
of
Music
Bible,
B.S.;
Temple
University,
B.Mus.Ed.,
M.Mus. (1969)
BARBARA
STROHMAN
J.
Art
University of Maryland, B.S.; Maryland Institute, M.F.A. (1969)
M.
GENE TAYLOR
Muskingum
JUNE
L.
(1969)
College, B.S., Bucknell University, M.S.
(1968)
TRUDNAK
Bloomsburg State
HENRY
Physics
Brown
University, M.Sc, Ph.D.
College, B.S.;
C.
Mathematics
TURBERVILLE,
Health and Physical Education
Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A. (1967)
EARL W. VOSS
West Chester State
CONSTANCE
C.
Montclair
College, B.S.;
Health and Physical Education
Temple University, M.Ed. (1965)
WARD
State
College,
A.B.;
Cranbrook
Academy
of
Art,
Art
M.F.A.
(1968)
R.
EDWARD WARDEN
Elementary Education
M.A. (1967)
Millersville State College, B.S.; Villanova University,
Mental Retardation
S. WEBBER
Oneonta State University of New York, B.S.; State University College
at Oneonta, Temple University, M.S. (1968)
MARGARET
CHRISTINE
T.
WHITMER
Foreign Languages
Ball State University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A. (1966)
STEPHEN
G.
WUKOVITZ
Physics
Montclair State College, B.A., M.A. (1968)
ROBERT
Business Education
P. YORI
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Lehigh University, M.B.A. (1969)
Instructors
JOAN
AUTEN
M.
Health and Physical Education
West Chester State
RICHARD
College, B.S. (1968)
DEVLIN
S.
English
Mansfield State College, B.S. (1969)
ROBERT
H. FINKS
Psychology
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Miami University, M.A. (1968)
JOHN
FLETCHER
R.
Biology
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. (1969)
NANCY
GILL
E.
English
Washington State University, B.A., M.A. (1968)
CLARENCE GOURLEY
Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
M.Ed. (1969)
LANE
L.
KEMLER
Bloomsburg State
Business
College, B.S.;
M.Ed. (1968)
Student Teaching
E. KLINGMAN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed. (1968)
JOEL
JAMES
NEISWENDER
H.
Bloomsburg State
THOMAS
M.Ed. (1969)
OHL
L.
Bloomsburg State
JOSEPH
History
College, B.S.,
College, B,S.; Millersville State College,
Mathematics
M.Ed. (1968)
PIFER
R.
Geography
Clarion State College, B.S.; Arizona State University, M.A.
CARROLL
REDFERN
J.
Johnson
C.
Smith University, B.S.;
(1969)
Mental Retardation
Bloomsburg State College, M.Ed.
(1969)
EUGENE
D.
SHERSHEN
Psychology
Bloomsburg State College, B.A.; Xavier University, M.A. (1969)
RICHARD
Communication Disorders
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.A. (1967)
LAWRENCE
Lycoming
STEPHEN
C.
L.
VERDEKAL
College, B.S.
Business Education
(1969)
WALLACE
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of Michigan, M.S. (1967)
M. YOUSE
Temple University,
JANICE
Speech
B.S.,
M.A. (1965)
Student Services
Assistant Dean of Wo
H. CARPENTER
University of Oklahoma, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A. (1968)
JENNIE
JOSEPH CORTESE
Assistant
Dean
of
mm
Men
Bloomsburg State College, B.A.; Ohio State University, M.A. (1969)
ROBERT
G.
DAVENPORT
Counselor
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S. (1961)
THOMAS
DA VIES
A.
Waynesburg
ROBERT
L.
DePauw
RICHARD
College, B.A.;
Director of Placement
Duquesne University, M.Ed. (1964)
DUNCAN
Director of Financial Aids
University, A.B.; Butler University, M.S. (1969)
B.
HAUPT
Assistant
Shippensburg State College,
ELLAMAE JACKSON
West Chester State
B.S.,
Dean
of
Men
M.Ed. (1968)
Dean of Women
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
(1961)
JUDITH
KONCSOL
A.
North Dakota
State
University,
B.A.;
Assistant Dean of Women
Colorado State College, M.A.
(1969)
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Assistant Dean of Students
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A. (1970)
JOHN
MULKA
S.
Director of Student Activities
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.Ed. (1968)
ROBERT
G.
NORTON
Slippery
Rock State
Dean
College,
B.S.;
University
of
Pittsburgh,
of
Men
M.Ed.
(1962)
KAY
F.
ROSENCRANCE
West Virginia University,
Counselor
A.B., M.A. (1969)
Director of Counseling Services
D. THOMAS
University of Michigan, B.A., M.A. (1968)
CHARLES
MARY
Assistant Dean of Women
A. TOLAN
State University College at Geneseo, B.S.; State University of New York
at Albany, M.S. (1967)
JOHN TRATHEN
Bloomsburg State
RICHARD
P.
Comptroller,
Community
Activities
College, B.S.
WETTSTONE
Assistant
Dean
of
Men
Dean
of
Men
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed. (1967)
JOHN
J.
ZARSKI
Bloomsburg
iState College, B.S.; University of
Assistant
Maryland, M.A. (1969)
Library Staff
JAMES
B.
WATTS
Director
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.S.L.S. (1966)
SUSANNA WEN-CHING CHANG
Providence College, Taichimg, Taiwan, A.B.; Syracuse University, School
of Library Science, M.S. in L.S. (1969)
MARGARET ANNE KELLY
College of New Rochelle, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh,
School of Library and Information Sciences, M.L.S. (1969)
Graduate
SCOTT
E. MILLER, JR.
University of Pittsburgh, A.B., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Graduate School of Library and Information Services, M.L.S. (1967)
JANET
R.
OLSEN
Kutztown State
College,
Science, M.S. in L. S.
B.S.
;
Syracuse University, School of Library
(1969)
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
California
(Pa.)
State
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
M.Ed. (1960)
AARON POLONSKY
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Drexel Institute of Technology, Graduate School of Library Science, B.S. in L.S. (1968)
GWENDOLYN REAMS
University of Alabama,
A.B.;
George
Peabody College for Teachers,
M.A. (1954)
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Marywood College, M.S.L.S. (1964)
FACULTY EMERITI
HARVEY
A.
ANDRUSS
(September, 1969)*
LUCILE J. BAKER (May, 1956)
OLIVE P. BEEMAN (May, 1959)
ENGELHARDT (August, 1968)
FENSTEMAKER (May, 1963)
WILLIAM C. FORNEY (May, 1959)
C. M. HAUSKNECHT (July, 1950)
EDNA J. HAZEN (January, 1958)
ELINOR R. KEEFER (July, 1968)
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (June, 1953)
PEARL MASON KELLER (May, 1945)
ERNEST
HOWARD
H.
F.
*Dates cited represent the dates of retirement.
25
KIMBER
MARY
E.
KUSTER (May, 1962)
MacDONALD (May, 1969)
C.
LUCY McCAMMON (January, 1958)
BEATRICE METTLER (May, 1969)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (January, 1954)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (May, 1965)
M.
WALTER
S. RYGIEL (January, 1968)
RUSSELL F. SCHLEICHER (May, 1962)
ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (May, 1956)
MARGARET
E.
WALDRON
(January, 1956)
ELIZABETH B. WILLIAMS (August, 1969)
GRACE H. WOOLWORTH (May, 1956)
Mr. William A. Lank, (left) President, Board of Trustees, greeting Dr. Robert
Nossen, President of Bloomsburg State College.
J.
INTRODUCTION TO
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
HISTORY AND DESCRIPTION
From an academy
in 1839 to a state college of more than
1970 has been the educational path for what
From the
is known locally as "the friendly college on the hill."
academy, the school became the Bloomsburg Literary Institute in
1856, a State Normal School in 1869, a State Teachers' College in
1927, and formally became Bloomsburg State College in 1960. Un-
4,000
total students in
dergraduate degrees are offered in Education,
the HuThe Graduate
Business,
manities, and the Natural and the Social Sciences.
School offers programs leading both to Master of Arts and to the
Master of Education degrees.
At
the present time the college
is
A
rapid but controlled expansion.
passing through a period of
campus plan
long range
building and development, originally prepared in
continuous revision,
for
1957 and under
campus and
The lower campus
for renovation of the lower
calls
construction of an entirely
new upper campus.
women's dormitories, two men's dormitories, two
Commons, the Haas
Auditorium, and the Andruss Library.
Opening during 1970 will
be a second dining hall, an additional classroom building, women's
dormitory, a new Student Center, and additional parking areas. The
upper campus will have new athletic facilities, more dormitories,
more classrooms, and more parking areas. In the next decade, these
facilities will accommodate approximately six thousand students.
includes
three
science and classroom buildings, the College
Bloomsburg State College is one of 13
by the State of Pennsylvania.
versity operated
institutions exclusively,
they
now
colleges
Once
and one uni-
teacher-training
offer a variety of undergraduate
and graduate programs. During 1969-70 about 1,200 students enprograms of the college.
rolled in the graduate
The Bloomsburg
tor's
faculty includes
more than
30%
with doc-
degrees and reflects a broad range of experience and scholarly
activities.
Every
effort
is
made
to offer students a variety of learn-
ing experience, including those which involve a close learning relationship with the instructor.
28
LOCALE AND COMMUNITY
Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania, is easily
from Exit 35 of Interstate 80; it occupies an attractive
setting above the Susquehanna River, 85 miles from Harrisburg, 3
hours from Philadelphia, and AV2 hours from New York. The town
of Bloomsburg has a population of approximately 11,000 and is
accessible
essentially residential.
The College and
the
Community sponsor
a
tural activities during the year: musical, dramatic,
performances;
and
art exhibitions;
number
of cul-
and choreographic
In addition, the annual
lectures.
Spring Arts Festival brings leading performers and students of the
Arts to the campus in a series of programs throughout a two-week
period.
FACILITIES
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
the
first
principal,
Built in 1867,
it
is
The building contains an audi900 and a number of administrative offices in-
the oldest of the college buildings.
torium which seats
cluding those of the President, the Assistant to the President, the
Registrar, the Director of Financial Aid,
and the Business Man-
ager.
BAKELESS CENTER
For The
HUMANITIES, named
for
Professor O. H. Bakeless, former distinguished faculty member, his
wife, his son, Dr.
John E. Bakeless, a recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni
Distinguished Service Award, and Mrs. John E. Bakeless, and Mrs.
Alex Nason, the daughter of Professor Bakeless.
May, 1970,
this
Completed
in
completely air-conditioned building contains class-
rooms, seminar rooms, several large lecture rooms, faculty
an exhibit area, and special
facilities for studies in art
offices,
and foreign
languages.
WALLER HALL,
was named
for Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., prin-
cipal of the college for twenty-seven years.
tains a lobby, the College Store, Duplicating
ministrative
and service
offices.
The ground floor conRoom, and various ad-
Faculty and student mailboxes and
the central telephone exchange are also located in this building.
29
The second
floor provides office space for faculty offices,
many
student organizations, and the Infirmary.
The Husky Lounge
adjoins Waller Hall
on the northwest
In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and booths, there
is
side.
a battery
of vending machines which provide a wide selection of food and
"Husky" is one of the most popular meeton campus. The offices of the College Community Government Association and the Director of Student Activities are located near its main entrance. An extension of Husky is an attractive
beverages for students.
ing places
television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
rooms,
faculty
offices,
The
building
Lounges.
the basement
is
equipped for use
built in
1906, contains classrooms, lecture
and the Day Men's
is
and Day Women's
used as a general classroom building.
Day Men's Lounge which
by the commuting men students.
the
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
administrative offices.
offers
is
In
furnished and
classrooms and a range of
The Data Processing Center
is
located in
Benjamin Franklin.
NAVY HALL
was made available to the United States Navy
Program during World War II. It
contains eleven classrooms as well as faculty offices.
In 1961 the
ground floor was completely remodeled to provide facilities for the
Department of Special Education. The offices of the Director of
Graduate Studies, and two language laboratories are located on the
first floor along with an Arts and Crafts Center.
for
its
V-12
Officer Training
HARTLINE SCIENCE CENTER, named
member,
for Professor Daniel
on the faculty),
and their son, Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, the 1968 Nobel Prize laureate
and recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni Distinguished Service Award.
This air-conditioned building completed in 1968 contains laboratories, classrooms, seminar rooms, several large lecture rooms,
faculty offices, an exhibit area, and special facilities for study and
S.
Hartline, former faculty
his wife (also
research in science.
COLLEGE COMMONS I, a dining hall built in 1956, accommodates 800 students. A partially underground passage connects
the lobby of Waller Hall with the Commons.
38
WILLIAM W. SCRANTON COMMONS,
uary 1970,
meal;
all
will
seat
1,000,
completed
accommodate 2,000 students
in
Jan-
at
each
dining areas, lobby, and lounge areas are air-conditioned.
The communications system and
the folding partitions in the dining
areas provide for a variety of approaches to dining for students and
faculty.
NORTHUMBERLAND HALL,
completed
in
lounge and
machines
1960, has complete
TV
in the
room
for
200 men.
A
large
located on each floor with food vending
is
ground floor lounge.
LUZERNE HALL,
to the College
a three story men's residence
facilities
a four story residence for
Commons, was completed
structure has lounge
and recreation
in
300 men adjacent
The
September, 1967.
areas, post office boxes,
an
in-
ter-communication system, storage areas, study rooms, administrative offices,
and an apartment for a resident counselor.
MONTOUR HALL
halls with
first
ies
and SCHUYLKILL HALL, two residence
accommodations for 500 women, were occupied for the
time in 1964.
Each
divided into four wings,
hall,
high with fully automatic hydraulic elevators.
is
four stor-
Special features
include large recreation rooms, lounge areas on each floor, post
office boxes, inter-communication systems, storage areas for luggage,
and well-furnished study rooms.
ELWELL HALL,
named
after
Judge William Elwell and his
son George E. Elwell, both former trustees of the college and the
judge's grandson, G.
Edward
Elwell, a former French instructor,
a men's residence hall facing East Second Street.
structure,
completed
1968, provides accommodations for 678
in
men, an apartment for
is
This nine story
a
member
of the
Dean
of
Men's
staff,
two
apartments for resident advisors, and has recreation rooms, lounges,
a
TV
room, guest rooms, study rooms, two automatic elevators,
laundry rooms, a mail room, and storage areas.
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
Street at the top of the
hill.
is
located
on East Second
This building contains a large main
gymnasium seating 1,200 to 2,000, two auxiliary gymnasiums, lockswimming pool, athletic offices, and complete office and
classroom facilities for the Department of Health and Physical Education.
The Director of Athletics and the nine varsity athletic
teams at Bloomsburg State College will continue to use Centennial
er rooms,
31
Gymnasium
house
is
as
SUTLIFF HALL, named
Dean
new gymnasium-field
headquarters until the
their
completed on the upper campus.
of Instruction,
is
for William
Boyd Sutliff, a former
Gymnasium and has
The first floor houses
adjacent to Centennial
fourteen classrooms plus faculty offices.
classrooms and laboratories for the teaching of science courses and
on the second
eight specialized classrooms are located
struction in business education.
ness Education
is
located
The
floor for in-
office of the Director of Busi-
on the second
floor.
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
completed in August, 1966, was named
Harvey A. Andruss, president of the college from 1939 to
1969. It is located between Hartline Science Center and Bakeless
Center for the Humanities.
The library includes seating for 750
readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, a projection room, a curriculum materials center, and an audiovisual materials center. The
for Dr.
library
is
completely air-conditioned.
The Andruss Library
also houses the Special
Columbia County
Ralph
Historical Society Collection under the curatorship of Dr.
S.
Herre, Professor of History.
HAAS AUDITORIUM,
named
for
dent of the college from 1927 to 1939,
Spruce Street near Navy Hall and
in
August, 1967,
it
is
Francis B.
is
Haas, presi-
located at the end of
air-conditioned.
Completed
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000
and specialized work and
and drama groups, lounges,
areas for exhibits and display purposes, and offices for faculty.
people, a projection room, classrooms,
practice
rooms
for music,
debating,
PRESIDENT'S HOUSE,
on Light Street Road at the
northeast end of the main campus, was the home of Charles R.
Buckalew, United States Senator from 1863-1869, and Trustee of
the Normal School.
located
COLUMBIA WOMEN'S RESIDENCE HALL,
pleted in September
1970, provides
modations for 400 women.
living
In addition to
to be comand recreation accomthe 200 student rooms,
the nine story structure includes lounges, study rooms, recreation
areas, laundry areas, a special projects
for counselors, a
and storage
areas.
TV
room, mailboxes, apartments
room, guest rooms, two automatic elevators,
ADMISSION POLICIES
Bloomsburg
State
College
students
seeks
character and intelligence that will
fields of teaching, business, science
who
fit
with the
them
and the
qualities
of
for leadership in the
Students
liberal arts.
seek admission to the college will be evaluated according to
the following:
Applicants must be graduates of approved secondary schools
or must have
Credentials
made
equivalent preparation as determined by the
Evaluation Division of the
Pennsylvania Department
of Education.
The secondary school record and
ations
the College
described in the following paragraph,
applicant's capacity to
All
candidates
Board Examindetermine the
help
perform satisfactory college work.
for
admission must
complete the
Scholastic
Aptitude Test, the English Composition Achievement Test, and the
Mathematics (Levels
I
or II) Achievement Test of the College En-
trance Examination Board.
Candidates
who
expect to major in
one of the following subjects must complete a third Achievement
Test in one of the appropriate areas listed here:
Pfe
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Chemistry
Required College Board
Achievement Test
Chemistry
Chemistry
French
American History and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
History
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
Applicants whose proposed major
is
not
among
those listed above
are required to complete only the Scholastic Aptitude test, and the
English Composition and Mathematics Achievement
ments for taking these
tests
tests.
Arrange-
must be made by the applicant.
Applicants must submit, through their personal physician, a report on their health and current physical condition.
is
made on
to be
office)
and
will
This report
a prescribed form (available from the admissions
be reviewed by the college physician.
Applicants for special curricula
may
be required to take appro-
priate aptitude tests in their special field of interest.
Although a personal interview
didates, the college
may
is
not a requirement for
all
can-
request that a candidate report for an in-
terview at a time designated by the Director of Admissions.
The
following credentials must be in the candidate's
file
before
admissions consideration can be given:
Application for admission and application fee
1
—
filed
by applicant.
3.
A Physical examination form — filed by the physician.
A High School transcript and personality rating — filed
4.
by High School.
The official results
2.
of the applicant's Scholastic Apti-
tude test of the College Entrance Examination Board
—
filed at the student's request
Examination Board
by the College Entrance
in Princeton,
New
Jersey.
Application materials, as well as a detailed instruction sheet,
will
be forwarded to applicants upon request.
may be
may be
Personal interviews
and
arranged by contacting the Director of Admissions,
Monday through
scheduled on
Friday 9:00 a.m. to 4:00
p.m.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students
who wish
to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College
be in good standing (academically and otherwise)
must
at the institution
previously attended, must have a record of honorable dismissal or
completion of their work at that college or university, and must have
a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or better.
Generally, not
more than 60
transfer credits will be accepted.
All transfer candidates must complete their final
dence
at
Bloomsburg
30
credits in resi-
State College.
Transfer students follow the admissions procedures for
applicants and
1.
A
must
new
also file the following additional credentials:
complete college transcript (s)
—
filed
by the previous
college or university at the applicant's request.
35
2.
A
clearance form
—
be obtained from the Bloomsburg
to
Office of Admissions and to be completed by the appropriate
previous college or university.
official at the
3.
A
letter
explaining in detail the student's reasons for wish-
ing to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
These procedures must be completed by June
fall semester, and by January 1 for admission
The
1
for admission to the
to the spring semester.
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements
and completing the necessary transfer procedures will receive the
same consideration as those of other new candidates, but the applicant must demonstrate better-than-average results on the Scholastic
Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and have
personal characteristics pointing to success as a student at Bloomsburg.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have attended Bloomsburg State College and
have withdrawn for acceptable reasons may request readmission by
writing directly to the Admissions
Readmission.
Any
student
who
Office for an Application for
has interrupted his normal progress
of studies (has failed to complete either Fall or Spring Semester),
and wishes
to re-enroll for a
subsequent semester, must request re-
admission before the deadlines
Candidates
who
below.
listed
hold the Baccalaureate Degree, but wish to
enroll for further undergraduate study, should contact the Director
of Admissions for further information.
who have
All those seeking readmission
attended other colleges
or universities since leaving Bloomsburg must send a complete transcript to the Director of
Admissions
at
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications must be filed not later than June
1
for the fall semester or January
1
for the spring semester.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS
Evaluations are
the student
is
made by
the director of the division in which
enrolled and approved by the
Dean
of Instruction.
Evaluations are subject to change according to any revisions
made
in the requirements for graduation.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
completed
at least
one
full
semester at Bloomsburg.
36
Courses to be transferred must have been completed in an
accredited college or university, must carry a
"C" or better grade,
must be within the general framework of the student's proposed
curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and
in scope to courses offered at Bloomsburg State College.
No
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of
Arts degree at Bloomsburg without a
minimum
residence of one
year in the curriculum in which he intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg State College.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
institution
must make written application
to the
for approval in advance; otherwise credits
may
Dean
of Instruction
not be accepted.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS
The educational
Law
opportunities for Veterans authorized by Public
90-77 (Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of
1967), and, in special cases Public
Law
87-815, are available. Vet-
erans of at least 281 days of continuous active duty any part of
active duty after January 31,
who were released from
1955 for a service connected disability,
may
educational benefits.
which occurred
use their
after
January 31, 1955 or
eligibility for
The
college co-
operates with the Veterans' Administration in offering the regular
degree curriculums in the arts and sciences and to those desiring to
teach in the fields of elementary, secondary, business, or special
education.
Opportunities for veterans authorized by Public
are available,
and veterans may use
Laws
their eligibility for educational
benefits.
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.
Veterans who are not graduates of four-year high schools may
be admitted to the college under certain provisions as set forth in
Bulletin I, The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Cre-
Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School
Number 212, Approved May 15,
Education,
September 7, 1945. Vetthe
Board
of
issued
by
1945,
dentials, for
Equivalent Diploma under Act
37
erans
who
desire information should contact the Director of
Ad-
missions to determine whether or not they are eligible for admission
under
this plan.
To
qualify for educational benefits
under the G.
I.
Bill
of
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training, secured from the nearest Regional Veterans
Rights,
all
Administration Office, at time of original registration.
£
>>
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
The
official
expenses
paid by
students
attending
Bloomsburg
State College are described in the following order: fees, deposits,
refunds, miscellaneous expenses.
aid programs available at
tion of the catalogue
is
A
brief discussion of the financial
Bloomsburg
This sec-
closes this chapter.
alphabetically and numerically divided for
easy reference.
A.
UNIFORM FEES
I.
Community
A
$25.00 fee per semester covers the cost of student
Activities Fee
activities
in athletics, lectures, entertainments, student publications, organiza-
Students taking extension courses, or regular ses-
tions, et cetera.
sion students taking less than eleven credit hours,
benefits of the
Community
Activities
may
secure the
Program through payment of
the fee.
Basic Fees
Semester of eighteen weeks
II.
1.
(a) Students in each curriculum are charged the following fees.
These fees were
Section
#2008
set
by the Board of Trustees
of the School
Laws
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Business Education
Business Administration
Special Education
as provided in
of Pennsylvania.
Regular
Special
$225
225
225
225
225
225
(none)
(none)
$12
(none)
$10
Totals
$225
225
237
225
235
225
Arts
And
(b)
Students taking eleven or less credit hours shall pay at
the rate of
Sciences
$18 per
(none)
credit hour; students taking twelve or
more
pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for
special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis of a twelve
or more credit hour load.
credit hours
*
shall
All college fees are subject to change.
40
(c)
Students taking extension courses shall pay
$18 per
of
credit
special curriculums shall be prorated
Summer
on the
basis of a twelve
Sessions
(a) Students will be charged at the rate of
$18 per
Teacher Education, and $18 per credit hour
in
the rate
hour load.
credit
2.
at
provided that the regular fees for
hour,
Sciences; out-of-state students (see item
VI
credit
hour
in Arts
And
for a definition of
pay $30 per credit hour. A minimum fee of $54
be charged for Pennsylvania students and $90 for out-of-
out-of-state)
will
state students.
(b) Students registering late shall pay a Late Fee of $10 which
will
not be credited to the basic fee charge.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curri-
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of maequipment, and special services used in the
culums
will
terials,
supplies,
laboratories or clinics of the special curriculums.
— $2 per three-week
— $5 per three-week
Business Education Fee
Special Education
(d)
Fee
session.
session.
Students enrolled for periods of instruction differing from
the schedule pay fees in addition
on a pro
rata basis of the
schedule of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
summer
session.
III.
1.
Housing Fees
On-campus residence
hall rates
for students will be
one-half semester and $60 for a three-weeks
summer
$180, per
This
session.
rooms and meals.
includes
(a)
Students expecting to occupy residence rooms in Septem-
ber must pay $180 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester)
before August 15.
fore
The remainder, $180, must be paid
be-
November.
(b) For the purpose of meeting the requirements of those
students
who
live
off-campus but board
at the college, the
ing rates shall be divided as follows: $9 for
hous-
room and $10
for
table board.
2.
The
and lodging is: breakfast
$1.50.
$1.25, and room
daily rate for transient meals
65^, lunch
— 85^, dinner —
—
—
Damage Fees
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or
delayed return of college property.
V. Infirmary Fee
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students
be charged an additional $1 for each day in excess of that
shall
period.
Day
board
students
at the rate
who may be
admitted to the infirmary shall pay
of $3 a day, starting with the
first
This
day.
charge includes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not
include special nurse or special medical services.
VI. Fees
For Out-Of-State Students
Students whose legal residence
sylvania are charged at the rate of
A
more
detailed definition of
who
is
outside of the State of Penn-
$30 per semester hour of
is
credit.
an out-of-state student
may
be obtained by writing to the college Business Office.
out-of-state
If
students are enrolled in a special curriculum,
they shall not pay the special fees as found in
in the
II,
$30 per semester hour of
to the regular fee of
1-a, in addition
credit,
as
stated
preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee
of $5
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree
to cover the cost of diploma.
VIII.
Record of Transcript Fee
One dollar ($1) shall be charged for the second and each subsequent transcript of records.
IX.
No
Delinquent Accounts
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript
of his record until
all
previous charges have been paid.
X. Fee for Late Registration and/or Course Change
Each student completing
registration or requesting a
change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration
may
be
required to pay a late registration or change of registration fee of
$10.
42
XL
Schedule Change Fee
A
$2 fee for students who, once they have conferred with
the scheduling officer and have decided on their schedules, change
their class schedules for personal or other considerations.
XII. Special Clinical Services
Initial
1.
screening
—
diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
which includes selected standardized reading tests, Lavell Hand-Eye
Co-Ordination Test, and tele-binocular examination
$15.
—
2.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
3.
Six- week
4.
Parent conference (per session)
Summer
— $45.
—
Session (not to exceed one hour daily)
$45.
—
$5.
DEPOSITS
B.
(Subject to change without notice)
An
Application Fee of $10, payable to the Commonwealth,
all applicants; this amount shall be paid when the
be made by
shall
student requests registration.
When
a student
is
It is
not refundable.
approved for admission
to the college, the
following fees must be paid:
1.
An Advance
This fee
is
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25).
payable to the
credited to basic fees.
2.
fee
is
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
is
not refundable.
A Community Activities Fee of fifty dollars ($50).
payable to Community Activities, and represents the
This
Com-
munity Activities Fee for the year.
Students
who were
not in attendance in a prior semester,
readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance
when
Registration
Fee and the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students shall pay a deposit of $50, payable to
Activities, in advance of their registration.
Com-
munity
If
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
must be made out for the
drafts, post office orders, or checks, they
amount which is being paid, and drawn payable to the order
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. All post office orders paysuch fees must be drawn on the Post Office at Harrisburg, Penn-
exact
of the
ing
sylvania.
If the Activities
Fee
is
not paid in cash, a separate order
must be drawn payable to Community Activities.
for these fees must be drawn on the Post Office
Post office orders
at
Bloomsburg.
US
Any
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to
Business Manager, Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
C.
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
one semester for students
cost of
living at
Home
College
Basic Fee
$225
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
(none)
25
$225
360
25
75
75
$325
$685
Total
Business students pay $12 additional.
$10 additional.
$30 per semester hour of
Special Education students pay
Out-of-state students pay
D.
I.
credit.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee
will
not be refunded for any reason
whatsoever.
II.
The Advance Registration Fee
of $25 will not be re-
funded for any reason whatsoever.
III.
1.
The Community Activities Fee
Repayment
policy
—
All requests for repayment of the
munity Activities Fee must be
troller of
Community
Activities before
ment involves the following
second semester
(a)
is
A
September
1,
college year, or February
if
ComComp-
the repay-
1, if
only the
involved.
Freshmen and/or
(1)
in writing in the Office of the
New
Incoming Students
repayment of $50
new incoming
students
will
be granted to Freshmen or
who have had
the offer of admis-
sion withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the
Armed
Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
is
matic policy and persons so affected must
not an auto-
make
written
u
application to the Comptroller of
before September
new incoming
(2) If a Freshman or other
will
come
student de-
to
ten application to the Comptroller of
ties
Activities
Bloomsburg for reasons of his own,
be granted a repayment of $25 if he makes writ-
cides not to
he
Community
1.
before September
Community
Activi-
1.
(b) A student who has completed at least one semester at
Bloomsburg State College and paid the following year's Community Activities Fee in advance, who then decides not to return to Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the full $50
if written request is received by September 1, or $25 for the
second semester if written request is received by February 1.
2.
—
Students who, once having begun
Refund policy
do not complete the school year:
classes in the
fall,
(a)
Any
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspend-
ed, or dismissed for
academic
failure during the
college
year will not receive a refund of any portion of the fee
for the semester so involved.
(b)
It
a student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
the
first
may
nine
week period ends
in the first semester,
receive a refund of $12.50 for the second nine
he
weeks
plus $25 for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
Other Fees
will not
or for such other reasons as
first
is
made
to the
Comptroller
semester.
be repaid except for personal
may be approved by
illness
Board of
the
Trustees (see below).
1.
Repayment
suspended,
not be
indefinitely
withdraw from
2.
will
made
to
suspended,
students
dismissed,
who
or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
college.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons as
may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount of the
housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the college.
certified to
U5
Notice of Withdrawal
Dean
Dean of Instruction of their withRegular charges will be made until the notice of withforwarded to the Business Office by the Dean of Instruc-
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
of Students and the Office of the
drawal.
drawal
is
tion.
MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES
E.
At the time of application new students are furnished with a
summary of estimated expenses for the current college year. The
payment of all fees is due as directed by the Business Office. The
college reserves the right to withhold
record of any student
who
is
all
information regarding the
in arrears in the
The
other charges, including student loans.
payment of
fees or
college does not offer
a time payment plan, and students living in college residence halls
are required to pay one half of the semester housing fee before
August 15; the remainder must be paid before November 1.
A
accounts will be mailed prior
billing statement of student
All accounts must be paid as direct-
each semester.
to registration
ed by notice which accompanies the
comply with
this
requirement
billing statement.
Failure to
from
will eliminate a student
registra-
tion.
Keys
Each
student secures a
This deposit
is
room key
or locker key for one dollar.
refunded when the key or lock
is
returned.
Guests
Arrangements for room guests
proved by the Dean of
rates
are
as
follows:
Women
at residence halls
or the
breakfast,
$ .65;
Dean
of
Men.
luncheon,
must be ap-
The
$ .85;
guest
dinner,
$1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
Books and supplies
Students
store
is
may
are estimated at
$75 for each semester.
secure books and supplies at the College Store.
This
operated on a cash basis.
Residence on Campus
Each residence hall room
is
furnished with two single beds,
mattresses and pillows, dressers, a study table, and chairs.
pillow cases, and white spreads are furnished for the beds.
Sheets,
46
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21
F.
by 27 inches.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
Financial aid opportunities are available at Bloomsburg State
College in the form of loans, part-time employment, scholarships,
and
grants.
Federal or
Most of the financial aid awards are funded through
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania programs:
Federal Programs
College Work-Study Program
National Defense Student
Loan Program
Educational Opportunity Grant Program
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Programs
Pennsylvania State Student Employment Program
State
payments
Guaranty Loan Program (Federal subsidy on
possible for certain income levels)
interest
is
Pennsylvania State Scholarship Program
Other financial assistance
is
available through the
Bloomsburg
Alumni Association Loan Program and the BloomsCollege Scholarships. The latter are available to students
State College
burg State
only after they have been enrolled in the college at least one year.
The State Guaranty Loan Program and the State Scholarship
Program are administered in Pennsylvania by the Pennsylvania
Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA). Information about
these programs can be obtained from guidance counselors or the
PHEAA
regional representative in the student's
home
area.
U7
Students
to attend
tial
ice.
who
feel that
Bloomsburg
they
may be
needing financial assistance
State College should
file
a Parents' Confiden-
Statement with the college through the College Scholarship ServParents' Confidential Statement
may be
obtained in high school
guidance offices or from the College Scholarship Service,
Princeton,
More
at B.S.C.
New
Box
176,
Jersey 08540.
detailed
may be
information
about financial aid opportunities
obtained by writing to the Director of Financial
Aid and asking for a copy of
Bloomsburg State College.
the brochure, Student Financial
Aid
at
Representatives of the student press meet with Governor Raymond P. Shafer
during his visit to Bloomsburg State College, December, 1969.
STUDENT
The
and administration of Bloomsburg State College be-
faculty
lieve that a college education
demic excellence.
but in
all
more than
is
sity
experiences; he
may
in the classroom,
Campus
places where students interact.
room
the pursuit of aca-
Education takes place not only
student in residence hall activities,
dining
LIFE
life
involves the
informal social gatherings,
or
participate in well-organized var-
or intra-mural athletic programs.
Social
and cultural events
and other extra-curricular offerings are available to aid the student
in becoming a well-rounded individual.
The wide
variety of activities
to afford every student
and services have been developed
an opportunity to explore and
dividual potential in an atmosphere of congeniality.
that
each student
so that he
may
will find a place for the
better understand himself
With the student's needs and hopes
fulfill his
It
is
in-
hoped
expression of his talents
and those around him.
in
mind, the members of
on the individual
on the college community, with the intention of assisting
young men and women to realize their own potential. Although
the Dean of Students, the Deans of Men and Women, and their
the Student Personnel staff focus their attention
as well as
respective
staffs
are
responsible
for
maintaining
an environment
which emphasizes integrity and consideration of others,
cess largely
is
cooperation.
their suc-
determined by the extent of student participation and
It
is
the student
who makes
the college experience a
success or failure for himself and others.
Statement of College Policy
Individual rights
and freedoms
context of the educational mission.
survive
when
will
be respected within the
No community,
violent pressures for undirected
however, can
change or unyielding
resistance to necessary change produce an irreconcilable paralysis.
Disruption
is
easy.
Mutual respect
ness leads to constructive action.
for both reason
and reasonable-
50
Bloomsburg
State College expects that all students will acquaint
themselves with the rules, policies, and regulations of the College
as stated in the catalog
and student handbook, and that
all
agree to be governed by those rules and regulations while
students
members
of the student body.
Housing
Housing assignments are made for men and women through
Dean of Men and Women respectively. New students receive room assignments based on their date of acceptance
at Bloomsburg.
All applications or requests for college approved
housing must go through the Dean of Men or Women's office.
the offices of the
as
it
The college reserves
deems appropriate.
College
Commons.
the right to assign
All students housed
rooms and roommates
on campus eat in the
All freshmen resident students will be assigned
on-campus housing.
Residence Halls
At Bloomsburg
is
available.
State College a variety of living arrangements
Study rooms and "quiet hours" in each residence
hall
provide an atmosphere for independent study while recreation rooms
and
television lounges
afford opportunities for relaxation and en-
joyment.
If
residence hall vacancies occur after assignments have been
made, commuters
will receive preference over
off-campus residents
Commuters may place their names on a priority
list in the Dean of Men's or Dean of Women's Office for residence
hall housing.
As vacancies occur, commuters will be assigned
in filling them.
by the respective deans.
must be understood that commuter assignments will be temporary and in effect for only the remainder of the academic year,
following which the person assigned to the residence room will return to commuter status.
It
This rule does not apply under extreme emergencies, extenuating circumstances, or during
Each
hall
is
summer
staffed with a
Dean
sessions.
Head
The Head Residents are
Deans in overseeing the ador Assistant Dean, a
Resident and student Resident Advisors.
experienced adults
who work
ministration of the hall.
with the
Resident Advisors are carefully selected
and screened upperclassmen assigned
to live with
and
to help
coun-
51
sel
They
small groups of students.
Dean
of the
of
Men
The residence
are under the direct supervision
and Women.
have
halls
their
own governing
bodies which
are responsible for establishing, implementing and enforcing regulations in conjunction with the
Students not living at
ed by the college,
must
Dean
of Students
home and
live in the
staff.
not working in homes approv-
residence halls
They must not move from residence
end of the semester.
able.
rooms are availrooms before the
if
hall
Off Campus Housing
Resident Students Living Off Campus
where resident housing may not be
upon notification from the college, students are required
In
situations
off
campus
rental
the
Dean
Men
available,
to select
accommodations from lists of college inspected
and approved rooms and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg.
Lists of approved off campus housing may be obtained from either
of
Dean
or the
of
Women.
Students living in these college approved residences are held
responsible to the college in the
A
dents.
vises
member
Dean
of the
and periodically
visits
same manner as other resident stuof Men and Women's staff super-
these residences.
Optional Housing
Optional housing
birthday by September
is
1
available for students
of that college year.
who
reach their 21st
Those interested
in
Men
or
such housing must declare their intentions to the Dean of
Women
ing
is
by March 15 preceding the college year.
Optional housindividual students from residences other than
selected by
College Approved.
off-campus in Optional Housing are both
town and members of the college community. As
citizens, students enjoy the rights common to all citizens and have
the same obligations.
However, the College cannot isolate itself
from the larger community of which it is a part, and students should,
therefore, not expect the College to provide sanctuary from the
law or to be indifferent to its reputation in the community.
Students
residing
citizens of the
—
off
Each resident student under 21 or having senior status living
campus is required to enter into a written agreement with his
52
householder or landlord covering the period of proposed tenancy.
Agreement forms provided by
using Student Housing
summer
when students are required either to commute from their
homes or to live in college residence halls.
This housing policy
sions
ents'
the college.
not in effect during the
is
ses-
par-
College Infirmary
Nurses are on duty 24 hours a day
They
give first aid.
and supply medication
dents,
ments.
educational,
in
ail-
their
offers professional counseling regarding
personal,
vocational,
and emotional problems.
social,
located on the second floor of Waller Hall,
no charge
services are available at
at
and minor
for colds, sore throats,
who because of an illness cannot remain
may stay in the Infirmary over night.
Counseling Services
The Counseling Center
is
college Infirmary.
area doctors for stu-
Students
residence halls
It
in the
make appointments with
room 210. and
its
to all regularly enrolled students
Bloomsburg.
Those
personal
in
need of counseling services are not
problems.
Frequently
the
recognizing
just
exceptionally
and con-
able
scientious students can benefit from counseling.
The content
of counseling interviews
is
confidential.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates with
administration
regulating
all
in
promoting personal and group responsibility
the
in
student affairs.
The College Council, which meets
day of every month, acts
the second
and fourth Mon-
board of the Community
as the executive
Government Association. The Presidents of the following groups
automatically become members of the council: Association of Resident
Women; Day Women's
Men
Resident's Association: Senior. Junior.
man
Classes; Editor of
Association:
Day Men's
The Maroon and Gold. The College Council
administers the affairs of the association and formulates
Association of Resident
The Association
living in
Association:
Sophomore, and Freshpolicies.
Women
of Resident
Women
residence halls on campus,
Bloomsburg apartments.
its
Its
purpose
in
is
consists
downtown
one of
of
the
houses,
initiating
women
and
in
and carry-
53
ing
on cooperative government among the resident women
as well as
encouraging high standards of social and academic achievement.
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
is
an organization of commuters
not living in the college residence halls or college housing in the
The governing body
town of Bloomsburg.
is
the Official
Board
consisting of a President and Vice-President elected by the entire
and two representatives from each
promote the general welfare of the day
association,
is
to
class.
purpose
Its
women and
operate with the other student organizations in matters
to
co-
affecting
the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
mute from
sists
their
homes
of a President, Vice-President,
association carries
men who comThe Governing Board conSecretary, and Treasurer.
The
an organization of
is
to the college.
on a varied program of
activities
for
its
own
welfare and for the benefit of the college community.
Association of Resident
The Association
resident
men
tions in the
Men
men
students including
town of Bloomsburg
residence halls.
Its
is
the governing
living in rented
body
for
accommodacampus
as well as those living in
body is composed of a Presiand Treasurer. By means of this
administrative
dent, Vice-President, Secretary,
organization, the
Men
of Resident
men
cooperate with the administration in fostering
personal and group responsibilities.
Day room facilities are provided for women and men students
who do not live on the campus. Comfortable lounge furniture provides
for
space and
relaxation.
Recreation
facilities for
study are provided.
facilities
are
available.
Locker
Activities
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular
activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities dur-
ing the past year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
American Chemical Society
Archaeology Club
B
Club
Biology Club
51*
Bridge Club
Chess Club
K
Circle
Concert Choir
Council for Exceptional Children
Dramatic Club ("Bloomsburg Players")
Economics Club
Flying Club
Forensic Society
German Club
Huski Club
International Relations Club
LeCercle Francais
Literary and Film Society
Maroon and Gold Band
Mathematics Club
Men's Glee Club
Phi Beta
Lambda
Philosophy Club
Physics Club
Rifle
Club
Russian Club
Science Club
Sociology Club
Spanish Club
Student
Studio
PSEA
Band
Varsity Club
Veteran's Association
Women's Choral Ensemble
Women's Recreation Association
Young Democrats
Young Republicans
Additional information about club activities and sponsors may
be obtained from the Office of the Director of Student Activities.
55
College Banking
The Community
Library,
that they
Activities Office, located in Waller Hall,
Old
prepared to handle deposits of cash for students in order
is
may
secure small amounts of
money
at
convenient times.
PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published twice weekly by a student
is
staff,
the college paper
the official student voice of the campus.
Obiter
The
Obiter, published each year by the college community, con-
tains a pictorial review of the activities of the year.
Olympian
In this publication contributors will find an outlet for literary
expression in the fields of poetry and prose.
Pilot
Edited jointly by a student editor and the Dean of Students,
this
handbook informs students about
college life at Bloomsburg.
HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL
FRATERNITIES
Many
national honorary and professional fraternities which
and advance educational ideals through scholarship, social
efficiency, and moral development have chapters on the Bloomsburg
foster
campus.
Among them
are:
Kappa Delta
or Society in Education), Phi Sigma Pi
Fraternity for
Men), Alpha
Psi
Omega
Pi (Coeducational
Hon-
(Professional Education
(Coeducational Dramatic
Fraternity), Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography
Fraternity), Phi Beta Lambda (Coeducational Business Fraternity), Pi Kappa Delta (Coeducational Debate Fraternity), Pi
Omega Pi (National Business Teacher Education Honor Society),
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity), Sigma
Tau Delta (Coeducational English Fraternity), Phi Alpha Theta
(National Honor Society in History), and Delta Phi Alpha (Coeducational Honor Society in German).
56
Social Fraternities
The
Council serves as the governing body of
Interfraternity
on campus.
the seven social fraternities
from the various
sentatives
rushing and pledging regulations and
grams and events
It
is
social fraternities,
composed
and
is
of repre-
responsible for
activities,
coordination of pro-
for the various fraternities,
and investigation of
violations of the rules devised
by the IFC and the College.
Mem-
bership includes the following:
Delta Omega Chi
Sigma Pi
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi Epsilon Chi
Zeta
Sigma Iota Omega
Psi
Beta Sigma Delta
The
Inter-Sorority Council
The purposes
ber sororities.
is
the governing
body
for
all
mem-
of the Inter-Sorority Council include
coordination of rushing and pledging
activities,
promotion of scholar-
and the enhancement of friendships and social relations beMembership includes the
tween sororities and individual women.
ship,
following:
Chi Sigma
Rho
Tau Sigma
Pi
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Theta Tau Omega
AND
SERVICE FRATERNITIES
Alpha Phi Omega
men
has as
SORORITIES
its
purpose "to assemble college
Oath and Law,
to develop Leadand
provide
Friendship,
to
Service
to humanity."
promote
ership, to
men
regularly
enrolled in the inMembership is open to all college
stitution who have been affiliated with Scouting nationally or in
their
in the fellowship of the Scout
own
country.
Lambda Alpha
Mu
is
based on the high ideals of service to
the campus, community, and world.
to
assemble college
Membership
least a 2.0
is
open
women
to
in
The purpose
of the sorority
the spirit of service to
Sophomore and Junior women having
cumulative average.
is
humanity.
at
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Prior
class
to the beginning of each semester, the student prepares a
After this
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
schedule has been approved by the appropriate divisional director,
it
will
be printed in the Data Processing Center and handed to the
Any
student at registration.
changes in
proved by the director of the curriculum
rolled.
At
the end of each semester,
schedule must be apwhich the student is en-
this
in
members
of the faculty record
grades on course cards, which become the basis of the permanent
record of each student.
Class Attendance
It
is
a
mark
of maturity in a student to accept the obligation
of regular and punctual class attendance during his college career.
Absences from
should be avoided because they serve only to
class
increase the student's
work load
in
"making up" what was missed.
The effect of absence upon course requirements
mined by the instructor.
will
be deter-
Change of Schedule
Adjustments
in class schedules
may be made
during the
first
ten days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the ap-
proval of the
for
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee of
$2
will
be charged
each individual schedule change.
Dropping Courses
Students are permitted to withdraw from a course at any time
during the semester, subject to the following policy:
If
a student wishes to drop a course up to the date established
end of the first half of the semester he may do so without
("W"). After that date, a student at the time of withdrawal will receive a grade of "W" if he is passing or a grade of
for the
penalty
"E"
if
he
is
failing the course.
60
who
Students
are planning to drop a scheduled course
secure the necessary permit card in the Office of the
Dean
may
of In-
struction.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another,
a student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average (although
freshmen certain
for
A
be made).
requirement
justifiable exceptions to this
may
form for Approval of Divisional Transfer
may be obtained from the Registrar. On this form the student must
special
obtain the following signatures:
(1)
the
signature of his current
Divisional Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Students (re-
quired only in the case of a student transferring from Business
Ad-
ministration or the Arts and Sciences to Teacher Education),
(3)
the signature of the Director of the Division to
is
which the student
intending to transfer, (4) the signature of the
Dean
of Instruc-
This form should be filed with the Registrar during the se-
tion.
mester immediately preceding that in which the transfer
is
to take
effect.
Provision for Superior Students
A
student whose
may
above
petition the
work for a semester averages 3.0
Dean of Instruction for approval
— "B"
or
to schedule
course work in addition to that normally scheduled for that semester
(16 credit hours).
will be approved.
No more
than 19 credit hours of course
work
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each student, each
During each period
is divided into periods of nine weeks.
semester
the instructor
ficiency report
At
work.
made
may
at
give to the
of Instruction a special de-
any time the student
is
the end of ten weeks a report of
to the parents of
At
Dean
not doing satisfactory
"D" and "E"
grades
the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
the permanent progress card of each student, and filed.
upon
report
is
each student.
is
sent to the parents.
Any
report at the end of the semester should notify the
tion so that a duplicate
may be
This
parent not receiving such a
mailed.
Dean
of Instruc-
61
Grading System
The system
is
E
—
of grading used in this college and
— very
A
as follows:
high;
B
—
high;
C
—
its
failure involving repetition of the entire course.
drawal, approved by the
does not
Dean
Incomplete
passing the course.
interpretation
W—
—
low;
a with-
of Instruction while the student
— work not handed
satisfy the instructor's standards or the
in,
is
or material
course requirements.
Certain courses, scheduled on a Pass-Fail basis,
are
graded
These grades do not carry quality points and are
P-pass; F-fail.
not included
D
average;
in the student's quality point average.
Academic Recognition
Any
semester
student with a 3.5 quality point average or better for a
may be
placed on the Dean's List for that semester.
Quality Point System
For
For
For
For
For
each semester hour
A
each semester hour
B
C
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
grade of
W
is
To be
is
4 quality points.
quality points.
carries 2 quality points.
each semester hour
Incomplete
A
carries
carries 3
1
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
graduated, a student must have a cumulative quality
point average of not less than 2.0.
Removal of "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing
shall file with the
Dean
an incomplete
at the
end of a semester
of Instruction a detailed statement of the
steps to be taken by the student for the removal of such grade.
A
printed form
must be secured at the office of the
when an incomplete has been removed. It is the responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor removing the incomplete, and to present it to
Dean
the
(blue)
of Instruction to be used
Dean
of Instruction for recording.
// the
repeated.
is not removed within one calendar
becomes an E, and the course must be
grade "Incomplete"
year, the grade automatically
62
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible for
assignment to student teaching
if
he
has earned at least 90 semester hours of credit with a cumulative
quality point average of 2.0
and has attained a quality point aver-
age of 2.0 in the field of his certification.
Residence Required for Graduation
or
The minimum period
equivalent.
Former
its
of residence at this college
is
one year
students, certified for teaching by having
completed two or three years of college work and who are candidates for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Education
plete at least
must com-
one half of the remaining work required for the de-
gree in residence at Bloomsburg.
Residence credit
in the classes of a regular semester,
in
summer
may
be earned
school, or in eve-
ning or Saturday classes for teachers-in-service.
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring
tion,
of the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Educa-
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
is
authorized to grant, and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate require the following:
1
— Completion
of 128 semester hours of credit in a specified un-
30 hours of graduate credit
courses required for the degree of Master of Education.
dergraduate curriculum,
2
—
or
All students must satisfactorily complete a
minimum
in
of five
semester hours of Physical Education and Health.
3
— Emotional
lege social
4
—
evidenced by active participation in col-
and academic
activities.
Personality traits considered by the college to be adequate for
a
5
stability, as
member
of the teaching profession.
— High moral and
The
ethical standards of conduct.
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the ap-
plication for a certificate to teach in the
sylvania
if
Commonwealth
of Penn-
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not
met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting all the requirements for graduation outlined above.
68
Physical Education Requirements
All students are required by the College
mum
complete a mini-
to
of three semester hours of physical education to
degree*.
ing their
Students should complete
first
HPE
receive
HPE
100 and
a
101 dur-
year at Bloomsburg State College.
All students enrolled in a Physical Education Activity Class
must wear non-marking sneakers and regulation uniforms.
uniforms may be purchased in the College Bookstore.
Each student
is
is
passed, the student
given a
may
swimming
proficiency
These
If the test
test.
then elect an advanced section of Aquat-
(HPE 151 or 152) or
#200 courses. If the
Aquatics (HPE 150).
an additional course from one of
ics
select
the
test is failed, the
student must enroll in
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
#200
two hours from this area if
These courses
they have passed the swimming proficiency test.
may also be selected as elective hours by upper class students. If
a student elects more than one course from the #200 series,
subsequent courses must contain two different activities.
series of courses.
Students
Academic Probation
At the end of each
elect
grading period a student
who
has a quality
point average of less than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the
next grading period.
If
at the
not attained a 2.0 average, he
end of that grading period he has
given an opportunity to meet
may be
with a faculty committee chosen by the divisional director for counseling.
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
is
two-fold
:
( 1 )
to enable
the student to determine the cause of his apparent failure,
(2) to
enable the faculty committee to assess the professional interest and
promise of the student, and to determine whether or not the student
will
be able to profit educationally by remaining
The
privilege of meeting with a faculty
in college.
committee
tended to a student only one time during his attendance
will
be ex-
at the col-
lege unless extenuating circumstances should warrant a second con-
ference.
*
Students who have passed the age
the Chairman of the Department of
education program.
of
should consult with
planning their physical
thirty
HPE
in
Men, or women, having twelve months or more of active military servexempt from the Health and Physical Education requirement.
ice are
6U
Changes In Academic Policies
Several important changes in the academic policies of Blooms-
burg State College, which directly affected students
college after September
semester of the college year 1968-1969.
A
student
passing
grade.
may
student
may
who
entered the
1968, became effective during the second
These
are:
not repeat a course in which he has earned a
Furthermore,
repeat no
during
undergraduate
his
more than four (4) courses
years
a
which he has
in
earned a grade of "E" (failing).
new
In order to provide a greater opportunity for
to
achieve
satisfactory
academic
grade point average plan
A
1.
is
status,
part of the
student has two semesters
the
new
students
graduated
following
regulation:
and a summer
to
cumulative average of 1.75 and begin his second
a
attain
full
year
of study.
He
2.
then has two more semesters and a
a cumulative average of 2.0
and begin
summer
his
to
attain
third year of
study.
From
3.
tive
the beginning of the third year onward, a 2.0 cumula-
average must be maintained for continued enrollment.
In computing quality point averages, students are "charged"
for
all
credits scheduled, including credits for courses repeated; the
average
points
is
computed by dividing
Students
earned.
all credits
who were
scheduled into the quality
enrolled
prior
to
September,
1968, will have their averages computed in the same manner as in
past years.
No
extra credit hours shall be given a student for "doing extra
work."
Placement Tests
Every new student
entering Bloomsburg State College
is
re-
quired to take a battery of tests covering general ability, reading,
and
social studies,
into
percentiles,
graph called a
office of the
tunity
to
science.
profile.
Dean
These
of Students.
results of the tests are converted
profiles
are
available
Every student
is
through the
given an oppor-
review his profile with a professional counselor, noting
and weakness. He sees himself in relation
the group of students entering Bloomsburg State College, as well
the areas of his strength
to
The
both local and national, and are projected on a
65
as to the national
group of students entering
liberal
arts
colleges
may
require
and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition to the Placement Tests, the college
each freshman to take such tests as the College Deans may advise.
Information provided by the tests is issued in counseling students
who encounter problems in their academic and social adjustment.
A
battery of achievement tests
may
also be administered to
all
sophomore students to determine the student's academic progress
and to provide information for further guidance. A careful study
of each individual student by selected faculty members is recommended before the end of the sophomore year.
The
college
also
administers the Undergraduate
Record Ex-
amination to measure the academic achievement of the student, as
well as the effectiveness of the instructional program.
of tests
is
sible for
is
respon-
paying the costs of the examination.
Bloomsburg
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at
College
This battery
given during the senior year and the student
are
required
complete
to
the
following
State
Undergraduate
Record Examinations:
UGRE APTITUDE TEST
UGRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
shall
be completed in the student's area of
specialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
tests
are administered three times a year.
They should
be taken during the semester or term in which the student
uled to complete his degree requirements.
examination fee of
six
($6) dollars
is
is
The payment
schedof the
the responsibility of the stu-
dent.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four
years of preprofessional education leading to teacher-certification.
For
this
reason, an entire semester of the academic program for
each student
of
is
reserved for student teaching in the public schools
Pennsylvania.
ticum,
is
Student
teaching,
including
Professional
offered for twelve semester hours of credit.
Prac-
66
In order to orient student teachers more effectively to public
school programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
is
However, opening and closing dates
followed.
for student teach-
ing assignments are determined by the college calendar.
Sophomore Field Experience
In order to help students in Teacher Education decide whether
they definitely want to enter the teaching profession, they are re-
quired to spend a specific amount of time working
in,
and observ-
ing the educational process in a school of their choice prior to entering courses in professional education in the Junior year.
Students are exposed to as many aspects of teaching as possible.
Such exposure, hopefully, will make course work in professional
education more meaningful.
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
its
responsibility for providing high quality gradu-
ates for the teaching profession, the college carefully selects student
teaching centers and cooperating teachers.
Secondary,
Students in Elementary,
and Business Education are assigned
located public schools in the
Commonwealth
to
conveniently
of Pennsylvania.
Stu-
dents in the Division of Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven
State School
and the Selinsgrove
State School
and to the public schools of Lycoming,
Montgomery Counties through
and Hospital
Chester,
Schuylkill,
and
the offices of the superintendents of
those counties.
Interstate Agreement on Qualifications for
Educational Personnel
who
Students
successfully complete
for teaching at
Bloomsburg
fication
states
in
all
that
observe
the
Qualifications of Education Personnel"
fied in
each
state.
certification
requirements
State College also are eligible for certi-
The agreement
"Interstate
Agreement on
without becoming recerti-
currently
is
in effect in
twenty-
three states.
Placement
meant teacher
With the graduation of students from the Arts and
Sciences Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into nonUntil 1966 the term "placement" at Bloomsburg
placement.
teaching fields in ever increasing numbers.
67
Office of Research and Evaluation
The
Office of Research and Evaluation initiates, carries on,
studies that
and keeps records of institutional research
Such studies may
are useful in the on-going work of the college.
be suggested or sought by accreditation agencies or various interests
on the campus. The studies may predict or describe outcomes of
—
reports,
The
or administrative offices.
students,
efforts of faculty,
evalu-
ation responsibility of the office includes the suggestion and review
The
of testing and evaluation programs or services for the college.
office inaugurates
work, reports the
approved programs and
results,
services,
and keeps records
carries out the
for these programs.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily for the following
purposes:
( 1 )
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
removal of conditions.
(2) Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a) advanced state cer(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Eduand (c) the Permanent College Certificate.
tification,
cation,
(3) College graduates qualifying for state certification through
courses in education and student teaching.
Students attending the
summer
sessions
may
schedule as
many
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
Special opportunities will be provided during the
on
sions for persons certified to teach
toward certification which
will include
summer
the secondary level to
ses-
work
teaching on the elementary
level.
The enrollment
in the
summer
session will be limited to teach-
ers-in-service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
who have been
in attendance
from other colleges enrolling
at
at
an accredited college.
Bloomsburg
and others
Students
for the first time should
present evidence of having attended another college and a written
statement from their college certifying that they are in good aca-
demic standing.
68
A
copy of the current summer session bulletin
will
be sent upon
submission of a request addressed to the Registrar of the College.
Special Note to Students
All items, including fees, are subject to change in accord with
developing policy.
Course
listings are informational; a specific
course
may
or
may
not be offered during a given semester or academic year.
Students cannot be assured of classes at desired times or with
instructors of their preference.
Every student
is
assured, however,
of a class schedule in keeping with his curricular objectives, and in
fulfillment of
normal degree requirements.
GRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAM*
On June 9, 1960, the State Council of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania authorized the Bloomsburg State College to inaugurate a program of graduate studies and to confer the
Master of Education degree. Graduate courses for students desiring to secure the Master of Education degree in Business Education,
Elementary Education, Biology, English, Foreign Languages, History,
Reading, General Speech, Social Studies, Communication Dis-
and Special Education for the Mentally Retarded are now
In 1968, the first Master of Arts Degree
History was offered. The program is under the direction of the
orders,
offered by the College.
in
framework of
and curriculums developed and approved by the Graduate
Division of Graduate Studies operating within the
policies
Council of the College.
PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
The need for professional education for teachers extending beyond the undergraduate level has long been recognized by educational leaders throughout the
United
States.
In recent years the
Pennsylvania State Council of Education has taken positive action
to
improve instruction
in public schools
requirements for teachers.
by upgrading
certification
This action indicates a clear recognition
by the State Council of the need for training beyond the Bachelor's
It
Policies and programs may be revised during the academic year.
the responsibility of the student to contact the office of Graduate
Studies to insure that these statements and procedures are currently applicable.
is
GO
degree.
Mandated
salary schedules
for holders of Master's degrees
tials
mum
which provide salary differenin the form of higher maxi-
salaries give additional recognition of the
value of graduate
study.
The program
has as
its
of graduate studies at
Bloomsburg
State College
primary purpose the increasing of the competency of
To
teachers in Pennsylvania.
achieve
this,
the following specific
objectives, as they relate to the individual student,
have been de-
veloped.
1.
To encourage independent
velop problem-solving
2.
3.
To
To
thought and
and de-
initiative
ability.
provide an incentive for continuing professional growth.
develop a basic understanding of research methods and
techniques so that reports of research in the field of edu-
4.
cation may be correctly interpreted and evaluated.
To develop a more comprehensive understanding
of
the
teaching and learning processes.
5.
To
provide opportunity for advanced study in a selected
field of specialization.
SCHEDULING OF CLASSES
All graduate classes will be scheduled during late afternoons,
evenings, and/or Saturdays during the regular academic year.
The
calendar and daily time schedule for graduate courses offered during the
summer term
will
be similar to the calendar and daily time
schedule for undergraduate courses.
to
Graduate students
will
be able
pursue a full-time graduate study program during the summer.
In-service teachers will be able to complete the requirements for the
Master of Education degree without interference with normal professional duties.
SEMESTER HOUR LOAD
During the regular nine-month academic year, a graduate
dent
in a
in
who is teaching full time will normally be permitted
maximum of two courses each semester. Permission
stu-
to enroll
to enroll
more than two graduate courses must be received from the Di-
rector of Graduate Studies.
ADVISEMENT OF STUDENTS
Each student admitted
will
to graduate study in a degree
be assigned a program advisor
ation of the
program of
study.
who
will
program
help in the determin-
Courses not approved by an ad-
70
may
visor possibly
Normally the
not be counted towards a degree.
chairman, or some other designated faculty member, of the depart-
ment
in
which the student
is
Upon
enrolled will be the advisor.
approval of the Director of Graduate Studies, and upon the recom-
mendation of the department chairman, the student will be permitted to enroll for the Professional Research Project if this research
option is chosen.
At this time a major research advisor and a
research committee will be named.
This committee will assume
responsibility for the approval of the professional research project
and the administration of the
final oral
examination.
EXAMINATIONS
All students are required to take the Miller Analogies Test.
The time schedule and other information
examinations
may be
Navy
in
relative
to
taking these
announced by the Director of Graduate Studies and
at the office of the Division of Graduate Studies
Room No. 1. A comprehensive written and/or oral
is
obtained
Hall,
examination covering the
field
before the Master's degree
is
of specialization
may be
required
conferred.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
—
A, B, C, D, E, I, W,
Only credit earned in courses in which
the grade received was "A", "B", or "C" will be accepted in fulAlthough
fillment of the requirements for the Master's degree.
The College
R
—
credit will
ed,
uses the letter grades
in graduate courses.
be accepted for courses
in
which a grade of "C"
a cumulative quality point average
quality points;
B=3
point) in the total
quality points;
number
C=2
of 3.00
is
earn-
or better
(A=4
D=l
quality
quality points;
of courses for which graduate credit
is
granted will be required for the conferring of the Master's degree.
Every course taken
at the
graduate level will be counted in compil-
ing the quality point average.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
A maximum
of six semester hours of credit earned at another
accredited graduate school
may be
accepted in partial fulfillment
of degree requirements with the approval of the Graduate Council;
however, such credit
will
be accepted only
(1)
when earned
courses included in the curriculum which the student
is
in
pursuing
Bloomsburg State College, and (2) when a grade of "B" or better
was received as verified by an official transcript. Extension courses
at
taken
at
another institution will normally not be accepted.
71
SCHEDULE OF FEES
(Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.)
$10
Application Fee
(Payable
at
time
of
application
Not refundable or applicable
courses.
for
admission
to
Graduate Basic Fee
$25 per sem.
hr.
Out-of-State Basic Fee
$30 per sem.
hr.
Late Registration Fee
$10
Activities
graduate
to graduate tuition.)
$3 per three- week session.
Fee (summer term only)
$6 per six-week
Graduation and Diploma Fee
session.
$10
(Not including rental of cap, gown, and hood)
REFUNDS
Application Fees
ices
Application fees shall not, at any time, be refunded since servwhich require payment of these fees have been rendered by the
college before the fees are paid.
Tuition Fees
No
portion of the tuition fee shall be refunded
if
the student
has attended one-third or more than one-third of the class periods
scheduled during a given semester or session.
If a student
withdraws from a course, for approved reasons,
before one-third of the scheduled class periods have been completed, the student shall then be entitled to a refund of one-half of
the tuition fees paid.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
TO GRADUATE COURSES
Applicants for admission to graduate courses (as distinguished
from admission to candidacy for the Master of Education degree)
must:
1
Hold a Bachelor's degree from a college or university accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education, or the Middle States Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools (or other regional accrediting association).
2.
Present transcript(s)
from
all
colleges
and
universities
which undergraduate or graduate credit has been earned.
at
72
3.
Have earned
quality
D=l
a cumulative 2.0 quality point average
points;
B=3
quality
quality point) in
all
C=2
quality
points;
He
academic competency by
also provide evidence of
tory
points;
undergraduate courses.
(A —A
should
satisfac-
performance on the graduate qualifying examination
by the Graduate Council.
specified
4.
Possess character and personality
traits characteristic of
an
educated person.
5.
Provide names and current addresses of two persons
who
are sufficiently acquainted with their academic competence,
and personal
character,
traits
to judge their probability of
success in graduate courses.
PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION
TO GRADUATE COURSES
Persons desiring to enroll for graduate courses (as distinguish-
ed from admission to candidacy for the Master's degree) must:
1.
Submit the prescribed application
accompanied by the matriculation
to the
2.
Commonwealth
Submit transcripts of
to
fee
the
of
Business
Office
$10.00 payable
of Pennsylvania.
all
undergraduate and graduate credit
earned.
3.
Arrange for an interview with the Director of Graduate
Studies on a date following the receipt by the Division of
Graduate Studies of the items listed in Nos. 1 and 2 above.
Persons normally enrolled in the Graduate Division of another
institution should
submit a written statement from the Dean of the
Graduate School or the appropriate department chairman indicating
that the student
currently enrolled in
is
good standing
in the degree
program.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY
FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE
A
student must apply for admission to the degree program
prior to completing twelve (12) semester hours of graduate credit.
The procedure
1.
is
as follows:
Submit an
to
the
official
application for admission to candidacy
Director of Graduate
available in the Office of
2.
Studies.
(Applications
Submit transcripts of graduate credit earned
leges or universities.
are
Graduate Studies)
at
other col-
73
3.
Complete successfully with a grade of "B" or
least nine (9)
semester hours of graduate courses
better
at
at
Blooms-
burg State College.
4.
Achieve a satisfactory score on the Graduate Qualifying
Examination.
5.
Submit evidence of the possession of a valid teaching
tificate issued
some other
by the
cer-
certifying agency of Pennsylvania or
state.
Students are expected to have an undergraduate major
in
the
do graduate study. Any deficiencies in
undergraduate areas as determined by the departmental chairmen
or major advisors must be satisfactorily removed prior to being approved for the graduate degree.
field in
which they
elect to
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY
FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
A student must apply for admission to the degree program
prior to completing twelve (12) semester hours of graduate credit.
The procedure
1.
is
as follows:
Submit an
to
the
application for admission to candidacy
official
Director of Graduate
Studies.
(Applications
are
available in the Office of Graduate Studies)
2.
Submit transcripts of graduate credit earned
at
other col-
leges or universities.
3.
Complete successfully with a grade of "B" or better at
least nine (9) semester hours of graduate courses at Bloomsburg State College.
4.
Achieve a satisfactory score on the Graduate Qualifying
Examination.
Students
are
expected
to
have
an
adequate
undergraduate
do graduate work.
Any deficiencies in undergraduate areas as determined by the departmental chairmen or major advisors must be satisfactorily repreparation in the field
moved
prior to being
which they
in
elect to
x
approved for the graduate degree.
PROFESSIONAL RESEARCH REQUIREMENT
Professional research
is
considered to be an integral part of
graduate programs at Bloomsburg.
The requirements
ual courses should reflect this philosophy
all
of individ-
and should contribute
to
the student's concept of the place of research in professional activi-
7U
In addition, the student
ties.
Option as part of
his degree
is
required to complete a Research
program.
This option will include the
Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis for
all
departments or either
a Departmental Paper or Departmental Seminar, depending on the
specific
department involved.
mined by the department
in
In
all
cases the option will be deter-
which the student
is
The Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis
enrolled.
will offer the stu-
dent an opportunity to engage in research of limited scope pertaining to
some area
in a school situation
which needs study and im-
provement, or to some specific aspect of an academic area.
service teachers
may
wish to select a project which
is
In-
concerned
with an existing problem area in the school system with which they
are currently associated.
The Master's Research Paper and/or Thesis must be approved
by the Chairman of the student's advisory committee, and a formal
plan for the completion of the project must be submitted to, and
approved by, the student's advisory committee before the project
is
A
undertaken.
prepared in
final written report of the project,
conformity with requirements established by the Graduate Council,
must be approved by the student's advisory committee with copies
submitted to the office of the Division of Graduate Studies for permanent filing before credit of two semester hours will be granted.
The
student should consult the curriculum outline for his field to
determine the option to the Master's Research Paper.
Specific pro-
cedures are available in the Office of Graduate Studies.
TIME LIMIT
All requirements for the Master's degree must be completed
within a six year period immediately preceding the date
the degree
is
to
be conferred.
This time limit includes
transferred from other institutions.
this
period of time
may be
credits
In very unusual circumstances,
extended.
desired, written application should be
on which
all
If
made
an extension of time
to the Director of
is
Gradu-
ate Studies.
SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING
THE MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE
The Master
1.
2.
of Education degree will be granted only upon:
Unqualified admission to candidacy for the degree.
Satisfactory
quirement.
completion of the Professional Research Re-
75
3.
Completion of a graduate program of study totaling not
less
than 30 semester hours of credit, and including courses prescribed in the applicable curriculum and specified in the
program of study developed by the
4.
student's advisor.
Completion of all graduate courses with a grade of "C" or
better and with a total quality point average of 3.00 ("B")
or better.
5.
Satisfactory performance
on a
final written
and/or oral ex-
amination conducted by the student's advisory committee.
6.
Student must receive the recommendation of the department
before receiving the degree.
7.
Evidence of having been
certified to teach
certifying agency of Pennsylvania or
by the proper
some other
state.
SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING
THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
The Master
of Arts degree will be granted only upon:
1.
Unqualified admission to candidacy for the degree.
2.
Satisfactory
completion of the Professional Research Re-
quirement.
3.
Completion of a graduate program of study totaling not less
than 30 semester hours of credit, and including courses prescribed in the applicable curriculum
program of study developed by the
4.
Completion of
better
all
and with a
and specified
in
the
student's advisor.
graduate courses with a grade of "C" or
total quality point
average of 3.00 ("B")
or better.
5.
Satisfactory
performance on a
final
written
and/or oral
examination conducted by the student's advisory committee.
6.
Student must receive the recommendation of the depart-
ment before receiving
the degree.
APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION
It will
be the student's responsibility to submit a formal writ-
ten application for graduation and for fulfilling
all
of the require-
ments for granting of the degree which are listed above.
(Note:
A degree will not be conferred at the end of a session during which
the student has been registered elsewhere.)
76
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial
assistance
form of graduate
National Defense
is
available
to
graduate students in the
assistantships, federal fellowships in selected areas,
Student Loan programs,
and the Pennsylvania
Normally a
Higher Education Assistance Agency Loan programs.
student must be a full-time student to be eligible for financial assistance.
Dean
A
student should write to Mr. Robert Duncan, Assistant
of Students and Director of Financial Aid,
Bloomsburg
State
College, for information.
Additional information on graduate programs
may be
obtain-
ed from the Office of the Director of Graduate Studies, Navy Hall,
Bloomsburg
State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
THE CURRICULA*
CURRICULA IN TEACHER EDUCATION
The
overall goal of teacher education
is
to prepare teachers to
mancommuni-
contribute to the improvement of society in a three-fold
—
ner
ties,
as active citizens, as educational leaders in their
and
as guides
who
help children and youth
become informed,
active citizens.
The courses programmed
in
each of the teacher-education cur-
ficulums offered at Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen teachers through a well-organized sequence of courses
in the area of general education,
professional education, and spe-
cialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
objectives of the general edu-
cation sequence in the teacher education programs include the culti-
vation of democratic ideals,
a sound code of ethical
and moral
and
and individual self-realization. More specifically,
this phase of the academic program is intended to develop such
qualities as the following: (1) skill in communication; (2) familiarity with general methods of fact finding; (3) comprehension of
basic scientific principles and their application; (4) knowledge of
our cultural heritage and its relevance to current social issues; (5)
values, a sense of civic responsibility, the capability of personal
social adjustment,
discrimination in the arts;
(6) appreciation for diverse intellectual
endeavors and their relationship to one's
own
field of interest;
(7)
physical and mental well-being.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The
general objectives of the professional education sequence,
cooperatively developed by the faculty, are basically the
all
college students to the needs of youth
*
same
for
teacher-education curriculums and can be briefly stated: to alert
and society and
to the prin-
All curricular requirements are currently under study and subject
to change.
80
ciples of learning applicable to the
meeting of these needs.
An
un-
derstanding of the dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth
and community
is
stressed.
This sequence, which includes student teaching, proposes to
prepare students for service in the communities and schools by stressing similarities
among
and contrasts
in
philosophy,
and pupils
Modern methods
facilities,
various school systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners and with the problems encountered in professional
employment are made part of the prospective
teacher's pro-
fessional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
at
Bloomsburg are based on
the concept that academic field specialization
basic to achieving
is
professional as well as individual and social goals.
The academic
which pertain to the humanities, science,
and other social sciences, are central
in the experiences which provide competence in fields of specialization, which the student will use in teaching children and youth.
The
prospective teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic fields because teaching requires accurate knowledge of relevant facts and values, and skills of reflective thinking,
creativity, and analysis.
fields
the arts, mathematics, history
The areas of specialization make a two-fold contribution to the
work of the teacher. First, they provide much of the content with
which children and youth will deal as the teacher guides their general education.
Second, the prospective teacher, through concen-
tration or specialization in the
academic
field,
gains that depth of
understanding and insight into one or more areas of knowledge which
is
basic to helping the child with the special interest or abilities to
work more
intensively
on
a problem.
DIVISION OF ARTS
The requirements and
AND SCIENCES
program at
by a faculty
committee. While efforts will be made to keep students informed
of changes when they are made, students should understand that
the Arts and Sciences program is subject to change.
Bloomsburg
goals of the Arts and Sciences
State College currently are under review
81
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those
which relate to the maturation of the individual in knowledge and
wisdom. In terms of the customary three-fold division of knowledge
—
—
Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences
detailed description of the goals might be as follows:
more
a
(1) to culti-
and judicious attitude towards the
various media of creative expression as communicative of man's
ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an awareness of our
social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and economic factors to human behavior, and the relationship between the past and
the present, (3) to provide a basic understanding of critical and
analytical methods of investigation into the nature of the universe
and of the application of scientific discovery to modern life.
vate
a sensitive,
appreciative,
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and
Sciences
Program
is
of a single field in
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration
some depth, not only
as a
means
to possible
further education at the graduate level, but also for the value in-
herent in terminal experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Hence, the Bachelor of Arts curriculum
at
Bloomsburg, lead-
ing to the A. B. degree, offers both exposure in breadth and penetration in depth, proceeding
many
vital
stable
from the assumption that among the
consequences of a more enlightened individual
and tolerant
is
a
more
society.
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
Students intending
to transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology, etc. should write
immediately for the catalog and/or admission requirements of that
dentistry,
particular college
and, with the aid of the Director of Arts and
Sciences at Bloomsburg State College, plan their undergraduate pro-
grams accordingly.
All of the preprofessional courses required for admission to
colleges of dentistry, medicine
in the
and veterinary medicine are available
at Bloomsburg State College.
Arts and Sciences Curriculum
Specialized programs of study can be arranged through the
Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics to meet en-
trance requirements to the various professional colleges.
Degree Program
Medical Technology
in
Approval of a program of studies leading
Medical Technology
on
will include three years
and one year
at the
to a B.S. degree in
anticipated in the near future.
is
the
Bloomsburg
The program
campus
State College
Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pennsyl-
vania.
Further information regarding these programs can be obtained
from the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and Sciences program
consists of four parts,
I.
II.
which may be
at
Bloomsburg
General Education
Core Studies
State College
briefly outlined as follows:
66-70
Credit Hours
14-18
Credit Hours
in the Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the Natural Sciences
III.
Additional studies in the Core or
24 Credit Hours
Major Area
IV.
16-24
Electives
Credit Hours
Total Required for the
128 Credit Hours
A. B. Degree
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement is essential to any curriculum in the Arts and Sciences. Its purpose is to prepare all students, whatever their field of concentration or their vocational intentions, for adult life as
members
men and women
living private lives; as
of their local communities; and as citizens of the
monwealth, of the nation and of the world.
Com-
The General Education
requirement for students enrolled in Arts and Sciences
is
similar to
that for students enrolled in the various divisions leading to the
degree in professional education.
to "cross over"
years with a
Thus
from one program
minimum
of difficulty.
it
is
possible for students
to another within the first
two
In order to achieve the pur-
poses of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
83
Credit Hours
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth Science)
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
6
3
6
3
Psychology
Social Science
3
(Any two
of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 200)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education
6
6
3
6-8
6
3
2
II,
I,
III,
IV
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in
and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of
one of three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social
Following is the
Sciences, or Natural Science and Mathematics.
the Arts
Core Requirement for each
I.
area.
Credit Hours
Humanities Core
English 249
Any
— Shakespeare
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302 Logic
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
Any semester of Art History
Any semester of Music History
—
—
—
Total
II.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the
Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
(As regards history, two courses are
courses in General Education.
The Social Science Core conalready required in General Education.)
pletion of
sists of the following:
8U
1.
The four courses below which have not been taken to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 200
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
Total
III.
18
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
—
Calculus
year of a science that
and
8
II
outside of, yet
and (b) in addition to and in
the year of science taken in
relevant to, the major
a field separate from
fulfillment of the General
Possible
I
selections:
is
(a)
Education Requirement.
Chemistry, Physics,
Biology,
Earth Science
6-8
14-16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUIREMENT
Above and beyond
ments a minimum of 24
the General Education and Core Requirecredit hours
three general areas of concentration
must be amassed
in
one of the
(Humanities, Social Science,
Natural Sciences and Mathematics) or preferably in a specific discipline within
one of these areas.
For the achievement of
this
Major-Area Requirement,
courses or course sequences are prescribed by
1.
2.
3.
specific
some departments:
Biology1
Nine semesters basic: 103, 210, 211, 220, 221.
Plus any four of the following: 331, 341, 351, 361, 371, 381. Additional
courses, according to advisement, from field and laboratory courses.
Business-Economics2 (combination)
Bus. Ed. 221, 222, 321, 322, 101, 331.
Econ. 211, 212, 413.
English
231, 232, 401 or 402.
biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Chem. Ill and 112, Chem. 331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math.
211 and 212.
2
Normally begun in the sophomore year.
85
4.
5.
Geography and Earth Science3
A. Geography: 225, 223, 323, 354, 363, E.S. 365, 492.
B. Earth Science: 357, 361, 355, 365, 453, 359, 451, Geog. 495.
History
Hist. 399.
6.
Mathematics
110, 211, 212, 221, 311, 321.
Plus any five of the following: 241, 312, 322, 332, 411, 412, 421, 422,
431, 432.
7.
Physical Sciences
A. Chemistry 4 111, 112, 222, 331, 332, 411, 412, 421, 424, Plus at least
one of the following 422, 490, 491, 492.
3
B. Physics
211, 212, 310, 311, 314, Plus at least 12 cr. hrs. drawn from
the following: 315, 412, 420, 421, 422, 490.
:
:
:
8.
Psychology
101, 211, 260, 416, 321, 331, or 431, or 436, 351, or 451, or 456, 401, 461.
At
least 3 credit hours in electives.
Social Sciences
9.
A. Comprehensive Major
Any six semesters of work in the Social Sciences beyond the General
Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Business and Economics Statistics I
Business and Economics Statistics II
Seminar
in
Economics 7
C. Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined
an appropriate faculty advisor.
in consultation with
D. Sociology
Six semesters of
sociology,
to
be
work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
determined in consultation with an appropriate
faculty advisor.
3
Required for any of the three majors in Geography are a course in
and a course in Computing.
Statistics
4
5
Chemistry majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Phys. 211, 212, 310, and Math. 211, 212, 311, and 312.
Physics majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
Ill, 112 (these two to be taken in the freshman year) and Math.
Chem.
211, 212, 311,
and 312.
"Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General
Education Requirement. Also recommended for psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, and Math. Ill and 112.
7
Prior approval of the instructor
is
required.
86
Speech
10.
Basic: 206, 241, 325, 412.
Public Address: 231, 307, 418, 421, 492.
Theatre Studies: 211, 311, 318, 319, 411, 414, 415, 416, 490.
ELECTIVES
For the
which makes up the
elective portion of the curriculum,
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical
exception of those in Professional Education, Physical Education,
Education
certain Business
skills,
Approximately 16
etc.
to
24
credit hours are normally allowed for electives (courses of the student's
own
choice).
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to pre-
pare students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums
take courses during their
first
two years that
are, for the
most
part,
identical to those required of all students enrolled in the Arts
Sciences programs.
on courses
After the
first
two years, emphasis
in Business Administration;
at
this
is
time Business
ministration majors will also have the option of specializing in
area of their choice
sciences.
—
Students thus
and
placed
Adsome
and
in either business or
one of the
may
personal interests in
satisfy their
own
arts
business as well as receive a substantial general education.
Graduates of the program
degree
may
receive a Bachelor of Science
(or a Bachelor of Arts degree by completing the foreign
language requirement).
Specifically, the
is
program of
studies in Business Administration
designed:
1.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical
world in which we
2.
To
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
understandings,
and knowl-
edges, which can be applied to the world of business.
87
3.
To develop
personality and characteristics in the students
which are required by business.
4.
To understand
the organization and
management
of our in-
dustrial society.
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally and to apply this
kind of thinking to complex business problems.
6.
To develop
the skills and techniques which will aid students
become business managers or administra-
in their efforts to
tors.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General Business,
STU-
Accounting, or Economics) shown on the following pages.
DENTS NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING IN
HIGH SCHOOL to complete the various business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges
should consult Paragraph
I
Business Administration,"
(A, B, C, and
January
D)
of the "Criteria For
1968 with respect
college
to
course offerings for the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges
be required to complete the following courses in their designated
curriculum
will
—Accounting Management Decision and
subsequent accounting
450 —Introduction
Data Processing
451 —
Programming
Bus. 323
for
other
courses as prescribed
Bus.
to Electronic
or Bus.
Introduction to
All requirements for General Education, Core, Specialized, and
Electives as
shown
for each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
Political
Science
English Composition
Speech
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
6
3
6
3
6
Q
88
Geography
3
Health
2
Physical
Education
3
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
Bus. 221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
Bus. 323 — Accounting for Management Decision
Bus. 331 — Business Law
Bus. 342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics Statistics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus. 101
62-64
6
r
3*
to
II
I,
6
3
3
I
3
3
3
3
I
3
Bus. 446— Business Policies
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
Bus. 321 and 322
— Intermediate
Bus.
— Cost Accounting
422 —Auditing Theory
Bus.
423— State and
Accounting
I,
II
Bus. 421
6
3
and Procedures
Federal Tax Accounting
3
3
15
Plus 18 hours of electives.
The student must complete the following courses:
General Education
Core
62-64
33
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without
notice.
Students with an accounting objective should enroll in Bus. 221 in the
semester and omit "Introduction to Business."
first
89
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE, REQUIREMENTS
Credits
62-64
Education
General
Core
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
Typewriting or Proficiency
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
— Business Administration.
selected
from those
listed
under Electives
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
Specialized Economics Courses
—
Business Administration
Typewriting or Proficiency
Electives
62
33
15
18
128
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete the following courses
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
411
412
423
422
313
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
— Contrasting Economies
— Labor Economics
ELECTIVES
3
3
3
3
3
15
— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal Tax Accounting
State and Federal Tax Problems
Report Writing
Research Studies
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
AND ELECTIVES
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
33
95
90
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
Bloomsburg State College as one of the institutions in which secondary business teachers of the Commonwealth may be educated.
State
The primary purpose
Education
to
is
program of the Division of Business
of the
prepare teachers for the junior and senior high
schools of Pennsylvania.
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the
is conferred and application may be
Department of Public Instruction for a teaching
Bachelor of Science Degree
made
to the State
The courses included
certificate.
in the curriculum qualify gradu-
ates to secure certification to teach business subjects in
any junior
or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Business Education Curriculum has proved
since
it
was
first
selected students are admitted.
select this
popular
so
introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of
All prospective students
who
plan to
curriculum should apply to the Director of Admissions
which they expect to enroll
Only those high school students whose records indi-
early in the year preceding the year in
in the college.
cate the ability to complete the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
have had business courses
that students applying for admission
in
who have had no
students
high school or business college.
must
Many
previous business training successfully
complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges,
or non-accredited business schools.
ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
who have earned
credit at other colleges or universities should sub-
mit a transcript of this credit
vanced standing
will
stitutions of college grade
struction,
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
when,
in the
at
Ad-
other in-
judgment of the Dean of In-
such courses are equivalent to subjects prescribed in the
Business Education Curriculum.
91
If a tentative
or universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges
desired,
a transcript showing the names of the
courses, the grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to
A
the Director of the Division of Business Education.
tentative
evaluation can be requested prior to making application for admission to the college.
The
1.
specific objectives of the Business
To
Education program are:
contribute to the development of a broader understand-
ing of the culture of our society.
2.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions business
teachers can make to the total educational program of the
3.
To
school.
prepare students for certification to teach or supervise
the teaching of business subjects.
4.
To
develop vocational competency in the
subjects
skill
and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide
sufficient
competency and
to
basic
business
education
insure
to
develop interest in the teaching of basic
business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and tech-
niques of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences
tarial,
or Accounting)
shown on
(General, Secre-
the following pages.
NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING
SCHOOL to complete the business sequences.
STUDENTS
IN HIGH
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses
to change.
The
first
number
while the second indicates the
All Business Education
after
is
subject
each course refers to clock hours,
number
of credit hours.
program students must complete 128
between General
credits of courses distributed approximately equally
Education and Business Education.
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clear-
ance from the Student Teaching Committee
— Business
Education
for admission to student teaching in public secondary schools.
For the Provisional
Certificate to teach Business
Education
in
a public high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the
Accounting, the General, or the Secretarial Sequence (or their equivalents) at
Bloomsburg
State College.
These sequences incorporate
92
and Business Education required
courses in general, professional,
under the regulations published by the Department of Public Instruction.
The following high school teaching
areas and the college credits
Bookkeeping. 12 credits
for specific courses for these areas follow:
of accounting courses; Business English.
15 credits in English, in-
cluding Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics. 15 credits
in
accounting and business mathematics; Retail Selling. 9 credits in
Salesmanship (Bus. 241). Marketing (Bus. 342) and Retailing (Bus.
Students must
341); Shorthand. 9 credits; Typewriting. 6 credits.
complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
Additional information
may
be obtained
from the Director of Business Education.
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated
by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare people in
Training of the Mentally Retarded and in the Communication Dis-
A
orders (Speech Pathology Sequence).
Deaf
program
in
Education of
The Bachelor
being developed but
is
not yet approved.
of Science in Education degree
is
conferred on students
the
is
who
satis-
complete any of the approved Special Education curricula.
factorily
Certification in the
approved programs
is
granted upon completion
of the curricula and approval of the faculty.
EQUIPMENT
The
Special Education Center
is
located in
majoring in Communication Disorders have
suite
which
is
Navy
access
Hall. Students
to
a
hearing
equipped with pure-tone and speech audiometers,
Bekesy audiometer, a psycho-galvanometer, a Voice Science Lab
which is equipped with a speech sonograph, single and dual track
tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines and sound analysis
a
units,, desk and individual
model hearing aids, language masters, and library materials in
Communication Disorders for use in Clinical Practicum.
equipment; phonographs, auditory training
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
include
SRA
writer,
a
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typeof curriculum and workshop materials, and
collection
library materials concerning all areas of mental retardation.
93
CLINICAL PRACTICE AND STUDENT TEACHING
Students enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
program have the opportunity of participating in the work with the
mentally retarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
After completion of the course work, students participate in full-time
student teaching programs in two separate settings for the duration
of nine weeks each.
Communication Disorders acquire their
still on campus.
Upon
completion of course work and clinical practice on campus, these
students are placed for two different experiences, each lasting nine
weeks, which gives them the opportunity to work full time with a
Those
initial
enrolled
clinical
in
experience while they are
qualified speech clinician in a school or clinic setting.
Student teachers and clinicians in Special Education are as-
Haven
signed to the White
and Hospital, and
State School, the Selinsgrove State School
to the public schools in Chester,
Columbia,
Cum-
Montgomery, Montour, NorthampNorthumberland, Berks, Lehigh, Bucks, Luzerne, Snyder, and
berland, Lancaster, Lycoming,
ton,
Sullivan counties.
As
greater
numbers of students are assigned
to student teach-
ing or clinical practicum through increased enrollment, other centers
will
A
be developed.
student
may be
assigned to a school
county, or service facility for an entire semester, or he
assigned
in
mid-semester to
other
school
districts,
district,
may be
re-
facilities,
or
counties.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
Speech Pathology Sequence
The
objectives of this
program are
to prepare state certified
speech correctionists, to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of
ASHA
for Certificate of Clinical
Competence
Speech Pathology, and to extend the competence of speech
cians so that they can adequately work with public school and
in
clini-
clinic
problems.
The program
is
designed to cover eight semesters with courses
distributed as follows:
First
Semester— Eng.
101,
Speech 103,
Biol. 203,
Geog. 101, H.P.E. 101, and
either Math. 101 or 111.
Second Semester— Eng. 102, Com. Dis. 152, Art 101, H.P.E. 150, Com. Dis.
251, and one of the following (Hist. Ill, 112, 113).
H
Third Semester— H.P.E. 100, Spec. Ed. 201, H.P.E.
elective,
Phys. 101, Com.
Dis. 276, 252, Psy. 101.
Fourth Semester— Music 101, Psy. 211, 371, Com. Dis. 253, 376, Eng. 207
or 208.
Semester— Soc. 211 or Anthro.
200, Psy. 321, Phil. 211, Com. Dis. 351,
and one of the following (Psy. 331 or 416.)
Sixth Semester— Com. Dis. 467, 352, Hist. 218, Ed. 393, and foreign language elective.
Seventh Semester— Eng. 401 or Com. Dis. 360, Com. Dis. 452, Pol. Sci. 211,
Com. Dis. 361, and two electives from communication disorders, foreign
Fifth
languages, or reading.
Eighth Semester
Com.
Dis.
— Com.
Dis. 402.
recommended for course
466, 471, 475 are
selections
beyond the
required.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF SEQUENCE
The
objectives of this sequence are to prepare state certified
teachers of the deaf to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of certification of the Conference of Executives of
American Schools
teachers of the deaf.
First
Semester— Eng.
and to extend the competency of
This program still is being developed.
for the Deaf,
101,
Speech 101,
Biol. 103,
Geog. 101, and either Math.
101 or 111, H.P.E. 101.
Second Semester
— Eng.
102,
Com.
Dis. 152, art elective, history elective,
Com.
Dis. 251, H.P.E. 150.
Third Semester— Spec. Ed. 201, Phys. 101, Psy. 101, Com. Dis. 252, 276,
H.P.E. 100 and a recreational elective.
Fourth Semester Music elective, Psy. 211, 371, Eng. (literature elective),
Com. Dis. 376, EOD 201.
Fifth Semester— Sociology elective, Phil. 211, Psy. 321, Com. Dis. 351. EOD
—
351.
Sixth
Semester— Ed.
393, Pol. Sci. 211,
EOD
352, 353,
advanced math, or statistics.
Seventh Semester— Com. Dis. 452, Spec. Ed. 455,
Eighth Semester— EOD 403.
and either advanced
science,
EOD
366, 461, elective.
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency in teaching
of the mentally retarded.
First
Semester— Eng.
101,
Speech 103,
101 or 231, H.P.E. 101.
Biol. 103, Geog. 101,
and either Math.
1)5
—
Second Semester Eng. 102, Phys. 101, either Art 101 or Music 101, Psy.
101, H.P.E. 150, and one of the following (Hist. Ill, 112, 113).
Third Semester— Eng. 207 or 208, Hist. 218, Soc 211 or Anthro. 200, Spec.
Ed. 201, Phil. 211, H.P.E. 100.
Fourth Semester— Pol. Sci. 211, Music 311, Teh. MR 201, Elective in Humanities, elective in social sciences, Psy. 211.
Fifth Semester— H.P.E. elective, Teh.
303, 351, Psy. 371, Ed. 371, elective
in Science or math.
Sixth Semester— Ed. 393, 397, Psy. 321, Teh.
352, Eng. 316.
Seventh Semester— Spec. Ed. 451, Psy. 416 or 331, Teh.
361, 432, H.P.E.
MR
MR
MR
420.
Eighth Semester— Teh.
MR
401.
SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg
State College has
been approved
to offer a
who
two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses
able to
meet the conditions
set forth in the following
are
paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conupon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:
1. The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
ferred
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education
require-
ments for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of
an approved dental hygienist course of instruction of two
years of not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than
thirty hours each week or its equivalent in and graduation
from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."
2.
The
satisfactory completion in addition thereto of
70
hours of professional and general education courses
credit
distri-
buted as follows:
A.
Ed.
Psy.
Psy.
Ed.
Professional Education
393 Social Foundations of Education
101 General Psychology
—
—
371 — Educational
Psychology
301— Audio Visual Education
Total
Credit Hours
3
3
3
2
11
96
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition I
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition II
Any speech elective
Eng. 207 Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208 Survey of World Literature II
2. Fine Arts
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
B.
3.
Geog.
Geog.
4.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Geography
101 — World
102 — World
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
6
Physical Geography
Cultural Geography
3
3
18
Social Studies
Pol. Sci.
211— United
Econ. 211
— Principles
States Government
3
Economics
3
of
I
Ill— World History to 1500
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
3
Soc. 211
3
Hist.
C.
—Principles
of
3
3
Sociology
Total
Electives
46
13
Grand Total
70
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent
courses pursued in the two year dental hygiene curriculum.
In such
number
of credit
cases students must increase their electives by the
hours earned previously.
who had
less than two years
which they were licensed to
Such perpractice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
sons must pursue additional general education courses in college to
In the case of dental hygienists
of specialized training
make up
basis of
the deficiency.
Electives
struction
on the
may
from any
the student
is
be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Infield or
curriculum offered
at the college in
which
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
culum
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
and
information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
97
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
may be earned in day, evening, and summer
which are offered on campus or approved by the college ad-
Resident credits
classes
ministration.
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conupon registered nurses who meet the following requirements:
1. The satisfactory completion of a three-year curriculum in
ferred
an approved school of nursing and registration by the State
Board of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses of Pennsylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree program will be requir-
ed to satisfactorily complete 60 credit hours of additional
preparation distributed as follows:
A.
Courses Related to Public School Nursing:
301— Public School Nursing I
302— Public School Nursing II
304— Public Health Nursing
305— Nutrition
306— Family Case Work
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
B.
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
—
Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112—World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa. Survey
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Hist.
Soc. 211
Biol.
— Principles
103— General
of Sociology
Biology
3
3
3
3
3
21
Professional Education:
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Ed. 451 Pupil Personnel Services in the
Public Schools
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 211
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
C.
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
08
D.
Electives:
—
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
3
3
3
3
Total
—
60
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration,
such persons
will
pursue additional courses to meet
the requirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
who desires to enroll in the Degree Curriculum for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
and information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State
College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
registered nurse
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
may be earned in day, evening, and summer
which are offered on campus or approved by the college
Resident credits
classes
administration.
DIVISION OF
Students
wide and
in
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Elementary Education Division are given a
background of academic and cultural learnings.
the
versatile
They must be prepared
to
work
riculum with a generation of
to the
in all of the subject areas of the cur-
alert students.
problems which children encounter
velopment and how those problems
tion in
ed to
They must be
in their
sensitive
growth and de-
affect their learning.
Instruc-
program planning and budgeting of the school day is providthe end that the students will know how to provide for in-
dividual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their electives
from a sequence of courses which
will give
them
real depth
one academic subject. This "Area of Concentration" will help
equip them to serve as resource persons or team leaders for the
in
schools in which they teach.
99
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issues on the basis of the four-
year elementary curriculum are valid for nursery school, kindergar-
and Grades One to Six inclusive,
and Eight under the old 8-4 system.
as well as for
ten,
Grades Seven
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take
from 18 to 24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas
of academic concentration, 15 of which may be considered as part
of general education. Academic Areas Offered:
Biology
Mathematics
Music
Economics
Philosophy
English
Physical Science
French*
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
Psychology
Art
Political Science
Social Sciences
German*
Sociology
Health and Physical Education**
Spanish*
History
Additional information
may be
obtained from the Office of
the Director of Elementary Education.
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
in
Secondary Education have been designed
to give students the academic, cultural,
necessary to
make them competent
and professional background
teachers in their respective fields.
The General Education requirements provide
the prospective teacher
with a broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education, including student teaching, stresses the needs of
youth and
society.
Those students who select an area cf concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
for graduation.
For instance, they must take at least six credit hours of foreign language
literature courses.
'Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
410, 411, and 412.
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
the 400 series courses.
100
The majors
offered in Secondary Education have the dual ob-
jective of (1) giving the student a
and depth
him
to enable
to
background of
sufficient breadth
be a confident and knowledgeable teach-
er in his particular area of preparation,
and (2), where not incom-
patible with the above, to provide in his chosen field a basis for the
pursuit of graduate study in the indicated academic discipline or a
related general field.
Minimum number
of credit hours for graduation
DEGREE PROGRAM
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
is
128 hours.
— Secondary Education
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
6
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
and Pennsylvania
United States Government
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
Hist, of United States
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
C.
Natural Sciences
General Biology
Physical
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
3
Health and Physical Education*
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General Education
The following sequence of 12 semester hours may be used as free electives to proThis block of
vide understandings and skills necessary to coach high school athletics.
work does not lead to certification as a Health and Physical Education Teacher.
12
2
3
5
62
101
II.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
—
including observation and participation)
2.
B.
C.
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
Total
III.
3
Social Foundations of Education
Professional
3
6
12
24
Education
SPECIALIZATION
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's
Total
major teaching
field.
42
Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
128
REQUIRED COURSES
HPE
HPE
242
409
(6 CRS.)
Physiological & Medical Aspects of Athletic Coaching
Principles & Problems of Secondary School Athletics
ELECTIVES
(6 CRS.)
One course in team sports
One course in individual sports
One additional course in either team or individual sports
TEAM SPORT
SERIES
HPE
HPE
HPE
251
252
253
Techniques of Coaching Baseball
Techniques of Coaching Basketball
Techniques of Coaching Football
HPE
HPE
HPE
256
257
258
Techniques of Coaching Cross Country, Track and Field
Techniques of Coaching Wrestling and Golf
Techniques of Coaching Swimming and Tennis
INDIVIDUAL SPORT SERIES
ENGLISH
402.
Elective Courses
— 30
CRS.)— *209,
Required Courses (18
(Minimum
of 12 CRS.).
FRENCH
Required Courses— 101,
Credit Hours
231, 232, 249, 302, 381 or 382, 401 or
—
30 Credit Hours
102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 210, 220, 320, 321.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
GERMAN
— 30
Credit Hours
Required Courses— 101, 102, 103, 104.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
*Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
102
SPANISH
—
30 Credit Hours
Required Courses— 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 205, 210, 301, 302.
Elective Courses (24 CRS.).
SPEECH
Required Courses (18
Elective Courses
offerings; a
— 33
CRS.)— 105,
(Minimum
maximum
Credit Hours
208, 218, 241, 321, 251.
of 12 credits
of 3 credits
from public address and theatre
may
be counted towards the specialicommunication disorders and
zation from each of the following areas:
English.
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Graduates of this program
grade 9.
will
Credit Hours
be qualified to teach science through
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
of the General Education program within the confines of the courses listed
below, they should not take Phys. 101 Basic Physical Science, nor Math.
101
— Fundamentals
—
of Mathematics.
Required Courses (43 CRS.)— **Biol. 103, 210, 211, 220; Chem. Ill, 112;
Phys. Ill, 112; E.S. 355, 357, 453; Math. Ill, 112.
Elective
Notes:
—
taken from the
(11 CRS.)
and Physical Sciences.
Courses
Sciences,
(1)
Three or four
Some
Sciences,
elective courses will be needed to give a
of 11 credits. They may be
distributed among them.
(2)
Biological
all
from one
Earth
minimum
may be
they
field, or
Summer
of the above courses are given only in the
Ses-
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
(3)
Students in this program
may
take either Ed. 396
—
— Teaching
Teaching of Physical Sciof Biological Science, or Ed. 396
ence to fulfill the Professional Education requirement in this
area.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
—
—
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
Basic
FundaPhysical Fitness, and Math. 101
mentals of Mathematics. All five required biology courses should be taken
by the end of the sophomore year. Both of the required mathematics courses
and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by
Recommended and elective courses in the
the end of the sophomore year.
biological sciences would then be taken during the junior and senior years.
Physical Science, H.P.E. 101
—
Required Courses (20 CRS.)— Biol. 103, 210, 211, 220, 221;
331, 332; **Math. Ill, **116.
r
**Chem.
denoted by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of
*Courses
Ill,
requirements
specialization.
103
—
Introductory Physics I is not required of all biolAlthough Phys. Ill
ogy majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doing
graduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select any four of the following six courses.
Biol. 331— General Ecology
Biol.
5
341— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
361 — Microbiology
Biol. 351
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
CR
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
—
physics was taken)
Of these twelve (12)
Biology majors
credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
should expect to attend summer school at least once during their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are offered
during the summer.
Elective
Courses
(12
or
9
if
The 128 credit hours represent a minimum requirement for graduation
Secondary Education with a major in Biological Sciences. All biology
majors should plan, if possible, to take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
Students planning graduate study in biology should
discipline of biology.
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
in
CHEMISTRY — 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
Basic Physical Science, Math.
program, they should not take Phys. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
General Biology I.
101
—
—
—
Required Courses (28 CRS.)— Chem. Ill, 112, 222, 231, 232, 311, 312; Phys.
211, 212, 310; Math. 211, 212, 311.
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics proBasic Physical Science, Math. 101
gram, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
—
—
—
CRS.)— Phys.
Required Courses (42
211, 212, 310, 311, 314; Chem. Ill, 112;
*Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
Elective Courses (at least 6 CRS.).
*
*
Pre-Calculus, Math. 110 (4 credits), may also be required of insufficiently
prepared students.
Calculus I (4 c.h.) as General Education.
Count Math. 211
—
10 If
MATHEMATICS — 33
Credit Hours
It is strongly recommended that two of the science
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
Math.
requirements
CR
CL
110— Pre-Calculus
of
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
Required Courses (21
Electives (Choose
CRS.)— 211,
4)—241,
212, 221, 222, 311, 321.
312, 322, 331, 332, 411, 412, 421, 422, 431, 432.
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Basic Physical Science.
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
—
—
CRS.)— *Math. Ill, 112; *Phys. Ill, 112; Chem. Ill;
E. S. 354, 355, 357, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 451, 453; Geog. 356.
Required Courses (39
Student must complete
must be included.
7 of the listed courses.
At
least one lab course
GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH AND
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101 and Phys. 101.
CRS.)— Math. Ill, 112; Phys. Ill, 112; Chem. Ill;
E.S. 355, 357, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369; Geog. 354, 356, 451, 453.
Required Courses (33
At
least one lab course
must be
included.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
GEOGRAPHY
Required Courses (12
CRS.)— Geog.
— 30
Credit Hours
102, 353, 492; E.S. 355.
—
At least one course must be chosen from
Restricted Electives (9 CRS.)
each of the following areas: Earth Science, Human Geography, and Regional Studies.
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
hours plus area
requirements as indicated)
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
*
—
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and Phys. Ill
as General Education.
— Introductory
Physics
1
105
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work in
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
problems emphasis, the student must select one of
Coupled with the above requirements, this will permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
Within the
social
the specialized curricula described.
a.
—
Economics 21 Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)— Pol.
Sci.
323; Soc. 313; Econ. 314,
422.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
b.
Sociology
—21
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12
CRS.)— Pol.
Sci.
323, 324;
Soc. 332, 315,
313.
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
c.
Political Science
—21
Required Courses
Credit Hours
(9
CRS.)— Hist.
392;
Soc.
313;
Econ. 422;
Pol. Sci. 323, 324, 433.
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
d.
—
History-Government 21 Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the
following
areas:
European History, Non-Western World History, United States
History, National Politics, International Politics.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
e.
Geography
—21
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the following areas: Earth
Science, Human Geography, Regional Studies.
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from one of the following areas: Economics, Sociology, Political Science, History, Philosophy.
2.
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentration in history.
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from each of the following areas: Ancient to
Early Modern Era, Modern Europe, The Non- Western World, United States.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Minimum of one course from two of the following areas:
Sociology, Political Science, Geography, Philosophy.
Economics,
106
3.
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
Required Courses (15
The other 12
ing
ONE
CRS.)— Soc.
327
credits in the required courses are to be completed
by
select-
of the following four sequences:
America— Geog.
Latin
a.
b.
Europe— Geog.
c.
Asia— Geog.
d.
Africa— Geog.
244, Hist. 352, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 424.
233, Hist. 332, Econ. 422, Pol. Sci. 323.
243, Hist. 354, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 426.
245, Hist. 358, Econ. 434, Pol. Sci. 425.
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
One course from any
of the above except in the selected sequence.
HISTORY
Required Course (3
The other 12
CRS.)— Hist.
— 24
Credit Hours
399.
credits in the required courses are to be selected
from one
of the following sequences:
I.
A.
European Survey— 312, 214,
B.
Recent
A.
Recent Non- Western World— 352, 354, 356, 358, 362, 452, 454, 456.
The Contemporary World— 332, 384, 392, 412, 422, 452, 454, 456.
Europe— 319,
318, 319, 322, 324, 326, 332.
326, 332, 412, 421, 422, 428, 452.
II.
B.
III.
A.
United States Survey— 372, 374, 376, 378, 382, 384, 388.
B.
United States Topics and Problems— 391, 392, 396, 471, 472, 481,
482.
Elective Courses (18 CRS.)
—
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
from one of the following areas: Economics,
Geography, Political Science, Sociology, a single foreign language, humanities.
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
1
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception
is
approved by the Department of History.
DEGREE PROGRAMS AT
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
DEGREES GRANTED
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Arts
Master of Education
DEGREES OFFERED
Biology— B.A.,
IN SPECIFIC FIELDS
B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
— B.A., B.S.
— B.S. Ed., M.Ed.
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry— B.A.,
Economics— B.A.,
in
B.S. in Ed.
1
B.S. in Ed.
— B.A., B.S.
— See Below
Earth and Space Science
Elementary Education
English— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed.,
in Ed.
M.Ed.
French— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Geography— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Earth Science Sequence
Meteorology Sequence
German— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
History— B.A.,
B.S. in Ed., M.A.,
Mathematics
M.Ed.
—B.A.
included in Comprehensive Social Sciences
110
Mental Retardation, Teaching
Music
of— BS..
in Ed.,
— B.A.
Physics— B.A., B.S. in Ed.
Political Science— B. A., B.S.
—B.A.
General — B.S.
in Ed.
2
,
M.Ed.
Psychology
Science,
Sociology— B.A., B.S.
in Ed.
in Ed.
2
Spanish— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed.
Speech— B.A., B.S. in Ed., M.Ed
Communication Disorders
Humanities
Social
Reading
in Ed.,
M.Ed.
—B.A.
Sciences— B.A., B.S.
Natural Sciences
Social
— B.S.
&
Math.
in Ed.
— B.A.
—M.Ed.
Studies— M.Ed.
Elementary Education
— B.S. in
Ed.
Area of Concentration
Art
Biology
English
French
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
German
Health and Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Physical Science
Psychology
Spanish
Social Sciences
Elementary Education
— M.Ed.
"Included in Comprehensive Social Sciences
M.Ed.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART
Associate Professor Percival R. Roberts,
III,
Associate Professor: Kenneth T. Wilson,
Chairman
Jr.
Assistant Professors:
Ronald F. Bower
Goswami
Niranjan
Barbara
J.
Strohman
Constance C.
Art 101
—
Ward
Introduction to Art
3
Consideration of the great works of
art,
an analysis of the structure as determined by
and expression.
cr.
hrs.
past and present, with
civilization,
communi-
cation,
Art 250-51
An
— Design Fundamentals
I
and
II
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the fundamental principles of design and
organization of the visual elements involving primarily dimensional
problems
in
Art 250 and 3-dimensional problems in Art 251.
—
General Crafts
3 cr. hrs.
Art 275
A broadly conceived program to introduce the potential teacher of art to a variety of crafts, tools, materials, and techniques.
Art 301
An
Children's Art
analysis of the art of children
3
and ways
cr.
hrs.
to stimulate artistic
attitudes at various age levels.
Art 311
— American Art History
History of the visual arts in America.
3
cr.
hrs.
114
Art 321
European Art
3
History-
hrs.
cr.
History of the visual arts on the European continent from the
Greek era
to the nineteenth century.
Art 331
Oriental Art History
3
hrs.
cr.
History of the visual arts in Japan. China, India, and the countries of the
Near East.
Art 341
History of
Modern Art
3
Study of the contemporary movements in
art
hrs.
cr.
from the nine-
teenth century to the present.
Art 397
— Drawing
3
I
hrs.
cr.
Basic analysis and understanding of form, structure and personal expression in drawing.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Drawing II
The course will emphasize experimentation with various media,
development in composition, individuality in drawing, and stressPre-reing what will become future personal involvement in art.
Art 398
Art 397.
quisite:
Art 399
A
— Figure Study
3
study of the theory and practice of depicting the
hrs.
cr.
human
both male and female, draped and
and action poses, singly and in groups, including analyses of outstanding figurative works of the past and present.
Prerequisites: Art 397. 398, Art 401, 402, Art 404, 405 or with
the consent of the instructor and the department chairman.
The figure may also be incorporated in other advanced studio
figure
in
a variety of media,
undraped. from
still
areas as well as at the discretion of the instructor.
Art 401
— Painting
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
Art 402
—
3
Painting II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
painting.
Art 403
cr.
hrs.
style
in
Prerequisite: Art 401.
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
for individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 402.
Art 404
— Sculpture
I
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
3
cr.
hrs.
115
Art 405
—
3
Sculpture II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
in
Prerequisite: Art 404.
sculpture.
Art 406
hrs.
cr.
style
—
3
Sculpture III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
hrs.
cr.
Prerequisite:
Art 405.
Art 411
Ceramics
3
I
hrs.
cr.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
—
3 cr. hrs.
Ceramics II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
experiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
Prerequisite: Art 411.
Art 413
Ceramics
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art Education
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
for individual needs.
in the
Elementary School
Explores the theories and techniques behind the use of art
in the
elementary school.
Art 475
—
Special Problems in Art
Emphasis on
specialized,
studio areas and art history.
Variable credit 1-3 hrs.
individualized independent study in
Amount
awarded
of course credit
determined by instructor and written proposal of student with the
consent of the department chairman on the basis of substance and
depth of the project to be undertaken.
Prerequisite
factory completion of three levels of studio area or
Art 490
— Art
would be
its
satis-
equivalent.
3
Gallery
cr.
hrs.
Study of works by classical and contemporary masters first
hand in 4-6 major museums in New York, Penna., and Washington,
D.C. with emphasis on technique, visual concepts,
portions, aesthetics
and study of the
and
historical context in
role of the art
museum
culturally
Visits to selected galleries in Philadelphia,
D.C, Harrisburg
on campus together with
ington,
will
—
and educationally.
New York
City,
Wash-
be followed up with in-depth study
special problems assigned in conjunction
with the college art gallery arranged by
Art 499
relative pro-
both 2-d and 3-d forms
its
director.
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
cern with environmental relationships.
3
cr.
artistic
hrs.
con-
116
BIOLOGY
Professor Donald D. Rabb, Chairman
Professor: Michael Herbert
Associate Professors:
James E. Cole
Phillip A. Farber
George Gellos
Craig L. Himes
Jerome
J.
Klenner
Kroschewsky
Thomas Manley
Stanley A. Rhodes
Bryan B. Valett
Julius R.
Joseph P. Vaughan
Assistant Professor: Louis V.
John R. Fletcher
Instructor:
103
Biol.
— General Biology
Mingrone
3
I
cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and
function of plants and animals at levels of organization and development from molecule to ecosystem.
104
Biol.
— General Biology
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their role to man.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103.
—
Invertebrate Zoology
210
3 cr. hrs.
The principal phyla of invertebrate animals in relation to their
anatomy, classification, and their role in the eco-systems in which
Biol.
they participate.
211
Biol.
—
Prerequisite: Biol. 103.
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
3
cr. hrs.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphol-
Laboratory work with living
physiology, and development.
and preserved specimens with representative individuals of the major
ogy,
classes of this important group.
Biol.
220
— General Botany
Prerequisite: Biol. 103, 210.
I
3
cr. hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on
plant
areas.
anatomy,
physiology,
Prerequisite:
Biol.
economic botany,
103.
and other related
117
Biol.
— General Botany
221
The
3
II
kingdom showing
cr. hrs.
the phylogenetic development
and
Emphasis upon
cycles of plants representing the various taxonomic levels. Preplant
arrangement of the plants
life
in the
taxonomic system.
requisite: Biol. 220.
Biol.
— General Ecology
331
3
and concepts pertaining
Principles
patterns, limiting factors, habitat studies,
the species, interspecies,
and community
to
hrs.
cr.
energy flow succession
and population
studies at
Prerequisites: Biol.
level.
210, 220.
—
341
Biol.
3
Genetics
The study
of inheritance in living things.
The
hrs.
cr.
practical appli-
cation of genetic principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation,
and
in
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress upon
and molecular concepts of modern genetics. The
the mathematical
course
fundamental for
is
210 or 211,
103, Biol.
all
biology students.
Math. 116
Biol. 220.
Prerequisites:
Biol.
suggested but not
is
required.
Biol.
— Molecular Biology
351
The
3
cr.
hrs.
and physical concepts applicable
to the functional aspects of biological systems.
Emphasized on the
interrelation between molecules and the organism.
Prerequisites:
integration of chemical
Biol. 103,
Biol.
Chem. Ill, or consent
of the instructor.
— Microbiology
361
The metabolism,
micro-organisms
with
3
cultivation,
emphasis
on
and
identification,
bacteria,
viruses,
cr.
control
and
hrs.
of
fungi.
Their distribution in nature and the importance of their beneficial
activities as well as
harmful effects on man.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103
or consent of instructor.
—
371
Embryology
3 cr. hrs.
Animal reproduction and development with particular emphasis
on the vertebrates. Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent of instrucBiol.
tor.
Biol.
381
The
—
Vertebrate Physiology
3
cr.
hrs.
functions of tissues, organs, and systems and their chemical
integration.
Emphasis
will
be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
Prerequisites: Biol. 211,
Chem. Ill, or consent
and endocrines.
of instructor.
118
— Systematic Entomology
411
Biol.
A
field
and adult
Biol.
3
hrs.
cr.
course covering collection and identification of larval
insects.
Prerequisites:
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
Biol.
—
413
Ornithology
The basic biology of birds with emphasis on
3
hrs.
cr.
and
their ecology
Prerequisite: one year of biology or con-
identification in the field.
sent of the instructor.
—
414
Biol.
Ichthyology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field and laboratory study of the fishes of the streams
and
of this area including their collection, taxonomy,
rivers
and ecological methods.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 482.
anatomy,
Recommended:
331.
Biol.
—
415
Biology of the Arthropods
3 cr. hrs.
Prominent arthropod classes with special emphasis on Insecta.
Studies of functions, morphology, histology, embryology, and metamorphosis. Prerequisites: Biol. 210 and Biol. 416.
Biol.
416
Biol.
—
3
Parasitology
Parasites in relation to
sitic
human
disease.
and treatment.
diseases; their prevention
cr. hrs.
Epidemiology of paraPrerequisites:
Biol.
210 or 211.
Biol.
—
417
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
3
classified in the field.
The study
the natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
effect
upon and management
and economic value.
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
is
on
of man's
of wild vertebrates and their cultural
Prerequisite:
Two
years of biology or consent
of the instructor.
Biol.
420
How
—
and behavior.
ed:
Biol.
The
—
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in plant growth
Prerequisites: Biol. 212,
Biol. 421,
421
3
Plant Physiology
plants function:
Chem.
111.
Recommend-
Chem. 331.
Plant
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are
on origin, development, and function. Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological
cells, tissues,
studied with emphasis
aspects are correlated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
and maturation of plant
parts.
of laboratory per week.
instructor.
Two
hours of lecture and three hours
Prerequisite:
Biol.
220 or permission of
119
Biol.
—
422
Field Botany
3
Flora found in Columbia County and vicinity.
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 220.
Biol.
An
and
— Fresh Water Biology
432
Biol. 210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
—
433
3
Plant Ecology
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
Plants and their interactions with the environment.
is
cr. hrs.
and welfare of the country.
relationship to the health
their
Prerequisites:
Biol.
3
advanced course in the biology of streams, lakes, and ponds
placed on populations and communities and their respective sucPractical experience
cessions.
is
gained during field
Prere-
trips.
quisite: Biol. 331.
Biol.
—
3 cr. hrs.
441
Evolution
Mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior of genes,
factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors, speciation
mechanisms, and population analysis. Prerequisite: Biol. 341.
Biol.
— Cytology
443
3
cr.
hrs.
Structure and function of cytoplasmic and nuclear organelles
of
Ultra-structural,
cells.
Laboratory studies
biochemical,
will include various
some, and tissue preparation.
and
cytogenetic
techniques for
cell,
Prerequisite: Biol. 341,
aspects.
chromo-
Chem. 111.
Recommended: Chem. 331.
Biol.
— Radiation Biology
452
The
radiation
on
research;
Biol.
Biol.
341,
453
3
principal effects of ionizing radiation
of
radiation
sources
Chem. 332, Math.
—
hrs.
Applications of isotopes in biological
living systems.
use
cr.
and other types of
and detectors.
Prerequisite:
116, or consent of instructor.
Physiological Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
on chemistry and its relationship
to the functional aspects of tissues and systems.
Consideration will
be given to biologically important compounds and their effects on
Life processes with emphasis
function.
Biol.
471
— Histology
3
Vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Biol. 103, 211.
cr. hrs.
Two
hours
Prerequisites:
120
Biol.
482
A
—
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 cr. hrs.
morphology
study of the
of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes anatomical study of Lamprey,
comparative
classes.
the dogfish shark,
and the
Prerequisites: Biol.
cat.
210 or consent
of instructor.
Biol.
Biol.
— Seminar Biology
492 — Research Topics
Biology
490
in
1
1-3
in
cr. hrs. to
cr.
hr.
be arranged
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120 — Introduction to Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 240 — Marine Biology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 245 — Marine Ecology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 325— Marine Geology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 420 — Marine Micropaleontology
3 cr. hrs.
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
3 cr. hrs.
*
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
ticulars.
BUSINESS
Professor
Emory
Rarig,
Chairman
Professors
Ellen L. Lensing
Cyril Albin Lindquist
Francis
J.
Radice
Associate Professors:
Willard A. Christian
Bernard C.
Norman
Dill
L. Hilgar
Clayton H. Hinkel
Margaret E. McCern
Assistant Professors:
Weston Baker
M. Bayler
John E. Dennen
J.
Charles
Lester
J.
Dietterick
Doyle G. Dodson
Rabb
for full par-
121
Margaret Ann Hykes
Kenneth G. Kirk
Jack L. Meiss
Robert
P.
Yori
Instructors:
Lane L. Kemler
Lawrence L. Verdekal
Bus. 101
— Introduction
to Business Organization
and Finance
3
cr.
hrs.
Attention to types of business organization, managerial controls utilized in
Bus. 201
—
business and financing of business enterprises.
Elementary Typewriting
2
I
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts
of
the
typewriter;
stroking
techniques
and control emphasized;
instruction in preparing business letters, manuscripts, carbon copies,
envelopes, business forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary Typewriting
2
II
cr.
hrs.
and cards;
multiple carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and
legal forms; preparation of stencils and liquid process masters;
Production techniques; typing
teaching techniques.
Bus. 211
Prerequisite:
— Elementary
Shorthand
letters,
envelopes,
Bus. 201.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Beginning course in Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee.
Bus. 212
—
Elementary Shorthand II
Development of ability to read shorthand
3
notes.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 211.
Bus. 221
—
Principles of Accounting I
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
merchandising
activities
special journals
3
cr. hrs.
service
and
of a sole proprietorship; consideration of
and special
ledgers, accrued
and deferred items, and
business papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr. hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations; development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221.
122
— Salesmanship
Bus. 241
Fundamental
tion
3
salesman in relation to
of the
hrs.
cr.
principles underlying the sales process; considerafirm,
his
his
goods and
his
customers; a study of the approach, demonstration, and close of
individual sales transactions.
Bus. 250
— Business Information Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction and basic orientation to the field of business in-
The student
formation processing.
Work
ripheral devices.
and programming exercises
lating,
generation computer hardware.
Bus. 252
be introduced to the pe-
will
in flowcharting,
keypunching, sorting, tabu-
on
as well as observations
Prerequisite:
third
None.
— Business Oriented Programming
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to familiarize the student with the Cobol language
and
to
develop his
ability
Cobol
to use
as
an effective problem
oriented language through use of examples and
dent
is
required to define, write,
At
problems.
class
least
member
in
one problem
will
on" environment.
a "hands
work
sessions. Stu-
and debug several Cobol
be compiled and run by each
test,
Prerequisite:
Bus.
250.
—
2 cr. hrs.
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced application of typewriting skills. Coordinated with
Advanced Shorthand for those students seeking certification in
Bus. 301
shorthand.
Prerequisite: Bus. 202.
— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 311
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed
and accuracy
stressed;
grammar, shorthand penmanship, and prin-
ciples of teaching of shorthand.
Bus. 312
—
Prerequisite:
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic and secretarial
activities.
— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 321
Bus. 212.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Bus. 311.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Preparation and interpretation of principal accounting state-
ments; theoretical discussion of the standards of good accounting
practice, with
Bus. 322
emphasis on current items.
— Intermediate Accounting
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
3
II
cr. hrs.
Standards of good accounting practice with emphasis on noncurrent
items;
solution
and
discussion
of
various
contemporary
accounting problems; detailed analysis of major financial statements
of business organizations.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 321.
123
Bus. 323
— Accounting
for
Management problems
good
will,
price
level
Management Decision
3
of depreciation methods,
cr. hrs.
valuation of
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory evaluation, the
and
historical
The flows
planning.
budget and actual
cost,
Prerequisites: Bus. 221
tax accounting are considered.
—
Bus. 331
Legal
Business
rights
and tax
costs,
of cost accounting, financial accounting,
and
Law
and 222.
3
cr.
hrs.
principles
of
law
I
fundamental
liabilities;
and
applicable to business transactions with specific consideration of law
as
it
and
real property,
sources of law and the judicial system.
sales;
Bus. 332
— Business Law
Fundamental
and surety
3
II
principles
and agency
bankruptcy
relationships,
relationships,
proceedings,
and various forms of business organization.
trusts,
cr. hrs.
law as they pertain to guaranty
of
contracts, insurance, principal
employer-employee
and
and
pertains to contracts, bailments, personal
estates
Prerequisite:
Bus. 331.
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3
cr.
hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of
business; preparation of business forms; writing business letters of
various types; preparation of personal data sheets; organization and
preparation of business reports.
Bus. 334
Prerequisite:
Bus. 202.
— Business Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business
operations.
and finance, investments,
methods of teaching business
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
the interpretation of statistical data;
arithmetic in the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr. hrs.
Presents retailing as a dynamic sphere of business, characterized
by the necessity of adapting
characteristics of trade areas.
sidered.
its
operations to changing demographic
Competitive
retail
problems are con-
Considerations involved in formulating specific
company
policies include such factors as location, layout, promotion, service,
and personnel.
ability to
tice.
Analyses of actual case situations develop student
apply sound principles to current
retail
management prac-
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
12
— Marketing:
Bus. 342
Principles
and Practices
3
cr. hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
materials and products.
changes
qualitative
Both functional and
institutional
aspects
Also studied are the significance of quantitative and
are covered.
in
population
characteristics.
Trade-channel,
and other marketing policies are taken up to provide a background for the establishment of individual firm decisions.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212.
price,
—
Bus. 343
Business Finance
Financial data are analyzed for the
3
cr.
hrs.
of managerial
solution
problems in finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of
and marketing; management of working
capital, use of the capital market, dividend policy and asset valuation
are studied and discussed.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221 and 222.
capital, security underwriting
Bus. 344
— Management Processes
3
cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of organization and administration.
— Personnel Management
Bus. 345
Policies
and current practices
3
cr.
hrs.
in the selection, placement, train-
ing-development, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at
all levels
in business firms.
Prerequisite:
Economics 211
and 212.
Bus. 350
—
3 cr. hrs.
Analytical Computing Concepts
Designed to familiarize the student with the Basic Assembly
Language to develop further understanding of the computer includ-
ing registers, multi-programming, and time sharing.
Compiler type
languages are discussed through an analysis of the Fortran compiler.
Tape and
disc concepts are also emphasized.
Prerequisites:
Bus.
250; Bus. 252.
Bus. 401
— Records Management and
Office
Machines
3
cr. hrs.
and transcribing machines; adding-listing
machines; printing, rotary, and key-driven calculators; filing systems,
business papers, and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: Business Education 202.
Office
Bus. 412
—
dictating
Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine,
keyboard shorthand system.
the
Development of limited proficiency
in
use of a touch system and techniques for teaching machine
shorthand.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
125
Bus. 421
— Cost Accounting
The elements
3
cr.
hrs.
of production costs using the job order system,
the process cost system,
and the standard cost system; development
meaning of cost data. Prerequisite:
of the ability to interpret the
Bus. 222.
422
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
3 cr. hrs.
and techniques applicable to
internal and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and
development of working papers for preparation of the report.
Bus.
Principles, standards, procedures,
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
Bus. 423
— Federal Tax Accounting
3
cr. hrs.
Procedures in accounting as dictated by Federal tax laws;
study of laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
returns for individuals
Bus. 424
—
State
Group and
and small businesses.
Tax
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
and Federal Tax Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
individual assignments selected from the following
areas of advanced tax accounting: partnerships and corporations,
Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
trusts, reporting to
govern-
mental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues, intensive practice
in the solution of
problems.
Bus. 442
Prerequisite: Bus.
422 and 423.
— Advertising Management:
Organization and Planning
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the entire field of advertising both as a marketing
function and promotional medium.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ.
212, Bus. 342.
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
Management
of the sales of the materials
3 cr. hrs.
and products from
the viewpoint of the individual business enterprise in the United
Demand-pull rather than supply-push is emphasized as a
contemporary practices in Sales Management. Prerequisite:
Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught in Fall
States.
basis for
Bus. 444
— Marketing Management
Group and
3
the search of both
documented sources and the
cr. hrs.
These
entail
results of field
work.
individual marketing research studies.
Students are encouraged to follow various fields of interest such
as
Management,
Distribution, Advertising
and Marketing Practices
126
motivation and benefit.
Prior approval of research
by the instructor is required. All class members will participate in oral and written presentations; discussion and evaluation
of projects.
Prerequisite: Bus. 342 and two of the following: Bus.
for
greatest
projects
Taught
341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the consent of the instructor.
in
Spring
— Business Report
Bus. 445
Writing
The organization and preparation
in business firms.
Techniques of
3
cr.
hrs.
of reports of the types used
collecting, interpreting,
senting information useful to management.
Prerequisite:
and prejunior or
senior standing.
— Business
Bus. 446
3
Policies
cr. hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation
to daily decision and policy making by the upper level of management. Quantitative methods and the techniques contributed by the
various subject fields of business and economics are applied to
selected case problems.
all
Prerequisite:
senior standing, required of
seniors.
— Research
Bus. 447
Studies in
Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and preparation of a
Student selection of a problem relating
Identification of a problem, investigation,
on an individual basis.
some field of Business Administration: accounting,
report
to
marketing,
vertising,
and personnel management.
and consent of the instructor.
— Advanced Cost Accounting
Bus. 448
3
utilization of cost data for planning, control
The extension
making.
Pre-
general
requisite: senior standing
The
finance, ad-
of
methods and procedures
estimated and distribution cost systems.
cr.
hrs.
and decision
to
Prerequisite:
standard,
Bus.
221,
222 and 421.
— CPA Problems
Bus. 449
The
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory
and practice. Prerequisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent
of
of instructor.
Bus. 452
— System Analysis and Design
Stresses the student-centered project
analysis
data
and design.
files,
file
3
approach
cr.
hrs.
to basic systems
Topics include forms design, data collecting,
maintenance,
systems
maintenance,
systems
flow-
127
charting,
integration
tive of basic
of
systems,
feasibility
Each student completes
implementation.
studies,
and
systems
several projects illustra-
systems concepts, and participates in one large class
project which takes a system through the various stages of feasibility,
and implementation.
design,
Prerequisites:
Bus. 250; Bus.
252; Bus. 350.
Bus. 454
— Educational Computer Applications
3
cr.
hrs.
Assisting the prospective or in-service teacher to utilize the full
computer in his own classroom forms the major
Using the computer as a tool of research
and calculation, management simulation games, computer assisted
testing, computer managed instruction, and computer assisted instruction are explored through readings, discussions, films, and guest
lecturers.
Each student is required to design, develop, and/or program an educational application suitable for inclusion in the high
capabilities of the
objective of this course.
school or college classroom.
Prerequisites:
Bus. 250; Bus.
252;
Bus. 350; Bus. 452.
Bus. 456
— Managerial Computer Applications
Gives the student practical experience
cr.
hrs.
Advanced techniques and concepts
problems.
ness
3
in the analysis of busi-
ming and system
analysis are featured with a
of programmajor emphasis on
problem-solving applications dealing with such topics as payroll, inventory,
make
and
Students are required to program,
sales.
operational
various
Hands-on experience
applicational
routines
with
test,
raw
and
data.
be interspersed throughout the course.
will
Prerequisites: Bus. 250; Bus. 252; Bus. 350; Bus. 452.
Courses
in
economics available
to business students.
—
Economics
Econ. 212 —
Economics
Econ. 313 — Labor Economics
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics
Econ. 412 — Public Finance and Macro-Economics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Econ. 211
Principles of
I
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of
II
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Statistics I
Econ. 415
Econ. 423
Business and Government
— History
of
Economic Thought
128
CHEMISTRY
Professor
Norman
E. White, Chairman
Professors:
Harold H. Lanterman
William A. Taebel
Associate Professors:
Barrett
Clyde
W. Benson
S.
Rex E.
Noble
Selk
Roy D.
Assistant Professor:
— General Chemistry
Chem. Ill
Pointer
4
I
cr.
hrs.
emphasis on atomic structure,
Basic principles of chemistry:
periodic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical
calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
of chemical problems.
6 hours/ week: 3
methods and solution
class, 3 lab.
— General Chemistry
Chem. 112
II
4 cr. hrs.
Chem. Ill: study of the elements by periodic
groups; introduction to modern inorganic chemistry including coordination compounds; introduction to organic chemistry; laboratory
emphasizes qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. Ill or equi-
A
valent.
continuation of
6 hours/week: 3
—
Chem. 221
class, 3 lab.
3
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Systematic identification and separation of the
The theory
and anions.
equilibrium as
it
—
mass
1 class,
6 lab. Offered in
summer
Chem.
sessions only.
4
Quantitative Analysis
Fundamental
hrs.
cations
and chemical
action,
applies to analytical chemistry. Prerequisite:
112. 7 hours/week:
Chem. 222
of ionization,
common
cr.
cr.
principles of quantitative chemical analysis.
hrs.
Em-
phasizes gravimetric and volumetric techniques and introduces electro-metric
and
optical techniques.
Laboratory
of quantitative analysis are stressed.
skills
Prerequisites:
and calculations
Chem. 112.
8
hours/week.
ture,
—
Organic Chemistry I
4 cr. hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular strucstereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their de-
Chem. 231
129
Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
rivatives.
Pre-
Chem. 112; Secondary Biology majors may enter with
only Chem. Ill but Chem. 112 also is recommended. 7 hours/
requisite:
week: 3
Chem. 232
A
4
class,
lab.
— Organic Chemistry
continuation of
common
functional
4
II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
groups,
and
synthesis
cr.
hrs.
reactions of
Modern
mechanism.
spectroscopic methods and the interpretation of spectra introduced.
Chem. 331. 7 hours/week:
Prerequisite:
Chem. 311
—
3 class,
4
Gas laws and
cr.
Laboratory experiments to
Chem.
Prerequisites:
illustrate
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 312
—
4
Physical Chemistry II
continuation
the above.
222, Phys. 212, Math. 212, or consent of the
instructor.
of
Chem. 411:
binary
solutions;
cr.
possibly crystals.
Prerequisite:
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 411. 6 hours/ week:
illustrate
hrs.
colligative
properties; conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics;
Chem. 421
hrs.
kinetic
second, and third laws of thermodynamics; free energy
first,
and equilibrium.
A
lab.
Physical Chemistry I
Theoretical foundations of chemistry.
theory;
4
and
the above.
3 class, 3 lab.
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the chemical
and physical properties of inorganic substances as related to atomic
and bond energies. Prerequisite:
structure, electronic configuration,
Chem. 222.
Chem. 422
A
pounds.
3 hours class/week.
—
3
Qualitative Organic Analysis
The
of separation
analysis of carbon
and
identification.
compounds accomplished by means
Methods and techniques studied,
applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
quisite:
cr. hrs.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic com-
Chem. 332.
Chem. 424
7 hours/week:
1
class,
Prere-
6 lab.
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the theory and applications of some of the instrumental
methods of analysis currently
try.
in use in
modern
analytical chemis-
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotometry, polarog-
raphy, electro-analysis, nuclear magnetic resonance, and others.
A
ISO
laboratory-centered
course.
Prerequisites:
Chem. 222 and some
contact with physical chemistry, or consent of instructor. 7 hours/
week:
1
class. 6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
The preparation and isolation of
2
selected inorganic
hrs.
cr.
compounds
of an unusual nature employing whatever
techniques are required
— such
as high
advanced or specialized
vacuum, inert atmospheres,
high temperatures, and non-aqueous conditions. Prerequisite: Chem.
421 completed or concurrent, or consent of the
6 hours
instructor.
lab/week.
—
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 433
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and utility
3
hrs.
cr.
of organic reac-
Reactive intermediates; carbonium ions, carbanions, and free
tions.
radicals emphasized.
Prerequisite:
mission of the instructor.
3
Chem. 332; Chem. 412 or
per-
hours class/week.
—
Chem. 434
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of
technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with
practice.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 332.
7 hours/week:
1
— Modern Biochemistry
Chem. 441
Chemistry
of
proteins,
lipids,
3
222, Chem. 332; Chem. 412 recommended.
5
cr. hrs.
intermediary
carbohydrates;
metabolism; introduction to enzyme chemistry.
6 lab.
class.
Prerequisite:
Chem.
hours/week: 2
class.
3 lab.
—
Chem. 491 —
Chem. 490
May
of
Special Topics
1
1
cr.
hr.
to 3 cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented
investigation
and
Chemistry Seminar
on one or more topics of mutual interest to student
Not intended as a research course but an extension
instructor.
Registratopics into a second semester might become so.
by consent of the instructor and Department Chairman.
some
tion
Chem. 492
—
3 cr. hrs.
Chemical Research
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
Registration by consent of the instructor and Department
students.
Chairmen.
131
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Professor Margaret C. Lefevre, Chairman
Professor: James D.
Bryden
Associate Professor: Benjamin
Instructor: Richard
—
Dis. 101
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
and
all
Andrews
Colleen Marks
Assistant Professor:
Com.
S.
M. Smith
and Diction
1
cr.
hr.
students seeking improvement of voice
Generalized instruction in voice production and
articulation.
articulation as well as individualized guidance with personal speech
problems.
—
Com. Dis. 152
Voice and Diction
The mechanical aspects of speech production
3
cr.
hrs.
are studied and
principles of speech therapy are illustrated in relation to the stu-
own performance in terms of voice quality, pitch, articulation,
Ear-training and self-improvement of prosand time elements.
dents'
pective clinicians or teachers
Com.
— Phonetics
251
Dis.
International
competence
emphasized.
are
Phonetic
in reading
3
Alphabet
—
fundamental
as
language and speech.
Com.
to
the
3
I
of
language
understanding
Prerequisite:
— Speech Pathology
253
Dis.
Students
cr.
hrs.
develop
and transcription of symbols.
Com. Dis. 252
Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
studied
used.
is
Com.
and
of
cr.
hrs.
speech
are
pathologies
of
Dis. 251.
II
3
cr.
hrs.
and techniques for identifying communication disorders are outlined. Research findings are explored.
procedures
Evaluative
Com.
Prerequisite:
Dis. 252.
— Introduction
Com. Dis. 276
The causes,
to
Audiology
cussed.
speech,
The
habilitation
cr.
hrs.
problems are explored.
Related
and educational factors are disof parent, educator, and specialist in the re-
for the various types of hearing
auditory,
3
evaluation techniques, and rehabilitative procedures
psychological,
roles
program are
investigated.
132
Com.
—
Clinical Methods and Practicum
3 cr. hrs.
and methods applicable to clinical practicum and
Dis. 351
Materials
teaching
practice
are
Opportunities
discussed.
demonstrations by the staff are provided.
to
for
observing
Students are required
compose sample lesson plans and evaluation
These
reports.
experiences are culminated with the students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech
Prerequisites:
Com.
Com.
and hearing disorders.
and Sp. Ed. 251.
Dis. 152, 251, 252, 253. 276,
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
Dis.
Students
continue
supervised
3
clinical
work
and
given
increasing responsibility and experience with cases of greater
Prerequisite:
plexity.
Com.
hrs.
cr.
are
com-
Dis. 351.
—
Com.
3 cr. hrs.
Dis. 360
Psycho-Linguistics
The
Language is studied as a psychological phenomenon.
nature and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are
investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent
conditions on both verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
Descriptive models of language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
Prerequisites:
Com.
Com.
Dis.
152, 251, 276.
—
Clinical Problems of
Communication Disorders
Dis. 361
3
cr.
hrs.
day problems encountered
by the speech clinician in clinical and public school programs are
discussed.
Pennsylvania School Law and State mandated special
Practical considerations of day
programs are also considered.
service
Com.
to
Dis.
376
— Auditory Training and Speech Reading 3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults
with moderate and severe hearing losses are investigated.
quisites:
Com.
Com.
Dis.
402
—
Clinical Experience
and
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
week
is
full
Prere-
Dis. 251, 276.
12
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per
provided for each student.
Prospective
teachers
of the
speech and hearing handicapped gain experience by working with
professional people in the field.
133
Com.
452
Dis.
— Anatomy
of Speech
and
Hearing Mechanisms
3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx
and ear are studied. The actual processes involved in human speakA co-operative lecture series is deing and hearing are explored.
by
the medical staff at Geisinger Medical
veloped for the students
Center.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351.
ECONOMICS
Professor TejBhan
S.
Chairman
Saini,
Associate Professors:
Deake G. Porter
Robert
Philip
P.
H.
Ross
Siegel
Joseph T. Skehan
Assistant Professor: Barbara
Econ. 211
Economics
Principles of
The nature
economic
—
cr.
hrs.
and demand and the price system, nafiscal policy, monetary policy and
employment and
stability
Econ. 212
3
1
of economics, economic concepts and institutions,
brief introduction to supply
tional income,
M. Dilworth
and growth.*
Principles of
The economics
Economics
3
11
cr.
hrs.
of the fiscal and resource allocation, price
and
output determination, current domestic economic problems; international
countries.
economics and economic problems of newly developing
Prerequisite: Econ. 211.*
Econ. 246
— Business and Economics Mathematics
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to the basic mathematical tools most frequently
employed
in intermediate
economics and business,
e.g.
elementary
Econ. 211 and 212 are prerequisites for all further work in the department.
Students required to take only one course in economics will take Econ.
211 and not Econ. 212.
131,
algebra,
geometry, functions, differential and integral
mathematics of finance, and linear programming.
analytical
calculus,
Econ. 311
— Intermediate Micro-theory and Managerial Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the
composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of
incomes; comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of competitive, monopolistic and oligopolistic firms, general equilibrium and
welfare economics.
and actual business
Modern
making
theories of business decision
practices.
Econ. 312
—
Econ. 313
— Labor Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N.P., employment, and price
level.
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern
theory; principles of taxation and government spending; management of the national debt.
The
3
practical questions in our
modern
cr.
hrs.
industrial organization
management and labor unions; the economic life of
The history of organized labor and
theories in management; current policies in the national
in the fields of
members
of the working force.
the growth of
and
governments to control industrial
state
Econ. 315
A
relations.
Business and Government
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of government policies for maintaining competition,
reducing competition, for substituting regulation in place of
for
competition and for substituting public for private enterprise.
The
various government policies will be tested in the light of economic
theory and historical experience.
Econ. 346
— Business and Economics
Descriptive
statistics,
ships as applied to business and
The
cr. hrs.
and measurement of
economic problems.
relation-
— Money and Banking
historical
3 cr. hrs.
background and development of monetary prac-
and principles, the principles of banking, with special attention
commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary
tices
to
3
averages, dispersion, elementary statistical
inference, index numbers, time series
Econ. 413
Statistics I
and banking development.
135
— Contrasting Economies
Econ. 422
3
cr. hrs.
Theories of capitalism and socialism with special emphasis on
Marxian theory.
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance
communism.
of capitalism, socialism, and
— History
3 cr. hrs.
of Economic Thought
economic theories propounded in the past and
their effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and
political systems.
The surplus value theory, economic planning as
a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to
Engel's Law, government responsibility for employment, and rent
control.
Econ. 211, 212.
Prerequisites: For Bus. Ed. Students
For other students
Hist. 112, 113, and Econ. 211, 212.
Econ. 423
The
different
—
—
433
Eicon.
—
International
Economics
3
Pure theory of international trade.
free
trade,
trade,
capital
monetary
system;
Econ. 434
— Economic Growth
international
liquidity
shortage.
of
Underdeveloped Areas
of
hrs.
and protection; balance of payments; foreign
movemer^s; he dollar and the international
exchange;
A
cr.
Study of the gains from
3
Topics include:
study of stagnating economies.
cr.
hrs.
theories
underdevelopment; operative resistances to economic growth;
role of capital, labor, population growth,
development planning; trade
in a
— Business and Economics
Econ. 446
and technological advance;
development
setting.
3
Statistics II
Sampling and sampling distributions, estimation
tests
of
analysis,
hypothesis,
contingency
applications,
decision
tables,
making,
analysis
regression
of
variance
cr. hrs.
probability,
and correlation
and computer
designs of experiments in selected fields of business
and economics. Prerequisite: Econ. 346.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
For a description of this course see Sociology 466.
Liberal
arts students concentrating in economics will receive credit for this
course.
Prerequisite: Econ. 346 and permission of the Economics
Soc.
Department.
Econ. 470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Discussion of current literature on economic theory and eco-
nomic policy. Each student reads one journal article a week on
which he writes a report and defends it in the seminar.
136
EDUCATION
M. Afshar, Chairman
Professor H.
Professors
Robert C. Miller
Gilbert R.
W.
Selders
Margaret Sponseller
Donald A. Vannan
Associate Professors:
Wesley E. Blamick
Donald E. Enders
M. Englehart
Beatrice
Glenn A. Good
Warren I. Johnson
Martin M. Keller
Milton Levin
Howard K. Macauley,
Aloysius
J.
Jr.
McDonnell
Kenneth A. Roberts
Ray C. Rost
Lynn A. Watson
Kenneth Whitney
Richard O. Wolfe
Matthew Zoppetti
Assistant Professors:
Raymond E. Babineau
Mae Beckley
Iva
Richard
John
J.
Donald
P. Sikula
R. Edward Warden
Instructors
Clarence Gourley
Joel E.
Ed. 202
Klingman
— Methods and Materials
in
3 cr. hrs.
Elementary School Science
Emphasis is placed on the major methods and materials used
in
elementary
school
science.
periences of children and
dren are limited.
new
Includes
the
environmental
ex-
areas where the experiences of chil-
Prerequisite: Phys. 103
and Bio. 103.
137
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
A
comprehensive study of
2
all
cr.
hrs.
Oppor-
communicative media.
tunity to develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials
in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
3
cr.
hrs.
principles of testing in the various fields of subject matter.
of grading and problems involved, representative standard-
ized tests,
and the vocabulary of measurement.
Psy.
Prerequisite:
371.
Ed. 321
A
Early Childhood Education
— Kindergarten 3
study of the physical, mental, emotional, and
cr.
hrs.
social levels
of the kindergarten age child, paying attention to the environmental
factors that foster child growth.
It
emphasizes the kindergarten pro-
up to meet the needs of this age child and to provide them
with the background of experience they will need for later ventures
gram
set
into reading, arithmetic, science, social studies, music, art, literature,
physical education and health.
Ed. 322
A
Prerequisite:
Psy. 211 or Ed. 322.
— Early Childhood Education — Nursery
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children
and experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at
Emphasis will be placed on "Operation Head
age levels.
these
Start" as a critical point in the poverty cycle.
ed with the
improve both the
quisite: Psy.
Ed. 361
Activities associat-
and education which will
opportunities and achievements.
Prere-
fields of health, social services
child's
211.
— Problems
of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
Problems
3
in teaching with particular emphasis
upon
cr.
hrs.
the
first
years includes problems of pupil growth and development,
culum, and counseling.
Ed. 362
— Problems
in the
The
placement,
Prerequisite: Ed.
393 and Psy. 371.
of Business Education
Secondary School
objectives
follow-up;
curri-
of
3
secondary
business
administration
of the
education:
business
cr.
hrs.
guidance,
department;
physical layout, equipment, supplies, selection of testbooks; curri-
culum and
its
development;
in business education.
tests
and measurements; current trends
393 and Psy. 371.
Prerequisite: Ed.
138
— Teaching
Ed. 371
Reading
of
in the
Elementary Grades 3
cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire
mentary school curriculum.
Ed. 372
Prerequisite: Ed.
ele-
393 and Psy. 371.
—
Foundation of Reading Instruction
3 cr. hrs.
The reading program in the elementary and/or secondary
including the areas of comprehension speed,
school,
study
skills,
and enrichment, and method of using inDevelopment of an elementary or a secondary school
reading program required of each student. Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
library skills, recreation
formation.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
Ed. 373
3
cr.
hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, emphasizing both standardized and informal techniques.
elementary
and/or secondary school teachers.
Designed for
Prerequisite:
Ed.
371 and/or Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
—
Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
2 cr. hrs.
Ed. 374
Developing the understanding and improving techniques for
developing reading
phasis
on
skills
applicable to the secondary school.
through secondary school academic subjects.
lish
Em-
and oral reading
Suggested for Eng-
readiness, comprehension, silent reading,
teachers
who wish
certification in the area of reading.
—
Reading for the Socially Disadvantaged Child 3 cr. hrs.
Methods and materials needed for the instruction of the disad-
Ed. 375
vantaged child
as they
tion
may be
(K-12).
more adequately
Ed. 391
Techniques
and theories are presented
applied to help the socially disadvantaged child funcin the school
— Learning and
environment.
the Learner
The psychological foundations
3
cr.
hrs.
of education: a study of individ-
ual differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations,
physical
hygiene.
schools.
Ed. 392
and mental growth, personality development and mental
Systematic observation and participation in the public
Prerequisite: Psy. 101
and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
—
Historical and Intellectual Foundations of
3 cr.
American Education
Development of American education in the perspective of
tory.
hrs.
his-
139
Ed. 393
—
Social Foundations of Education
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas covered
Social processes underlying education.
include an examination of the current social forces affecting educa-
school in American culture, the impact of social
on education, and role of the teacher in a period of
change.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and Soc. 211 or Soc.
tion, the place of
stratification
rapid social
224.
Ed. 394
— Education
in
Urban Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Systematic study of the problems of education in urban setting.
Primarily designed for students planning to teach in urban schools.
Ed. 395
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Elementary School
Curriculum study, methods and practices
and
social studies.
in the
Includes educational media.
cr.
language
Prerequisite:
hrs.
arts,
Ed.
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6 cr. hrs.
team approach to the preparation of secondary teachers with
the combination of broad curricular studies and specific teaching
techniques. Within the general curriculum and instruction the focal
Secondary School
A
areas
are
curricular
studies,
educational
tional skills, testing, planning,
decision-making,
and educational media.
of actual classroom observation
is
an integral part of
A
instruc-
program
this course.
The following methods sections concentrate on the above areas
and provide practical experiences and more depth study in their
particular disciplines:
Ed. 396 (A) "Teaching of English
in the
Ed. 396 (B) "Teaching of Mathematics
Secondary School"
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (C) "Teaching of Biological Science in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (D) "Teaching of Physical Science
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (E) "Teaching of Social Studies in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (F) "Teaching of Speech
in the
Ed. 396 (G) "Teaching of Geography
Secondary School"
Secondary School"
in the
no
Ed. 396 (H) "Teaching of Business Subjects in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (I) "Teaching of French
in the
Secondary School"
German
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (K) "Teaching of Spanish
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (J) "Teaching of
Prerequisite: Ed.
Ed. 397
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to provide prospective elementary teachers with the
materials, skills, understandings, and attitudes to help
meet the needs of children in the areas of science and
mathematics. Prerequisite: Phys. 103 and 104, Biol. 103 and 104,
and Math. 231 and 232.
methods,
them
to
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for
Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
per week.
full
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
per week.
Ed. 403
cr.
hrs.
of
areas of the elementary curriculum as
Association with carefully selected master teachers.
possible.
Ed. 402
many
minimum
30 hours
participating experience at two
semester basis with a
Opportunities for direct
grade levels and in as
hrs.
Prerequisite: Ed. 397.
Elementary School 12
in the
cr.
contempor-
in the teaching of
ary programs in the elementary school.
Ed. 401
3
full
in the
Secondary School
semester basis with a
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
30 hours
of
Teaching and other school experiences.
— Student Teaching
in the
in
Business Subjects
Secondary School
12
cr.
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
hrs.
Stu-
dents observe and teach in actual classroom situations.
Ed. 421
— Curriculum Development
Current
curricular
offerings
of
3
elementary
and
cr.
hrs.
secondary
Emphasis upon philosophical, social, political and techcommunity, nation, and the world, and the effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the school in curriculum development.
schools.
nical trends in the
Ed. 431
— Independent Study
3
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
cr.
hrs.
Ul
Ed. 432
—
Social Studies in the Elementary School
Designed
and materials
3
to acquaint students with current objectives,
in the area of Social Studies in the
The psychological and
sociological needs
development of a
related to the
elementary school.
of children
social studies
hrs.
cr.
methods
program
they are
as
mod-
in the
ern school.
— Language Arts
Ed. 433
in the
Elementary School
3
hrs.
cr.
Introduction to the broad spectrum of subjects called the lan-
guage
Problems, methods, techniques and materials related
arts.
to instruction in the several branches of this
major area of the
ele-
mentary school curriculum.
— Workshop
Ed. 441
A
in
3-6
Education
cr.
hrs.
study of selected areas in elementary or secondary education
including research by individual students in a special teaching
field.
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education and teaching experience.
Ed. 442
— Workshop,
Teaching Science
in the
Elementary School
3
designed for teachers
Primarily
in
service.
cr.
hrs.
Construction of
teaching materials to be used in the classroom, investigation into
problems
of the
in
an inquiry approach, and learning of the basic steps
scientific
method of problem solving and methods of de-
veloping a scientific attitude in children are aspects of the course.
Ed. 451
— Pupil Personnel
Services in the Public School 3
cr.
hrs.
A
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services in the
elementary and secondary schools which include the areas of school
attendance,
school health programs,
logical services
and guidance
pupil
transportation,
psycho-
services.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
EOD. 201
—
History, Education
and Guidance
of the Deaf
3
History of education of the deaf.
terials
from the
EOD.
351
cr.
hrs.
Important bibliographic ma-
field are introduced.
— Language
Principles
4 cr. hrs.
for the Deaf
and techniques of teaching language to the pre-pri-
mary and school-age deaf
child are studied.
The student
is
intro-
1U2
duced
to the leading systems of teaching language to
the deaf as
well as to deaf children with multiple handicaps.
EOD. 352
— Teaching Speech
Normal development
Deaf
to the
of speech
is
4
reviewed.
cr.
hrs.
Principles
and
techniques for teaching speech by analytical and synthetic methods
common
Speech defects
are studied.
to the hearing impaired are
considered in terms of etiology, evaluation and therapy.
EOD. 353
— Teaching Elementary
Subjects to the Deaf 4 cr. hrs.
and methods of teaching reading to deaf children
Methods of teaching
in the lower and higher grades are studied.
subjects such as arithmetic, social studies and science are considered with emphasis on methodology for use in the intermediate and
advanced grades.
Principles
—
EOD. 366
Classroom Practicum
To observe, compose lesson plans and
in
classroom of deaf children.
a
EOD.
3
cr.
hrs.
teach supervised lessons
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis.
351,
201, 351, 352, 353.
EOD. 403
— Student Teaching
Thirty hours per
week
ence with deaf children.
EOD. 461
— Problems
12
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experi-
Prerequisite:
EOD.
of Education of the
366.
3
Deaf
Practical considerations of problems encountered
er in public
cr.
and private school programs are discussed.
ENGLISH
Professor Louis F. Thompson, Chairman
Professors:
Charles
Kopp
Cecil C. Seronsy
Stamm
Thomas G. Sturgeon
Janet
Associate Professors:
Dale M. Anderson
Anita A. Donovan
William D. Eisenberg
Ronald A. Ferdock
Edwin W. Kubach
cr.
hrs.
by the teach-
John McLaughlin
Alva W. Rice
Jordan Richman
William C. Roth
Susan Rusinko
Richard C. Savage
Gerald H. Strauss
Assistant Professors:
Duck
Virginia A.
Dorothy A. McHale
Robert G. Meeker
Margaret Read-Lauer
Instructors
Richard
Nancy
Eng. 101
Devlin
S.
Gill
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency in
Frequent themes, intensive study of the principles of rhetoric
and grammar.
both.
Eng. 102
A
— English Composition
and style.
and book reviews, a term paper
cr.
hrs.
In addition to regular compositions
effective diction, tone,
Eng. 103
3
101, with increasing emphasis on
continuation of English
is
required.
— English Composition
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
3
cr.
hrs.
Similar to English 102 but reserved for incoming freshmen
who
have been exempted from English 101 on the basis of performance
on entrance examinations and other criteria. Content and requirements of this course are substantially the same as those for English
102.
Eng. 202
At
— Creative
Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
and five original poems receive critical analysis by the instructor and by the class in group discussion.
Form, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
least three original short stories
Eng. 203
— Introduction
to
Journalism
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on principles and techniques of reporting. Development of journalism, theory and practice of its principles; organizational patterns of news stories, methods of gathering news and
writing various types of news stories, fundamentals of editing.
1U
Eng. 204
— Feature Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
Methods of writing successful articles for newspapers and
magazines.
Emphasizes techniques of gathering information and
developing various types of feature articles.
Study and discussion
of published articles.
Eng. 207
— Survey
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
literary movements.
Eng. 208
A
— Survey
of
3
cr.
hrs.
of the most important literary
significant literary genres
World Literature
3
continuation of English 207, covering works of
cr.
and
hrs.
more
re-
cent date.
Eng. 209
—
3 cr. hrs.
Literary Genres
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing Gen-
Education requirement of English 207.
form as a vehicle for expression of ideas.
eral
Eng. 231
—
Emphasizes
3
British Writers
literary
cr.
hrs.
Required second-semester course for English majors. Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
CERTIFICATE IN JOURNALISM
A. The Certificate: This form
attests to the student's
pleted the requirements specified below.
preparation of the
teaching or in business.
tory
student
for
It
having com-
implies
publications
introduc-
activities
in
B. Requirements:
1.
and 301.
These courses are given in sequence each fall and spring
in a one-and-one-half year cycle.
Two of them may be applied to the student's General Education requirements in
Humanities and Social Sciences respectively.
One of the
courses may be counted in an English major's required 12
Satisfactory completion of English 203, 204,
credits of electives.
2.
Completion of
member
at least two years of satisfactory service as a
of the staff of the Maroon and Gold, Obiter, or
Olympian.
U5
—
Eng. 232
3
British Writers
Required third-semester course for English majors.
from Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Browning, Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and Eliot.
— Shakespeare
Eng. 249
Tennyson,
3
Required for English majors,
to
hrs.
cr.
Selections
hrs.
cr.
be taken in third or fourth
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis
semester.
on Shakespeare
as poet
and playwright and with attention to conand the history of the Shakes-
ditions of the Elizabethan Theater
pearean
text.
—
Mass Communications
3 cr. hrs.
mass communications: theories and realities of the
freedom of the press; growth of the print media; media of radio,
television, and film; mass communications industries and professions;
education for mass communication.
Eng. 301
The
Introduction to
role of
— Advanced Composition
Eng. 302
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other
students are admitted.
Aims
to develop in the student a greater
mastery over the elements of effective writing.
Attention
is
given
to the problem of evaluating writing.
— Russian
Eng. 307
An
Literature in Translation
3
cr.
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
hrs.
—
from Pushkin to Sholokhov. Readings in English of novels, poems,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the
plays, and short stories.
works as well as to the medium through which they are dramatized.
— Ideas
Eng. 312
3
in Literature
cr.
hrs.
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as the conflict
between freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in the scheme
of things, and the role of the individual in society.
Eng. 316
—
on
3
Children's Literature
Examination and study of
literature for children, with
criteria for selecting literature for the
cr.
hrs.
emphasis
classroom and the library,
suggestions for presenting literary works in the elementary classroom,
and basic
literary concepts.
Eng. 321
— Short
An
Story
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and American
short story, through reading and analysis of representative samples.
1A6
One original
known short
may be
required of each student.
— Modern Drama
Eng. 322
to
short story and one oral critical analysis of a wellstory
3
cr.
hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and
structure as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
Eng. 324
A
— Modern Novel
3
Russian writers, as their work
art,
cr.
hrs.
study of major modern novelists, exclusive of American and
impressionism,
and
reflects
developments
fictional
in
most dominant modes of realism, naturalism,
particularly in the
expressionism.
Begins
in
the
turn-of-the-
century novel of Conrad and moves through the writings of
Proust, Lawrence, Kafka, Woolf, Joyce, and/or one or
Mann,
two others
of the instructor's choice.
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under
guidance of instructor.
created, historical
The nature
of poetry
—
its
aims,
and individual changes and variations
how
in
it is
manner
and matter.
Eng. 326
An
— Modern Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
movements through
study of Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert
Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins,
W. B. Yeats, W. H. Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
Eng. 332
A
— Blake and Yeats
3
cr.
hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision
and by having created in this search perhaps the most original and
complete mythological systems in English literature.
Eng. 341
— Early and Middle
English Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
A study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation
and of medieval chronicles and romances including Sir Gawain and
the Green Knight and Le Morte d' Arthur.
— Early English Drama
Eng. 342
Early
3 cr. hrs.
native drama, including miracle and mystery plays,
Elizabethan dramatists: Hey wood,
morality plays, and interludes.
Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
U7
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
reading
literary
in
cr.
hrs.
speaking and
Middle English and with major emphasis on Chaucer's
achievement and his humanism.
Eng. 347
— 16th Century
3
Literature
The non-dramatic prose and
cr.
hrs.
verse of the period, emphasizing
The humanists: Erasmus, More,
Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly,
Sidney, Spenser, Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman,
Greene, and others.
the last quarter of the century.
Castiglione, Elyot,
Eng. 352
— 17th Century
3
Literature
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
of
Donne and Jonson
in
Eng. 354
A
hrs.
rival traditions
such poets as Herbert, Vaughan, Quarles,
Cowley, Herrick, and Marvell.
Browne, Taylor,
The
cr.
Fuller, Baxter,
Principal prose
Burton,
writers:
Bunyan, and Dryden.
— Milton
3
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of the poetry and prose of John Milton.
Eng. 356
— Restoration and Later Drama
3
cr.
hrs.
Wycherley, Etherege, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway,
with
consideration
of Moliere's
influence
in
Restoration
drama.
Eighteenth century sentimental comedy and tragedy, and reaction
against
it
in
Goldsmith and Sheridan.
Trends
in
19th century
drama.
Eng. 357
— 18th Century
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of literature of the Augustan Age in England: Addison
and Steele, Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the
Romantic Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of
Addison, Steele, Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
Eng. 358
— 18th Century Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
major novels of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Smollett, Sterne, and Austen; traces the development of the English
novel from picaresque to realistic.
Emphasizes
Eng. 363
— 19th Century Novel
The major
3
cr.
hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supple-
mentary readings
in the
works of the great Continental
novelists.
1U8
— 19
Eng. 364
Century Literature
th
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the major poets such as Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey,
Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Eng. 381
— American
Carlyle,
and others.
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
American Literature from its Colonial beginnings
through the Civil War, with emphasis on the writers of the American
Surveys
Renaissance.
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant
social
and
Eng. 385
movements
literary
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
America from its
beginnings about 1800 to the present.
Emphasizes highlights of
form, theme, and reflections of American literary and social movements.
Some attention to parallel developments in the European
Studies
the
development of the novel
in
novel.
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
Study of prose works of American
literature,
cr.
hrs.
both fiction and
from the late 19th Century to the present, emphasizing
and social significance. Such writers as Riis, Steffens, Sinclair, Allen, E. B. White, Thurber, Baldwin, Ellison, Claude
Brown, Steinbeck, and John Williams are included.
non-fiction,
literary merit
Eng. 401
A
—
cr.
hrs.
and
modern American
graphic formulas of
Eng. 402
A
3
Structure of English
descriptive study of the phonology, morphology, syntax,
— History
descriptive
of the English
English.
Language
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the causes and effects of phonemic,
and semantic change in the English
conquest to the present.
Anglo-Saxon
language from the
morphological,
Eng. 403
syntactic,
— Generative-Transformational Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis with
particular
attention
to
transformational
Eng. 401, or permission of instructor.
grammar.
Prerequisite:
U9
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr.
hrs.
For advanced students majoring in English. Examines works
of major critics: Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, ColeApplies critical principles to literary texts.
ridge, and others.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Associate Professor Alfred A. Tonolo, Chairman
Professors
Charles Whitney Carpenter,
Eric
II
W. Smithner
Associate Professors:
Ariadna Foureman
George W. Neel
Assistant Professors:
Ben
C. Alter
Blaise C. Delnis
Mary Lou John
Marban
Jacqueline B. Rube
Edilberto A.
John A. Sawyer
Christine T. Whitmer
FRENCH
Courses 220, 320, and 321 apply to the 12 hour departmental
literature
requirement.
400
level
electives
are
chosen only
after
French Literature I and II have been completed. Students are reminded of the opportunity to join the Cercle francais which is devoted to informal use of French in an interesting program of social
and cultural events during the year. Attendance at a French university in the summer and the Master's Degree program in French
complete the offerings in French.
Fr.
101
Beginning French
3
cr.
hrs.
Basic elements of the language; practice in speaking, under-
and gradually writing, with weekly laboratory
standing,
reading,
sessions.
5 contact hours.
150
Fr.
— Beginning French
102
(Prereq. 101 or Proficiency Test)
Continues the development of basic
3
skills
cr.
hrs.
with more reading
and written assignments, outside readings, frequent dictations and
thematic compositions.
(Fr. 101
work
in
and 102 are not open to students who have had previous
French and are not counted toward the 32 hour minimum
requirement for majors in French).
Fr.
103
Intermediate French
(Prereq. 102 or Proficiency Test)
Review of
salient points of
3
grammar, intensive practice
cr.
hrs.
in speak-
ing and writing, outside readings, weekly laboratory sessions, attention to
Fr.
French idioms.
— Intermediate French
104
(Prereq. 103 or Proficiency Test)
tion,
3
cr.
hrs.
The above process is enriched with appropriate works of ficincluding modern plays, short stories; emphasis on oral prac-
tice
and French idioms.
Fr.
201
— Review Grammar and Composition
3
(Prereq. 104)
cr.
hrs.
Review of grammar, reading of literary selections which
analyzed and discussed, composition on assigned topics.
Fr.
— Conversation and Composition
202
Vocabulary building, practice
and composition dealing with
French
Fr.
(Prereq. 201) 3
cr.
are
hrs.
in speaking French, conversation
intellectual
and
artistic
aspects
of
life.
205 *
— French Pronunciation
(Prereq. 104)
3
(elective)
cr.
hrs.
Production of French sounds, rules of pronunciation, lectures
and practical exercises, use of phonetic symbols.
Fr.
210
— The Culture and
Civilization of
France
3
(Prereq. 201 or 202)
Major developments of French
culture
down
to
the
cr.
hrs.
current
scene in France.
*
Students exhibiting deficiencies in the spoken language will be required
to take this course.
151
Fr.
— Contemporary French
220
(Prereq. 201 or
Literature
202 or by approval
of instructor)
3
This
first
works published for
literary
cr.
hrs.
reading course begins with an anthology of selected
this
purpose and includes plays and
short novels in unabridged form.
Fr.
— French
320
3
220)
Literature I (Prereq.
cr.
hrs.
Literary genres are traced from medieval times through the
18th century.
An
anthology
is
used, and outside readings are as-
signed.
Fr.
321
French Literature II (Prereq. 320)
3
cr.
hrs.
Continues the above for the 19th and 20th centuries.
ELECTIVES
Courses 220, 320, and 321 above count toward the 12 hour
literature requirement.
Fr.
405
Fr.
409
3 cr. hrs.
French Linguistics (Prereq. 201)
Systematic review of French syntax with composition and exercises based on contemporary authors.
— Advanced Spoken French
(Prereq. 201, 202, and 405)
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive practice in French diction through spontaneous and
prepared conversations.
Fr.
— French
415
Literature of the Renaissance
320 and 321)
3 cr. hrs.
Selections from Villon, Rabelais, Marot, the Pleiade, and Montaigne as they reflect the age of humanism and illustrate the transition from medieval to modern ideas.
(Prereq.
Fr.
420
— French
(Prereq.
Classicism— 1600-1715
320 and 321)
The formation
of the classic
form and the seventeenth century
Fr.
425
— French
(Prereq.
A
to
spirit,
3
cr.
hrs.
the perfection of dramatic
portrait of
man.
Literature of the Enlightenment
320 and 321)
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the ideas of the eighteenth century in their relation
twentieth
century
Voltaire, Diderot
thought;
and Rousseau.
special
emphasis
on Montesquieu,
152
Fr.
430
— The Romantic Period
in
French Literature
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
The development from romanticism
in the nineteenth
Fr.
450
century in
— The History
— 1800-1850
3
cr.
hrs.
and symbolism
the novel, poetry, and drama.
to realism
of Ideas in France from Descartes to
Comte
320 or 321)
3 cr. hrs.
The development of ideas from the regulae of Descartes through
(Prereq. 301 and
the contributions of Gassendi, Pascal, Pierre Bayle, the Encyclope-
Condorcet, and Saint-Simon to the positivistic summation of
dists,
Auguste Comte.
Fr.
460
— 20th Century French Novel
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
3
Selected novels of Anatole France, Gide, Proust, Sartre,
cr.
hrs.
Camus,
Malraux, Robbe-Grillet, Butor, and others.
Fr.
461
— Contemporary French Drama
320 and 321)
(Prereq.
3
cr.
hrs.
Plays of Claudel, Giraudoux, Cocteau, Nomtherlant, Anouilh,
Camus, Genet, Beckett, and Ionesco;
Sartre,
Copeau
Fr.
462
theatre direction from
to the present time.
— Modern French Poetry
(Prereq.
320 and 321)
3
cr.
hrs.
Sources and creative approaches of French poets from Baudelaire to the present.
Fr.
465
—
Explication de textes
3 cr. hrs.
320 and 321)
and literary explanation of representative
modern French authors.
(Prereq.
Intensive linguistic
selections of
Fr.
499
— Directed Readings
(Open only
French)
to
honor students and advanced majors
3
cr.
in
hrs.
Offers undergraduates with special aptitudes a greater opportunity
course;
visor.
to
do independent study than is possible in the ordinary
in conference and library.
By arrangement with ad-
work
153
COLLEGE-WIDE OFFERINGS
Fr.
230
— French
Literature in Translation from the Middle
Ages
through Eighteenth Century
(No French
credit for
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of major French works in
translation, beginning with the
Song of Roland and continuing with
authors such as Rabelais, Pascal, Moliere, Voltaire, Rousseau, and
Diderot.
Fr.
231
— Modern
French Literature
(No French
Readings
credit for
in
Translation
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
novel and the theatre of 19th and 20th cen-
in the
tury France with authors such as Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Gide.
Proust,
240
Fr.
Camus, Genet, Ionesco, and
— The Poetry
others.
of Charles Baudelaire through
Interpaginated Translation
(No French
credit for
French majors)
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
104 — Intermediate French
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
204 — Seminar
France
in
Six to eight
weeks
in a
French University.
This study-prac-
ticum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
setting.
The students are housed
summer course for foreign students.
in
dormitories
and attend the
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the
program.
Resident evalua-
tes from Bloomsburg accompany the group to assist students and
keep records of progress. Two semesters of French are required for
participation in this program.
Fr.
Fr.
— The Culture and
220 — The Contemporary
210
Civilization of
France
Literature of France
3
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
GERMAN
Ger.
101
— Beginning German
3
cr.
hrs.
(For students with no previous study of German)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses texts and tapes
consisting of authentic
German
situational conversations
and read-
15U
ings,
structural
analyses,
and practice
in
speaking, understanding,
reading, and gradually writing, with weekly laboratory sessions inte-
grated with the program.
Ger. 102
— Beginning German
3
Continues the development of basic
skills in
speaking through the use of the same tape-articulated
readings, frequent dictations,
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
understanding and
text,
outside
and thematic compositions.
— Intermediate German
3
cr.
hrs.
For students having two or more years of German background.
Continues the above approach with review, pattern practice,
exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based upon text
and appropriate outside readings, with weekly laboratory sessions
integrated with the program.
Ger.
104
—
Intermediate
The above
qualified,
upon
3
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
the
works of fiction,
from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
outside reports on the shorter works of major German
appropriate
selections
German
process, based
authors.
Ger. 201
— Conversation and Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
Audio-lingual approach continued in presentation and practice
Text presents literary
which are analyzed and discussed and whose models provide standards for imitation and thematic reworking of the gramin
reviewing the difficulties of the language.
selections
mar
points.
Ger. 202
—
Conversation and Composition
more advanced composition text continues
and composition work begun in German 201.
A
Ger. 210
3
cr.
hrs.
the conversation
— German
3 cr. hrs.
Culture and Civilization
thorough understanding of the geography, government, customs, education, arts, regional idiosyncracies, and history of the Ger-
A
man
speaking countries as well as to provide the students with a
vivid sense of the current scene in these countries.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Readings in Modern German Literature
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic, prose, and
poetic works of major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the
Ger. 215
twentieth
century.
Prerequisite:
Ger.
201.
155
—
3 cr. hrs.
Nineteenth Century German Drama*
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic works of major
German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth century.
Ger. 301
220.
Ger.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 302
—
century.
Prerequisite:
3 cr. hrs.
Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry
Reading and analysis of representative prose and poetic works
of the major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth
Ger. 220.
—
3 cr. hrs.
History of German Literature I
Readings and discussions of representative works from the
Ger. 320
following periods: Old High
German, Middle High German, Renand Enlightenment. Prerequisite:
aissance, Reformation, Baroque,
Ger. 220.
—
Ger. 321
A
ture
History of
continuation of
German Literature II
German 320. A survey
from the Enlightenment
to
the
present.
3
of
cr.
German
Readings and
cussions of selected works representative of each period and
ment.
hrs.
litera-
dis-
move-
Prerequisite: Ger. 320.
—
Enlightenment and Storm and Stress
3 cr. hrs.
Major lyric, dramatic, and prose works of Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller and other important writers of these two periods.
Prere-
Ger. 401
quisite: Ger. 321.
Ger. 402
—
Classicism and Romanticism
3 cr. hrs.
and prose works of Goethe, Schiller,
Novalis, Tieck, and other important German Classicists and Roman-
Major
lyric,
dramatic,
Prerequisite: Ger. 321.
ticists.
— Conversation,
Ger. 409
Structure,
and
German
3 cr. hrs.
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
Analysis of
of
German
linguistics, this
course analyzes the language empirically
and through conversations and compositions.
German major or minor.
Ger. 420
An
German
— German Poetry*
introduction
poetry from
credits in
German
To be taught
to
its
the
Prerequisite:
senior
3 cr. hrs.
major trends and characteristics of
beginnings to the present.
literature.
in a successive year.
Prerequisite:
9
156
— The Radio Play
Ger. 421
A
from
3
cr.
firs.
study of this genre in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria
beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: 9 credits in
its
German
literature.
Ger. 499
— German Honors Course*
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual readings and conferences on a special topic desig-
nated by the instructor.
department chairman.
Prerequisite:
Open
only to
permission of instructor and
German majors and
minors.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate German
3
3
104 — Intermediate German
Ger. 202 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition 3
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
Ger.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 101
(For students with no
previous study of Russian)
An
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual and structural approach toward the rapid de-
velopment of acceptable pronunciation, vocabulary accumulation
a
textual
Understanding and speaking are
frame of reference.
stressed, but students learn to read
and write the
Cyrillic alphabet.
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 102
3
Continuation of the development of the basic
standing, speaking, reading,
Ru. 103
and
in
skills
cr. hrs.
of under-
writing.
— Intermediate Russian
(For students with two or more
years in Russian study on the high school level or the
3
completion of 102)
Maximum
class
spoken language
use of the
bring about good comprehension and speech.
modus
vivendi
is
A
is
cr.
hrs.
designed to
text
on Soviet
read outside class and discussed in class in the
Russian language.
Ru. 104
A
during
— Intermediate Russian
cultural
this semester.
Projected for the future
*
To be taught
3
reader and selected fiction stories
in a successive
— Enrollment
year
are
cr.
hrs.
completed
Permitting
157
Ru. 210
— Excerpts From Russian
Selections
Pasternak will
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
from well known Russian writers from Pushkin
be read and discussed in class in Russian.
— Excerpts From
to
Science and Technology
3 cr. hrs.
works dealing with physics,
chemistry, biology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and disRu. 211
Selections
from Russian
scientific
cussed in class in Russian.
SPANISH
Span. 101
— Beginning Spanish
(For students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
hrs.
cr.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development in
speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
laboratory sessions integrated into the program.
Span. 102
— Beginning Spanish
3
Continuation of the development of basic
ing,
reading, writing, with an increase in the
writing,
dictations,
skills
cr.
hrs.
of understand-
amount of
reading,
and thematic compositions.
— Intermediate Spanish
(For students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3 cr. hrs.
Continues the above approaches with appropriate review. Outside reading is introduced in an expanding mastery of speech,
comprehension, writing, and literary appreciation.
Span. 103
Span. 104
— Intermediate
Spanish
3
Continues the above approaches.
short novels leading to a
of the course.
Span. 201
hrs.
cr.
Cultural reading, plays and
good mastery of the language
at the
end
Prerequisite: Span. 103.
— Grammar and Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Audio-lingual approach in presentations and practice in reviewing
the
difficulty
of the
language
will
positions stress correct writing forms,
Prerequisite: Span.
Span. 202
—
continue.
Written
and grammatical
com-
structures.
104 or equivalent.
Conversation
3
A
cr.
hrs.
more advanced composition text continues the conversation
work begun in the previous course (201), developing longer conversations and free compositions.
Prerequisite: Span. 201.
158
Span. 205
A
— Spanish Phonetics
study of the sound system and intonation patterns of the
Spanish language preceded by an introduction to articulatory phonetics.
The course
Span. 210
is
planned for those
— Culture and
who
plan to teach Spanish.
Civilization of
Spain and Spanish-America
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give students a thorough understanding of Spain
and Iberoamerica through geography, government, customs, educaCurrent events are viewed through
fine arts, and history.
tion,
magazines and newspapers; and, when possible, a class
trip to see
an authentic Spanish play.
Span. 301
A
—
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
more appreciation
majors, intended to give incentives towards
literary
cr.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish
work from
"la
of
epoca primitiva", to the "literatura contem-
poranea."
Span. 302
—
Literature of Spanish- America
3
Selections of Spanish-American literature
cr.
hrs.
from the chronicles
of Indias to the present time.
Span. 304
—
Siglo de
Span. 305
—
Siglo de
—
Oro
Part One
3 cr. hrs.
The theatre of the Golden Century: Lope de Vega, Tirso de
Molina, Guillen de Castro, Mira de Amescua, Ruiz de Alarcon,
Calderon de la Barca, Moreto Agustin.
Oro
—
Part
Two
3
cr.
hrs.
Cervantes, Garsilaso de la Vega, Fray Luis de Leon, San Juan
de
la
Cruz, Gongora, Quevedo.
Span. 411
— The Poetry
This course,
of Spain
chronological
in
3 cr. hrs.
development and based upon
several volumes of the finest Spanish poetry,
Span. 412
— The Poetry
This course,
is
open only
to majors.
of Spanish- America
in nature,
stead, with the objective of
majors.
is
based as the Poetry of Spain 411. In-
Spanish-America poetry.
Open
only to
159
Span. 414
— Medieval Spanish
El Cid Campeador,
y
el
Don Juan Manuel;
nacimiento de
la
el
el
3
Literature
Romancero;
la prosa;
Arcipreste de Hita,
poesia
lirica; el
el
Alfonso
X
cr.
el
hrs.
Sabio
Libro de Buen Amor;
Marques de
Santillana y Jorge
Manrique.
Span. 420
— Spanish Drama
The 19th and 20th
Span. 499
Open
centuries dramas.
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students and advanced majors in Spanish.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
201 — Grammar and Composition
204 — Seminar
Spain
Span. 104
3
cr.
hrs.
Span.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
Span.
in
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
This study-
practicum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
setting.
summer
The
students
are
housed
dormitories and attend the
in
course for foreign students.
Daily and weekend excursions
program.
to places of interest are included in the
Bloomsburg accompanies the group
to
assist
An
records of progress.
GEOGRAPHY
Professor Wendelin R. Frantz, Chairman
Professors
Bruce E. Adams
John A. Enman
William B. Sterling
Associate Professors:
Lee C. Hopple
Lavere W. McClure
Assistant Professors:
Brian A. Johnson
James R. Lauffer
James T. Lorelli
John J. Serff, Jr.
from
and keep
e valuator
students
160
Instructor:
Joseph R. Rifer
—
3 cr. hrs.
World Physical Geography
Geog. 101
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and
controls related to the adjustments
man makes
to his environments.
—
World Cultural Geography
Geog. 102
Designed to show the close relationship that
man, land, culture, and economic activities.
3
cr. hrs.
between
exists
—
Economic Geography
3 cr. hrs.
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with their relationship to current world economic problems.
— Geography
Geog. 223
The
of Anglo- America
3
cr. hrs.
physical setting, present inhabitants, occupations, resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
— Geographic
Geog. 224
The
States
is
Influences in American History 3
cr. hrs.
movements in the United
stage on which the action
relationship between the historical
and the natural environment
portrayed.
as a
Prerequisite: Hist. 218.
—
Weather and Climate
3 cr. hrs.
The interrelationships between the elements of weather and climate. The functional application of these basic elements is elaborated upon through a study of climatic realms.
Geog. 225
—
Geography of Europe
Geog. 233
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
systems, resources, population, and trade.
— Geography
Geog. 243
The
economic
3
physical characteristics of Asia and
its
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
social, cultural,
and
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
of Asia
3
transportation
— Geography
of Latin
America
3
regional study of South America, Central
islands of the
Caribbean Sea.
the geographic environment.
The human and
cr.
hrs.
America and the
physical factors of
161
—
Geography of Africa
physical geographic elements (climate,
Geog. 245
The
political
The
manufacturing, transportation, communication,
boundaries for
all
of Africa.
— Geography
Geog. 246
physical and
of the Soviet Realm
human geography of the
some emphasis upon
ied along with
cr. hrs.
physiography and water) as they relate to agricul-
tation, minerals,
ture, grazing, mining,
and
3
natural vege-
soils,
3
Soviet
Union
cr. hrs.
stud-
is
the relationship between that
country and the so-called "satellite" nations.
—
Geog. 323
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
human, and economic
the political
map
— which
The study
3
cr. hrs.
physical,
influence the changing pattern of
of the world.
— Physiography
Geog. 353
—
3
cr. hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces,
which, in conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped
the earth into
modifying
Geog. 354
The
355
S.
A
present form and are constantly refashioning and
— Cartography
use,
globes, charts,
E.
its
it.
4 cr. hrs.
and interpretation of maps, models,
construction,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
4
Meteorology
cr.
hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying prin-
ciples of
atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr. hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses
and storms) and the distribution of varied climates over the
earth.
Prerequisite: E.S. 355.
E.
357
S.
—
The
Geog. 358
cr.
hrs.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
work changing
agencies continually at
classification
4
Physical Geology
The landscape
the earth's forms,
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
— Conservation
of Natural Resources
The extreme importance
to
3
cr. hrs.
our economy and to our very
of this nation's vital resources.
Conservation of
lands, waters, minerals, the air,
and human resources.
the
life.
lives
soils, forests, grass-
162
E.
—
359
S.
Oceanography
3
cr.
hrs.
and physical aspects
of the ocean basins.
Emphasis will be on ocean basin structure,
topographic features, wave motion, current circulation, and methods
Introduction to the geologic,
chemical,
of investigation.
E.
S.
sils.
—
361
Historical Geology
3 cr.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and
Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or E.S. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban Geography
3
hrs.
fos-
cr. hrs.
Designed to provide a conceptual and methodological frame-
work
in
which
to
view the process of urbanization.
—
4 cr. hrs.
365
Geomorphology
Major land features and the processes that help to form them
with particular emphasis on their relationship to the underlying geoLaboratory and field trips includlogic formations and structures.
E.
S.
ed.
E.
— Rocks and Minerals
367
S.
Common
ations,
E.
S.
and identifying
368
4
cr.
hrs.
minerals and rocks, their origins, occurrences, associcharacteristics.
—
Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
The processes and agents which form,
3
transport,
cr. hrs.
and deposit
sediments and the geologic interpretation of the resulting rocks.
E.
369
S.
An
—
Structural Geology
rock mechanics and utilizing data from
E.
—
451
S.
4
analysis of rock deformation based
upon
cr.
hrs.
the principles of
field investigations.
Field Techniques in Earth and
3-6
Space Science
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques
in the areas of geology,
astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
E.
S.
— Astronomy
453
The
solar system,
interesting
phenomena
its
3
cr.
hrs.
physical characteristics and motions, the
of our galactic system, and those of extra-
galactic space, together with the study of constellations. Prerequisite:
Math. 101 or Math. 111.
163
Geog. 462
—
Theoretical and Quantitative Geography
3
hrs.
cr.
Conceptual frameworks, theoretical developments, methods of
and dispersion of geographical
and quantitative approaches in geographical analyses.
measuring intensity
Geog. 492
distributions,
— Geography Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature,
(A
techniques, and the practical application of Geography.
mum
mini-
Geography must be completed before a
of 21 credit hours in
student schedules this course).
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE
SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
MSL.
110 — Introduction
Oceanography
211 —
Methods
Oceanography
221
Zoology
24 — Marine Biology
260 — Marine Ecology
331 — Chemical Oceanography
362 — Marine Geology
364 —
Oceanography
—
Marine
420
Micropaleontology
457 — Marine Geophysics
500 — Problems
Marine Science
to
Field
in
Invertebrate
1
Physical
in
3
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
3
cr.
hrs
1-3
cr.
hrs
hrs.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Professor Clarence A. Moore, Chairman
Professor: Jack A. Jones
Associate Professors:
Stephen M. Bresett
Russell E.
Houk
Medlock
Ronald Eugene Puhl
Jerry K.
Mary
E.
Wray
Assistant Professors:
Rodrick Clark Boler
Jerry B. Denstorff
*
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald Rabb for full particulars.
16 A
Jerome E. McComb
W. McLaughlin
Burton T. Reese
Eli
William
Sproule
J.
Henry C. Tubberville,
Earl W. Voss
Joan M. Auten
Instructor:
HPE
100
Jr.
— Personal and Community Health
Provides basic concepts
sonal and
community
HPE
—
101
.
.
hrs.
1
cr.
hr.
men and women)
Theory and practice
.
cr.
health.
Physical Fitn.ss Education
(separate for
Men
2
and understandings concerning per-
in
one team sport (either soccer
or speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a
physical fitness test given to
level of
Women
.
.
.
determine the fitness
each student.
Consists of one team sport (either field hockey or
volleyball), a physical fitness test to determine the
fitness level of
improve
each student, concentrated work to
this level,
and a
post-test to
measure the
improvement.
HPE
150
— Aquatics
(co-educational)
The required swimming program
is
1
beginning, intermediate, and lifesaving.
hr.
Assignments are made on
the basis of a proficiency test administered to
in
cr.
divided into three sections:
all
students enrolled
HPE-101.
HPE
Advanced Aquatics
151
A
(co-educational)
1
cr.
hr.
review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and an
opportunity to qualify for
tification.
Red Cross Water
Safety Instructor cer-
In addition, emphasis will be placed on pool manage-
ment, basic scuba, competitive and synchronized swimming.
Pre-
requisite: Senior Lifesaving.
HPE
152
—
Survival
Instruction
Skills
Swimming
and practice
in
(co-educational)
techniques
taught include rhythmic breathing,
of
1
personal
swimming
hr.
survival.
strokes neces-
on buildand confidence under adverse conditions.
sary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis
ing personal endurance
cr.
165
The following courses are intended to develop knowledge, skill, and
appreciation of the activity being taught. Primary emphasis has been
placed on those activities possessing "Lifetime" recreational values.
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
— Archery and Badminton (Co-ed)
202 — Archery and Bowling (Co-ed)
203 — Archery and Golf (Co-ed)
204 — Archery and Square Dance (Co-ed)
205 — Badminton and Bowling (Co-ed)
206 — Badminton and Golf (Co-ed)
207 — Badminton and Square Dance (Co-ed)
208 — Bowling and Golf (Co-ed)
209 — Bowling and Square Dance (Co-ed)
210 — Golf and Square Dance (Co-ed)
(Co-ed;
211 — Bowling And
And Square Dance (Co-ed;
212 —
201
Billiards
fee required)
Area
— Dancing (Co-ed)
of Interest students in
242
—
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Physiological
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Elementary School Health and Physi-
Education must complete the following courses:
320, 321, 331, 410, 411, and 412,
cal
HPE
cr.
fee required)
Billiards
222
1
HPE
301, 302, 303,
and Medical Aspects of
Athletic Coaching
3
cr.
hrs.
Basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting movement,
strength, and conditioning in sports.
Included is a
thorough investigation of medical concepts such as protective equipment, training, care of injuries, safety problems, and medical re-
endurance,
search relating to athletics.
HPE
— Techniques
251
of Coaching Baseball
Development of individual
skills
2
cr.
hrs.
and techniques of teaching and
coaching baseball.
HPE
252
— Techniques
of Coaching Basketball
2
Analysis of techniques and development of personal
basketball.
cr.
hrs.
skills
in
166
HPE
253
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Football
2
cr.
hrs.
and defensive
fundamentals for each position; organizational methods and coachinstruction
and practice
in offensive
ing principles.
HPE
256
— Techniques
of Coaching Cross Country,
Track, and Field
Advanced
2
instruction
and practice;
rules
and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
257
coaching principles.
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Wrestling
instruction
and Golf 2
and practice; rules and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
258
coaching principles.
— Techniques
of Coaching
Swimming and Tennis
Strategy, techniques,
in
swimming and
HPE
262
cr.
hrs.
tennis.
— Women's Extramural Program
Provides knowledge
and
2
and theory for interscholastic competition
2
cr.
hrs.
and practice in application of coaching
women's team sports.
officiating techniques for
HPE
301
— Basic
Activities I
Elementary Physical Education
Instruction
dance, and
and participation
movement
exploration.
in
It
1
elementary
will
school
cr.
hr.
rhythms,
include classroom and
laboratory work.
HPE
—
302
Basic Activities II
Elementary Physical Education
1 cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in elementary school conditioning
exercises; stunts and tumbling; games of low organization including
running, circle tag, and classroom games; relays; and games for
special occasions.
HPE
—
303
Basic Activities III
Elementary Physical Education
1 cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in ball-type activities (elementary),
lead-up games to team sports, simple team games, team sports,
skill testing, and physical fitness testing.
167
HPE
— Methods and
311
Materials in Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
Provides principles
terests of
elementary age children in
education.
HPE
320
Not open
to
— Health and
3
HPE
Area
cr.
hrs.
meet the needs and inthe area of health and physical
and procedures
to
of Concentration students.
Safety in the Elementary School 2
cr.
hrs.
Provides students with health knowledge and training in the
of
areas
elementary
environment
school
and
health
appraisal,
techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school
health
program,
and safety education
in
elementary
the
school.
HPE
321
—
First
Designed
Aid and Safety
for
the
training in first aid
and
Instructor certification
HPE
331
A
ground
2-3
cr.
hrs.
teacher who needs
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
elementary-secondary
safety.
may be
obtained.
— Recreational Education
2-3
cr.
hrs.
discussion of recreation activities used in school and playsituations.
Emphasis
is
placed on recreation planning, tech-
niques of leadership, and worthy use of leisure time.
—
HPE
333
School Camping and Outdoor Education
3 cr. hrs.
Designed to acquaint students with the scope of organized
camping and the acquisition of and practice in the basic skills required of teachers involved in camping and outdoor education training.
Field experiences are included.
HPE
Seminar in Elementary School Health
400
and Physical Education
—
Primarily designed for the in-service teacher
3-6
who
cr.
hrs.
wishes to
acquire the latest knowledge and techniques in health and physical
education at the elementary school
level.
Not open
to
Area of
Concentration students.
HPE
409
—
Principles
and Problems of Secondary
School Athletics
Coaching techniques necessary
programs.
The course
tion, business
3
to
plan and promote
includes history,
organization,
cr.
hrs.
athletic
administra-
procedures, public relations, and formulation of policy.
168
HPE
—
The Planning and Administration of Elementary
School Health and Physical Education
3 cr.
410
hrs.
Philosophy, objectives, values, and techniques necessary to plan
and evaluate a sound program
in health
and physical education
for
the elementary school.
HPE
411
A
— Adapted Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
handicapped child and techniques used in
recognizing and meeting his problems.
HPE
study of
412
the
—
The Teaching of Health and Physical
Education in the Elementary Grades
Methods, materials, and practice in teaching
physical
education for primary,
Area of Concentration and
HPE
420
intermediate,
3
cr.
hrs.
and
and upper grades.
health
in-service teachers only.
—
Techniques in Health and Physical
3 cr. hrs.
Education for Special Education Teachers
Sound principles and procedures for meeting the physical, emo-
tional,
and
social needs of the mentally retarded in health
sical education.
HISTORY
Professor Craig A. Newton, Chairman
Professors
Hans K. Gunther
Ralph S. Herre
John J. Serff
Robert D. Warren
Associate Professors:
John C. Dietrich
H. Benjamin Powell
Ralph W. Sell
Ralph Smiley
James R. Sperry
Anthony J. Sylvester
George A. Turner
James R. Whitmer
John B. Williman
Assistant Professors:
Richard G. Anderson
Theodore Shanoski
and phy-
169
Instructors
Louis T.
Nau
James H. Neiswender
Hist. Ill
— World History
to
Surveys development of
world from
112
Hist.
1500
3
man and
1500.
earliest times to
— World History 1500
to
1815
3
and non-Western world, with emphasis on
from
interaction
their
to 1815.
113
Hist.
— World History
Political,
Western world
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural forces since the post-
social,
Napoleonic period.
Hist.
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural forces in the Western
Political, social,
1500
cr. hrs.
culture throughout the
his
in the
Emphasis upon increasing importance of nondevelopment of the modern world.
—
3 cr. hrs.
218
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic
problems are emphasized.
Hist.
the
312
The
—
Classical
World
Roman Empire
Greece, Rome, the
in the
314
cr. hrs.
fall
of
West, with an intensive emphasis upon
rise of Christianity,
ern European civilization.
Hist.
3
ancient world from the ancient Near East to the
and
their influence
on West-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Medieval Europe
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the
fall
of the
Roman Empire
in the
West; a
critical analysis of feudal-
ism and manorialism, the development of Western
institutions,
and
of the church and temporal authorities to the late 14th century. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
318
— England
Political,
Glorious Revolution.
Hist.
319
— England
Political,
to
economic,
social,
1688
social,
3
and
cultural
life
in
England
cr. hrs.
to the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
since
1688
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural development in Eng-
land from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis
upon
the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions,
the growth and decline of the British Empire.
hrs. of history.
and
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
170
322
Hist.
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
velopments from
ca.
economic,
1300
3
and
literary, artistic,
cr. hrs.
intellectual de-
and including the spread of the
in Italy
Renaissance throughout Europe; also a
critical
study of the Protest-
ant and Catholic reformations in relation to the political, economic,
social, and cultural developments in Western Europe in the 16th and
17th centuries.
324
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Age
Rise of the
in
of Absolutism,
modern nation
1600-1789
states, the
3
cr. hrs.
growth of absolutist power
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the
major Western powers.
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Revolution, Liberalism and
Nationalism, 1789-1914
326
Causes and
effects of the
3
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the
rising tides of nationalism
and liberalism; the unification of Germany and
crises leading to
Hist.
332
World War
— Europe
since
cr. hrs.
French Revolution and the Napoleonic
I.
Italy; the
diplomatic
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1914
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of major political, social, economic, and military as-
European history from World War I to the present. Emupon the problems faced by the present-day world. Prere-
pects of
phasis
quisite:
Hist.
6
348
cr. hrs.
of history.
— Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
6
Professionally guided study tour of Western Europe,
scheduled each summer.
Hist.
352
era,
attention
is
summary
since
354
1820
3
cr. hrs.
of course and results of the revolutionary
devoted to the economic,
velopment of individual nations.
Hist.
usually
Research paper required.
— Latin America
After brief
cr. hrs.
social,
and
political de-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Modern Far East
3
cr. hrs.
Eastern Asiatic civilizations with emphasis upon cultural change
and
political
response in consequence of European expansion and
the spread of nationalism.
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Russia to 1917
356
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in
the ninth century through the Kievan, Muscovite, and Imperial
periods to the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
Hist.
hrs. of history.
171
Hist.
358
— Modern Africa
Surveys
the
transformation
3
the
of
societies
Africa from colonialism to national independence.
cr. hrs.
Hist.
of
cr. hrs.
Sub-Sahara
Prerequisite:
6
of history.
362
— The Near and Middle East
since
1800
3
cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman
Empire and the extension of European
interests
in the
nineteenth
century, surveys the West's continuing involvement in the area and
the rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
372
Colonial Period of America to 1783
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and
emphasis upon the problems which produced conflict between the
colonies and the British Empire resulting in the American RevoluHist.
tion.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Early National Period of the United States
374
3 cr. hrs.
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian
Major periods
administrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
analyzed as
to their contributions to the establishment of the United States from
Hist.
1783
to 1828.
—
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
American Expansion and Disunion,
376
1828-1865
3 cr. hrs.
Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the Mexican
War; the issue of slavery and expansion, and the Civil War. Prere-
Hist.
quisite:
6
cr. hrs.
of history.
—
Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898 3 cr. hrs.
378
Economic, social, cultural, and political problems inherent in
the transformation of the United States from an agrarian nation into
Hist.
a
modern
industrial
world power.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs.
of his-
3
cr. hrs.
tory.
Hist.
382
— Early Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
Domestic and international issues concerning the United States
from the Spanish-American War to the Great Depression, with
analysis of the Progressive Era and its contributions, the role of the
United States as a world power, World War I and the League of
Nations, expansion of the
American economy, and the tensions
the 1920's. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
of
172
— Contemporary United
384
Hist.
States,
1932
to the Present
3
The Great Depression with its
entry into World War II, problems
cr. hrs.
on American life,
of the cold war, and domestic
ramifications
from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying interpretations of the era examined to understand conflicting views of
issues
the present.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
388
Pennsylvania
3 cr. hrs.
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to
national life and contrasts significant movements on the state level
with those on the national.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
391
of the
United States to 1898
A
critical analysis of
3
cr.
hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
Colonial period to the 1898 war with Spain.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs.
of history.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
392
of the
United States since 1898
A
critical analysis of
war with Spain
in
1898
3
cr. hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
to the present.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
history.
Hist.
— Bibliography and Research
399
A
and exercises in
location and use accompany a careful analysis of the problems and
tools of historical research and a practical application of research
review
of
basic
methods. Prerequisite: 6
Hist.
412
historical
cr. hrs.
bibliography
of history or consent of instructor.
— Central Eastern Europe
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the political and cultural development of the nations
Europe which lie between Germany and Italy on the west and
Russia on the east since their emergence as independent nation-states
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
of
of history.
*
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
173
Hist.
421
— Diplomatic History
Europe from 1815
study
Analytical
to
of
of
1919
foreign
and
policies
3
cr.
hrs.
relations
of
the
European nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history. Offered for undergraduate
or graduate credit.*
Hist.
422
— Diplomatic History
of
Europe
1919
since
3
cr.
hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the Great
—
League of Nations, war debts
Powers during the Interwar Years
the
and reparations, disarmament, causes of World War II
diplomacy of the Second World War, and the origins and evolution
of the cold war.
—
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for
undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
428
—
Intellectual History of
Europe
since the Enlightenment
Changes
3
cr. hrs.
in currents of thought during the period are related
to political, economic,
and
social developments.
Special attention
given to various interpretations of major intellectual movements.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or
graduate credit.*
Hist.
452
—
3
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural
evolution of the Soviet Union, and a study of Soviet foreign policy
and international
relations.
Prerequisite:
9
hrs.
cr.
of
history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
454
— China and Japan
Political,
social,
in the
Twentieth Century
and economic problems
nations to international power.
Prerequisite:
9
3
cr. hrs.
the rise of these
in
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
456
—
the
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of critical social, political, and economic prob-
lems of the contemporary peoples and nations in these regions.
requisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Pre-
Offered for undergraduate or gradu-
ate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
17 J,
Hist.
—
471
Industrial History of the United States
3
Survey of industrial growth of the United States
political
social,
— History
472
9
Prerequisite:
institutions.
hrs.
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
of history.
Hist.
and cultural
cr. hrs.
in relation to
Labor
of
in the
United States
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the problems of labor from the colonial period to the
upon
present, with emphasis
role in national
the development of unions and their
Prerequisite:
life.
9
cr.
Offered
of history.
hrs.
for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— United
481
Studies
distinct
and
States Social, Cultural,
1860
Intellectual History to
3
cr. hrs.
impact of English institutions, the development of a
American
society,
and the divergence of the cultures of the
North and the South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— United
482
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
3
social
and cultural
institutions
contemporary systems of thought are analyzed.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
496
A
—
hrs.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems 3
topical
cr.
and major
approach
problems of American
life.
to
various
political
and
cr. hrs.
constitutional
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.*
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor Charles R. Reardin, Chairman
Associate Professors:
M. Brennan
LeRoy H. Brown
Joanne S. Growney
Charles
Robert L. Klinedinst
Joseph E. Mueller
Ronald W. Novak
Clinton
J.
Oxenrider
George G. Stradtman.
Jr.
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
175
Assistant Professors:
Paul G. Hartung
Harold J. Bailey
John S. Scrimgeour
June L. Trudnak
Instructor:
Math. 101
— Fundamentals
Designed
to
dent's
competence
L. Ohl
of Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
convey an appreciation of a selection of mathe-
matical applications in
day
Thomas
in
modern
civilization while increasing the stu-
coping with mathematical situations of every-
living.
Math. 110
— Pre-Calculus
4
Preparatory for those students
ments
who do
to begin the calculus sequence.
It
cr. hrs.
not meet the requirea study of elementary
is
algebraic functions and relations, exponential and logarithmic functions, circular functions
Math. Ill
and inverse functions.
— College Algebra
Concepts developed
3
secondary school algebra.
in
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis
is
placed on the study of functions, matrices, and determinants.
Math. 112
— Trigonometry
3
cr. hrs.
Use of trigonometric functions. Also includes complex numbers and vectors. Prerequisite: Math. 111.
Math. 116
— Introductory
Develops the
statistical data; to
and
3
Statistics
ability to read, interpret,
compute values
and construct
cr.
hrs.
tables of
for the various statistical measures;
to apply the basic skills of statistics to the biological sciences.
Biological sciences majors only.
Prerequisite: Math.
—
Math. 211
Calculus I
Study of the cartesian plane, functions,
the derivative, differentials
limits
and applications; and
111.
4 cr. hrs.
and continuity;
anti-derivatives.
—
Math. 212
Calculus II
4 cr. hrs.
Study of the definite integral and application; conic sections;
differentiation of elementary transcendental functions; the indefinite
integral
and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite:
Math. 211.
176
—
Math. 221
and
inferential
Both
abilistic distribution.
sity
3
Statistics
Descriptive
statistics
hrs.
and continuous probability den-
discrete
functions are discussed.
cr.
with emphasis on prob-
Practical training in the calculation of
various statistical measures and the use of automatic calculators
obtained in the laboratory.
Math. 222
Sophomore
Prerequisite:
— College Geometry
3
Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint.
geometry
and space, geometric
in planes
inequalities,
the triangle, the quadrilateral, the circle and sphere.
is
standing.
cr.
hrs.
Incidence
properties of
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
Math. 231
— Theory
The use
of Arithmetic
3
cr.
hrs.
and relations; the
four elementary operations in counting numbers, integers, and
Eledifferent number bases; and elementary theory of numbers.
mentary education majors only.
of language in mathematics,
— Algebraic and Geometric
Math. 232
sets
3
Structures
cr.
hrs.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals,
and
irrational
angles, circles, area,
numbers; measurement of
and volume.
Prerequisite:
line
segments,
tri-
Math. 231.
—
1 cr.
Introduction to Computer Programming
Computer programming using the Fortran Language with
Math. 241
hr.
ex-
amples chosen from the natural and physical sciences.
Math. 246
—
Field
Work
in
Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new
situations.
interest
3
when
it
is
cr.
life
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle
mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit,
scale drawing.
Math. 311
hrs.
applicable to
Prerequisite:
and
Math. 112.
— Intermediate Calculus
4
cr.
hrs.
Study of polar coordinates, parametric equations, vectors
the
plane
and
space,
improper
integrals;
multiple integration; series and sequences.
Math. 312
—
Study
of
series
elementary
series,
ordinary
in
differentiation:
Prerequisite: Math. 212.
Differential Equations
and power
Math. 311.
partial
3
differential
equations;
and La Place transforms.
cr.
hrs.
infinite
Prerequisite:
177
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
discussed include
its
Modern Algebra
3
cr.
concepts and terminology.
sets, rings, fields,
hrs.
Subjects
groups, relations, and functions.
Math. 212.
Prerequisite:
Math. 322
to
algebra and
— Linear Algebra
3
cr.
hrs.
Study of vectors and n-dimensional vector space; determinants,
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms, and applications
in
Prerequisite:
3-space.
Math. 331
— Algebra
Topics
of
Consideration
will
be given to
Prerequisite:
Ed. 352.
— Modern Geometry
Euclidean and various
development from postulate systems.
3
and
Prerequisite:
tions.
Math. 412
of
3
integral calculus of functions
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
and transforma-
Math. 311.
— Complex
Presentation
cr.
and their
Prerequisite: Math. 222.
geometries
— Advanced Calculus
Differential
cr. hrs.
from an advanced viewpoint.
topics of contemporary school mathe-
algebra
non-Euclidean
Math. 411
3
for Secondary School Teachers
elementary
matics programs.
Math. 332
Math. 321.
3
Variables
theory
through
the
differential
and
cr.
hrs.
integral
calculus of analytic functions, residues, and conforr.al transformations,
with applications.
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
—
Introduction to Topology
3 cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of general topology.
Topics included are elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, compactness, product and metric spaces, nets and convergence.
Prerequisite: Math.
Math. 421
311.
— Introduction
Group Theory
3 cr. hrs.
Fundamentals of group theory.
Topics included are groups
and related systems, normal subgroups and homomorphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and free groups.
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 422
—
to
Number Theory
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of numbers. Topics included are Euclidean algorithm,
congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian integers, and Diophantine
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
equations.
Math. 431
178
Math. 432
A
— Elementary Numerical Analysis
computer-oriented
analysis
3
algorithms
of
of
cr. hrs.
numerical
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpola-
analysis.
tion
and approximation,
and
differential equations.
differentiation
Prerequisite:
and integration, matrices,
Math. 311.
MENTAL RETARDATION
Professor Emily A. Reuwsaat, Chairman
Professors:
Andrew J. Karpinski
Jordan M. McLaughlin
James T. Reifer
Assistant Professor: Margaret S.
Webber
Instructor: Carroll J. Redfern
—
3 cr. hrs.
MR. 201
Introduction to Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning characteristics of the mentally retarded.
Etiology and environmental aspects of development
Observations of special classes and field
of the mentally retarded.
Teh.
trips to institutions.
MR. 303
Teh.
—
Crafts for All Levels of
4
Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
levels of the mentally retarded.
for
activities
for
cr.
use with
hrs.
all
Analysis of the crafts experiences
development of techniques and curricular emphases and cor-
relation with the total
Teh.
MR.
351
—
program
for the mentally retarded.
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
3
cr.
hrs.
Organization of instruction for trainable and educable mentally
retarded.
mediate
Curriculum methods and materials for primary and
levels.
inter-
Observation of special classes and construction of
teaching materials.
Teh.
MR. 352
—
Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research, and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
179
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
mentally retarded.
machines related
to student projects in
secondary special classes for
the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
— Seminar
361
in
Teaching the
Mentally Retarded
3
hrs.
cr.
Practical problems of teaching special classes for the mentally
retarded are considered. Organization and administration of classes,
coordination with various personnel serving the students,
tion
will
and curriculum problems,
be discussed.
Law and State manTeacher competence and
Pennsylvania State School
dated special services will be presented.
problems pertinent to student teaching
Teh.
MR.
— Individual
375
integra-
equipment and materials
facilities,
will
be explored.
1-3
Project
Project planned according to interests
hrs.
cr.
and needs of the
in-
dividual student, in any of the following suggested areas: library research, curriculum study,
work with
individual children, internship
aspects of educational programs.
in special
(Open
to seniors only
with staff approval).
Teh.
MR. 400
— Workshop
in Special
Problems and Methods
in
6
Education
Investigations are
made
tion of the educable mentally retarded.
to interest
cr.
hrs.
of recent developments in the educa-
and needs of students.
Topics
will
(For teachers
vary according
in the field
with
degrees; not for regular students in the Teaching of the Mentally
Retarded curriculum).
Teh.
MR.
401
— Student Teaching, M.R.
Thirty hours per
week
ence under the direction of the professional
local
and
Teh.
MR. 432
A
12
cr.
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experistaff in
cooperation with
state school divisions.
— Language Arts
for Special Classes
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
language arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teach-
ing aids and machines related to student projects in language arts
applicable to individual needs of children in special classes.
requisite:
a course in the teaching of reading.
Pre-
180
MUSIC
Associate Professor William K. Decker. Chairman
Associate Professors:
Bemis
Sylvia H. Cronin
Nelson A. Miller
Jack
S.
Assistant Professor: Richard
Instructor:
Music 101
— Introduction
to
J.
Stanislaw
Stephen A. Wallace
Music
3-3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to music listening to develop an understanding of
music and the various media through which
it
is
ed masterpieces, composers, musical forms, and
Music 131
— Theory
expressed.
styles considered.
4-3
I
Harmony, including
tonic,
A
— Theory
ing,
I,
cr.
hrs.
including the study of supertonic.
as
common-chord and
Melodic and harmonic
dictation, sight-sing-
and mediant chords,
chromatic modulation.
hrs.
included.
4-3
II
continuation of Theory
submediant.
cr.
subdominant. and dominant chords.
Sight-singing and keyboard harmonizations will be
Music 132
Select-
as
well
and keyboard training are emphasized.
Prerequisite:
Theory
I.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 121
History of Music
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 241
—
4-3
Class Piano
Group piano
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creatsongs, and on sight reading.
instruction for the beginner.
ing and playing accompaniments for
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 251
Aesthetics and Music Criticism
Comparison of musical objectives and philosophies of schools,
Principles of criticism that applyeras, and individual composers.
to music and its performance are considered.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music in the Elementary School
Music 311
Designed to provide prospective elementary school teachers with
the skills, understanding, and attitudes which will help them to function effectively in the area of music as it is related to the self-conEmphasis is placed on personal music developtained classroom.
181
ment, an understanding of the basic musical content, the develop-
mental growth process
in
music, desirable musical experiences for
and effective organization
and seniors only.
children,
juniors
Music 322
— Music
of the
of
these
Romantic Era
3-3
Nineteenth century European music,
relationship
of
music
to
the
culture
of
its
the
For
experiences.
cr.
hrs.
composers, and the
time.
Prerequisite:
Music 101.
—
3-3 cr. hrs.
Music 323
Twentieth Century Music
Compositions by composers from Debussy to the present will be
studied.
Emphasis on listening and analysis of representative works.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
Music 324
Works
— American Music
3-3
acteristics
Music 341
Choral Techniques
Emphasis on the development of techniques and
sary for the participation in choral ensembles.
will
be given to the
groups.
cr.
hrs.
American composers with reference to charindigenous to American music.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
of selected
skills
3-3
cr.
abilities
hrs.
neces-
Principal attention
necessary for the supervision of such
Tone production, proper
breathing, and appropriate
liter-
ature will be studied.
Music 412
—
and Materials of
Music
Literature
Children's
3-3
cr.
hrs.
Designed primarily for elementary education majors who have
an area of
recordings,
texts,
terials.
Provides a broad knowledge of the
interest in music.
music program content
in
Review basic
and maof songs, rhythmic activities, and
elementary grades.
the
filmstrips,
films,
Develops a repertoire
sources
of literature,
other musical information representing a core foundation for the
elementary music curriculum.
Prerequisite:
Music 311.
APPLIED MUSIC
Music 171-172-173
many
as three
— One
half
semesters.
hour private lesson per week for as
Instruments currently offered are:
voice, piano, organ, trumpet,
French horn, trombone, baritone,
and saxophone. Students
tuba, flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon,
are expected to practice five hours per week.
At
the end of
182
each semester, the student
is
expected to meet
minimum
re-
quirements in sight-reading, technique, and general musicianship as determined by examinations before the applied music
faculty.
Since the
number
of students
who may
ed by the available faculty and college
study privately
facilities,
limit-
is
approval must
be given by the department chairman before advanced registration.
NURSING
NED. 301
— Public School Nursing
I
3
cr.
hrs.
Public school nursing, as a branch of public health nursing,
is
The historical background, various
and the problems and limitations of the pro-
considered in this course.
fields of responsibility,
fession are discussed along with
new techniques
of handling public
school health problems.
NED. 302
A
— Public School Nursing
II
3
cr.
hrs.
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting
methods that may be employhome,
ed by
school, and community in helping to solve health problems with emphasis on the nurse as co-ordinator in the use of local,
state, and federal resources.
the health of the school child and the
NED. 304
— Public Health Nursing
Historical
3
cr.
framework, problems of community participation, and trends
lic
hrs.
background, fundamental principles, organizational
in
pub-
health nursing.
NED. 305
A
nomic
—
3
Nutrition
cr.
hrs.
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to ecofactors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on
the nutritional needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case
school nurses.
ed for
case
Work
3
cr.
hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for
critical
Case
histories
and interviewing situations are
select-
discussion to acquaint the student with application of
work methods
in school nursing practice.
18S
—
3 cr. hrs.
Community Health I
Various facets of community health including historical background, environmental concern, and methods of control. Reference
NED. 309
be made to contemporary and future problems dealing with radiation, air-water pollution, and space.
will
NED. 310
— Modem Communicable
3
Diseases
Current practices and the role of the school nurse
cr.
hrs.
communi-
in
cable disease prevention and control with emphasis on the relationships between physical, socio-economic,
and biologic environment.
PHILOSOPHY
Professor William L. Carlough, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Maxwell Primack
Seymour Schwimmer
Assistant Professors:
Richard
Oliver
Phil.
211
— Introduction
to
Brook
Larmi
J.
J.
Philosophy
3
cr.
hrs.
Develops systematically a number of general topics which the
sciences, in their attempts to specialize,
Some
do not encompass.
of
these are forms of argument, kinds of knowledge, nature of reality,
individual and social values, and standards of conduct.
Phil.
301
—
3
Ethics
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the
relation of
means and ends; individual and social interests; conflict
community of interests, justification and genesis of
of interests and
values, ethical relativism.
Phil.
302
Laws
logical
— Logic
3
of systematic thinking.
Included
is
cr.
hrs.
an examination of
forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and the methodology
of the deductive sciences.
Phil.
303
— Philosophy
Analysis
of
the
of Science
logic
of
inquiry
3
in
the
natural
cr.
and
hrs.
social
sciences: the nature of scientific explanation, problems of causality,
measurement, prediction, and
verification.
18 U
306
Phil.
A
— Philosophy
critical
3
of Religion
analysis
of religious
Particular
faith.
cr.
hrs.
attention
is
given to the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief,
and problems and challenges
309
Phil.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
to religion.
— World Religions
3
cr.
hrs.
and practices of living religions.
Includes Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, Judaism, Christianity and
Beliefs
Islam.
314
Phil.
—
and Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr. hrs.
contemporary Western philosophy; major
Existentialism
Significant trends in
emphasis on Existentialism.
Nietzsche, Sartre,
The
writings of Freud, Kierkegaard,
Camus and Ayer
will
be examined.
Prerequisite:
211.
Phil.
PHYSICS
Professor Halbert F. Gates, Chairman
Professor: David
J.
Harper
Associate Professors:
Herbert H. Reichard
Tobias F. Scarpino
David A. Superdock
Assistant Professors:
P.
Joseph Garcia
M. Gene Taylor
Stephen G. Wukovitz
Phys.
A
101
Basic Physical Science
3
one-semester integrated investigation of basic facts
lationships involving the areas of chemistry, astronomy,
cr.
and
hrs.
re-
and physics.
Topics range from nuclear particles, through atoms and molecules,
to the solar system.
2
lect.,
Phys.
Designed for non-science majors.
5
hr./wk;
3
cr.
3 lab-discuss.
103
Principles of Physical Science I
Laboratory "discovery" type of course
for non-science majors (especially
teaching program).
recommended
Emphasis on the
hrs.
in the physical sciences
for the elementary
investigational
nature
of
185
science through experiences with the behavior of materials leading
to the building
4
1 lect.,
A
energy,
theoretical models.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Second term topics include
Principles of Physical Science II
continuation of Phys.
forces
within
matter,
103.
electrons
molecules, and covalently bonded solids.
5 hr./wk.;
1
lect.,
4
in
motion,
ionic
Prerequisite:
crystals,
Phys.
103.
lab.
— Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
A
5 hr./wk.;
lab.
104
Phys.
and understanding of
4
I
cr.
hrs.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics,
the physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
6 hours/ week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 112
A
— Introductory Physics
continuation of Phys. 111.
cr.
hrs.
Includes the basic principles of
sound, geometrical and physical optics,
netism.
4
II
and
electricity
Prerequisite: Phys. Ill or equivalent.
and mag-
6 hours/week:
3
class, 3 lab.
Phys. 211
A
— General Physics
4
I
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
signed for majors in Sciences or Mathematics.
6 hours/week: 3
211 completed or concurrent.
Phys. 212
A
cr.
hrs.
treatment, using calculus, of the principles of mechanics, the
— General Physics
This course
de-
class, 3 lab.
4
II
continuation of Phys. 211.
is
Prerequisite: Math.
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound,
geometrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism. Prerequisites: Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed or concurrent. 6
hours/ week: 3
ics,
—
Demonstrations in the Physical Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher pracexperience for conducting demonstration experiments in phys-
Phys. 225
tical
class, 3 lab.
chemistry, general science, and earth science.
The course
will
emphasize the use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic
of the new program in science such as PSSC Physics, CHEM Study,
Earth Science Curriculum Project, and the Physical Science Program.
valent.
Prerequisites:
Physics
4 hours/week: 2
class,
112, Chemistry
2 lab.
112, or their equi-
186
Phys. 310
—
Atomic Physics
"modern" atomic concepts
and wave mechanics to appropriate
4
Intro, to
Application
of
theory, relativity,
the
cr.
hrs.
quantum
of
topics
such
as x-rays, nuclei, photoelectric effect, atomic structure, the electron,
and
Prerequisite:
scattering.
Phys. 212 or Phys.
112 and consent
of instructor; Math. 212. 6 hour/ week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 311
Statics
3
Mechanics
and dynamics of
3
single
particles
and
particle
cr.
hrs.
systems.
hour/ week. Prerequisite: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112 and consent of
instructor,
Math. 311 or concurrent
Phys. 314
—
An
Electricity
registration.
and Magnetism
4
cr.
hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, die-
capacitance, and direct and alternating currents.
magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic
lectric properties,
The study
of
induction, and magnetic properties of matter.
to electromagnetic
waves
is
included.
A
brief introduction
Prerequisites:
Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311.
Phys. 212 or
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 315
4
Electronics
cr.
hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum
Study of basic electronic
tubes with special emphasis on circuitry.
instrumentation as related to the gathering, processing, and display
of scientific data in any discipline.
Prerequisite: Phys. 112 or 212.
The
application
6 hour/week; 3
Phys. 318
A
class, 3 lab.
— Optics
4
cr.
hrs.
combination of geometrical optics including lens theory with
physical
(wave) optics including
tion, lasers,
and coherent
quisite: Phys.
Phys. 420
An
light.
diffraction,
212 or Phys. 112 and consent
—
Vibrations and
interference, polariza-
6 hour/week: 3 class, 3 lab. Prere-
Waves
of instructor.
3
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
cr.
hrs.
damped,
and forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transmission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
Electromagnetic, acoustical, fluid, and mechanical applications are includFundamental to much of advanced physics.
ed.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 311, Math. 311.
3 hours class/week.
187
Phys. 421
—
3
Solid State Physics
Physical properties of matter in the solid state.
concepts,
tivity,
crystal
structure,
electrons
in
metals,
Prerequisites:
hrs
conduc-
electrical
semiconductors, band theory, the p-n junction.
magnetic properties of matter.
cr.
Basic quantum
Dielectric
Phys.
314,
and
Math.
3 hours class/week.
312.
Phys. 422
— Thermodynamics
Concepts and principles of
modynamics
of simple systems.
low temperature.
3
classical
cr.
thermodynamics.
hrs.
Ther-
Achievement and measurement of
Introduction to
kinetic
theory.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 212. Math. 311.
Phys.
480
An
— History
of Physical Science
3
cr.
hrs.
development of physical science,
particularly physics and chemistry, from the time of Copernicus to
the present.
Intended for the prospective teacher of the physical
historical account of the
Prerequisite:
sciences.
near completion of a major in physics or
chemistry, or consent of Instructor.
Phys.
490
— Physics Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professor Robert L. Rosholt, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Charles G. Jackson
Prakash C. Kapil
James W. Percey
Assistant Professors:
Martin M. Gildea
Richard O. Micheri
The program of the Department of Political Science for the
1970-1971 academic year will differ somewhat from that shown
Courses will be renumbered and several new courses addbelow.
ed.
Few,
if
any, existing courses will be dropped.
— United
States Government
3 cr. hrs.
American national government with emphasis
on basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
Pol. Sci.
A
211
study
of
188
—
212
Elements of Political Science
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the disci-
Pol. Sci.
to
pline.
(Either Pol.
211 or 212
Sci.
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
Pol.
tics,
—
310
State Governments in the
American Federal System
3 cr.
The organization and operation of state government, state
Sci.
hrs.
poli-
intergovernmental relations.
—
3 cr. hrs.
311
Urban Government and Politics
Governmental and political problems of the American city, the
structure and function of city governments, groups in urban and
suburban politics, metropolitics, the megalopolis.
Pol. Sci.
Pol.
Sci.
315
Parties,
The development
tions,
voter behavior,
Groups, and Public Opinion
3
cr.
hrs.
of political parties in the United States, elecpolitical
participation,
the
role
of
interest
groups, political propaganda.
— The Negro
3 cr. hrs.
in American Politics
Negro in American politics, the Black Power
movement, the Negro and civil rights, racial conflict.
Pol.
Sci.
317
The
role of the
Pol. Sci.
323
— Comparative European Governments
Principles of comparative analysis; social
role
of
ideology;
political
interest
3
and economic
groups,
parties
cr.
hrs.
interests;
and
electoral
systems; the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the
governments
of
German Federal
Pol. Sci.
324
—
Great Britain, France,
the
U.
and the
S. S. R.,
Republic.
3
International Relations
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
a detailed examination of their
component
cr.
hrs.
and government, and
parts.
The sources
of
national power, the results of national power, in the form of disputes,
conflicts,
and wars, or
alliances, balances of
power, and settlements
of international law in international courts.
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public Administration
useful contributions
made by
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theory to the
problems of decision-making functions and coordination of program
budgeting and personnel are considered.
189
Pol. Sci.
—
424
and
Politics
Organizational
forms,
Institutions of Latin
functions,
countries of Latin America.
Pol.
Sci.
425
Politics
and
and
America 3
operations
Emphasis on indigenous
selected
institutions.
3
Institutions of Africa
History, structure, functions,
hrs.
cr.
of
hrs.
cr.
and problems of selected coun-
tries of Africa.
Pol.
Sci.
426
—
Politics
and
tries of
3
Institutions of Asia
History, structure, functions,
hrs.
cr.
and problems of selected coun-
Asia, including China, Japan, and India.
Pol. Sci.
433
— History
Important
political
of Political Thought
3
hrs.
cr.
of the past and their proposals
theorists
with reference to their validity at the time, and their application
and acceptance today. Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism,
nationalism, and internationalism.
Pol. Sci.
451
—
Constitutional
Law
3
History, organization, and functions of the
hrs.
cr.
Supreme Court
in-
cluding a case study approach of the Court's interpretations of the
commerce and taxing powers,
state-federal relationships,
and
civil
rights.
Psy.
460
For
— Basic
Statistical
Method
3
cr.
hrs.
description of this
course see Psychology 460 under
Psychology course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating
a
in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
permission of Political Science Department.
Pol. Sci.
470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects determined in consultation between
student and instructor.
Prerequisites:
12 hours of political science
and permission of the department.
PSYCHOLOGY
Professor Martin A. Satz, Chairman
Professors:
Merritt William Sanders
Louise Seronsy
Associate Professors:
Donald R. Bashore
James D. Pietrangel
J. Calvin Walker
190
Assistant Professors:
Murphy
James
J.
Phillip
A. Rouse
Instructors
Robert H. Finks
Eugene D. Shershen
— General Psychology
Psy. 101
How
3
hrs.
cr.
why they behave as they do. Heredity
and environment, the nature and function of perception, emotions
and thought, the forces that bring about various kinds of behavior,
and the problems of personal adjustment.
people behave and
— Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 102
3
hrs.
cr.
Intensive and detailed understanding of psychological processes
which are covered
quisite:
Psy. 211
A
at
an elementary
level in
Psychology 101. Prere-
Psy. 101.
3
Child Psychology
hrs.
cr.
systematic study of the psychological and social development
of the child from the prenatal period through the early school years.
Applications will be
made
to educational guidance, family
life,
and
cr.
hrs.
social welfare.
Psy.
—
260
Basic Statistics
Methods of collecting,
3
and treating data; measures
of central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representatabulating,
tion; descriptive statistics.
Psy. 271
A
— Educational Psychology
first
course
providing for the
to the learning situation.
321
— Psychological
of
Prerequisite:
Tests and Measurements
hrs.
cr.
psychology
Deals with the learner, that which
be learned, and the learning processes.
Psy.
3
applications
Psy.
3
is
to
101.
cr.
hrs.
measurement and
evaluation for education, industry, social agencies, and behavioral
research.
Acquaints student with methods for critical evaluation,
Prerequisite:
selection, and application of materials in this field.
Principles
Psy. 260.
and
practices
of
psychological
191
Psy.
331
Psychology of Adjustment
3
cr.
hrs.
Processes necessary for the development of a healthy mental
good mental hygiene
Practical applications of principles of
state.
demonstrated.
Field
trips
to
nearby mental
Prere-
institutions.
quisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 351
—
3
Social Psychology
Behavior of individuals and groups
in
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
society.
Psy. 101.
Psy.
361
An
Experimental Psychology
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
Prerequisite: Psy. 260.
—
380
Physiological Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
The study of the interplay between the various organs and
tissues of the body and behavior.
Behavior is studied as the re-
Psy.
sultant of the functioning of the nervous system, receptors, muscles
and glands.
Hereditary patterns of special psychological interest
are considered.
Psy. 401
will
— Foundations
Contemporary Psychology
cr.
hrs.
who
of
have psychology as a major or as a minor
backgrounds and schools of thought
vestigation
education.
406
and
The
chology.
Psy.
3
Designed to provide basic background for those students
their
in psychology.
field.
Historical
Methods of
in-
implications for the various systems of psy-
contributions of the various fields of psychology for
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
— Psychology Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for students who have adequate ability and background for the carrying out and reporting of independent research
in the field of psychology.
In a three-hour session the researcher
and discussion of the
and the instructor. Topics are assigned by the instructor
and should be arranged well in advance of the beginning of the
will
present his paper for the judgments
enrollees
course.
Psy.
416
The
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
— Adolescent Psychology
physical,
social,
and psychological
3
attributes
cr.
of
hrs.
youth
from age eleven to mid-teens and their adjustment in a dynamic
society.
(Formerly Psy. 411) Prerequisite: Psy. 211 or 271.
192
—
Abnormal Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 431
Psy.
—
436
Theories of Personality
The nature and organization of
forces that shape the individual.
Psy.
—
452
3
cr.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Industrial Psychology
3
Services of the psychologist to business and industry.
are job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
cr.
Psy.
Prerequisite: Psy.
Included
— Psychology
An
investigation of the basic dynamics of
of
the
3
of Motivation
concepts,
principles,
human
is
requisite:
Psy.
462
is
human
hrs.
A
motivation.
paid to both innate and acquired behavior bases.
Attention
A
cr.
behavior.
and empirical findings
concerning those basic factors which underlie
Psy.
rating,
101.
456
consideration
hrs.
transfers,
promotions and terminations, training, problem employees,
morale, and research.
hrs.
personality and the dynamic
Pre-
101.
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
continuation and extension in depth of Psychology 461. There
an involvement
in
more advanced procedures and techniques
experimental design and practice.
Greater individual
expected of students in planning and executing studies.
initiative
The
of
is
stu-
dent also evaluates reports of experiments and research.
Psy.
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Projects in Psychology
A problem of special interest selected and followed by each
student under the immediate
requisites:
Recommendation
supervision of the instructor.
of the advisor
department chairman.
SOCIOLOGY
Professor Ralph R. Ireland. Chairman
Associate Professors:
Avrama Gingold
Ober Morning,
Jane
J.
Jr.
Plumpis
Robert R. Reeder
Bernard
J.
Schneck
Robert R. Solenberger
Pre-
and permission of the
193
—
Anthro. 200
3 cr. hrs.
Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Man's biocultural development and cultural achievement. The
function of elements and configurations of material and non-material
culture in meeting human needs.
Cultural processes and the role
of culture in personality formation.
—
Soc. 211
The
of society and culture, individual
the light of their origin,
Soc.
3
Principles of Sociology
cr.
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization
— Contemporary
213
and community adjustments,
in
development, form, and functions.
Social Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for their solution.
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social
dis-
organization, mobility, delinquency, racial and economic tensions,
and special problems of youth,
families,
and aging.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by
the Welfare Services
An
the study of
some
of the
methods by which
solve problems which range from
social
workers help to
adoption and care for the aged
to marital counseling, parole supervision,
and community organiza-
tion.
Anthro. 301
— Field Archaeology
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have
occupied the valley of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area,
preceded by orientation to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
since the glacial age.
Anthro. 302
—
Field Archaeology II
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological re-
search on the prehistoric cultures of the Susquehanna Valley,
as
revealed by excavation and comparative study of finds.
Soc.
315
— Racial and National Minority Groups
An
analysis of racial
national,
will
and
religious minorities in the
3
cr.
hrs.
relations involving racial,
United States.
Emphasis
be placed on the present system of minority relations with
efforts being
211.
and minority
made toward
possible adjustments.
Prerequisite: Soc.
194
Soc.
— Urban Sociology
316
3
Analysis of origin and growth of the city in the U.
cr.
hrs.
Em-
S.
phasis on ecological changes taking place as well as the dynamic
patterns
on the contemporary
of interaction
Prerequisite:
scene.
Soc. 211.
Soc.
318
A
—
3
Social Stratification
cr.
hrs.
review and analysis of some of the major theories and re-
search in social stratification and social mobility as related to such
areas as ethnic and racial communities, religion, mental disorders,
schools, marriage
and the family, and
Prerequisite:
socialization.
Soc. 211.
Soc.
319
—
Religion
in
American Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American
social institutions
Anthro. 320
and
society.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
— Contemporary World Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Comparative analysis of selected non-European societies in contrasting cultural and natural areas.
Stresses on the natural and social environment, national character, religion and world view, and
literary, artistic,
Anthro. 340
and musical expression.
— North American Ethnography and
Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
North
American
quisite:
through
prehistoric
and
early
historic
Prere-
Anthro. 200.
Soc. 331
— Marriage and Family
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
new
problems
society.
Soc.
Indian
Includes Indians and archaeology of Pennsylvania.
periods.
in
social
behavior these institutions face in a changing
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
—
3 cr. hrs.
332
Personality in Culture and Society
Examination of cultural influences on the development of per-
sonality; analysis of personality differences in various cultures.
Pres-
entation of explanatory hypotheses.
Soc.
334
—
Social
Casework
3
cr.
hrs.
Representative cases in the field of social work; techniques of
investigation
and
criteria for appraisal.
195
Soc.
336
A
— Child Welfare
historical
3
hrs.
cr.
and comprehensive study of the principal
child
welfare services.
Soc. 341
— Criminology
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, includ-
Scientific study of crime.
Volume,
ing physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
scope, and trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabili-
and
tation theory
—
Anthro. 410
Graphic
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
practice.
3
Primitive Arts
arts,
literature,
cr.
hrs.
music, and the dance of ancient and
non-European cultures throughout the world.
Prerequisite: Anthro.
200.
—
Anthro. 480
A
critical
cr.
in primitive
hrs.
so-
Leading anthropological theories of the forms and functions
ciety.
of religion in
Soc.
3
Primitive Religion
examination of religion and magic
442
—
human
life
are studied.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 200.
Juvenile Delinquency
3
cr.
hrs.
Examination of social pressures operative upon children in
American society which lead to deviant behavior. Factors leading to
formation of delinquent personality.
Methods
of
treatment
and
prevention, juvenile courts, clinics and correctional institutions will
be considered.
Anthro. 490
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
—
Socialization of the Child in
3
Primitive Society
cr.
hrs.
Life experience and adjustment of the individual through infancy,
middle childhood and youth.
Contrasting methods of in-
troducing children to adult economic, social and religious
activities.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 200.
Soc.
—
460
Basic Statistical Method
3 cr. hrs.
For a description of this course see Psychology 460. Liberal
arts students will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
Per-
mission of Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte
and Spencer.
Comparison
of
modern schools
of thought, including
196
and neo-positivis-
mechanistic, geographical, analytical, functional,
12 hours of sociology or permission of instruc-
Prerequisites:
tic.
tor.
Soc.
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
Methods and techniques in social science research. Prepara-
tion of research projects, questionnaires,
Introduction to
sampling, interviews,
methods for analysis and interpretation of
etc.
data.
Liberal arts students concentrating in sociology will receive credit
Prerequisite:
for the course.
12 hours of sociology including Psy.
460.
Soc.
— Senior Seminar
470
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects and reports within selected areas
of sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social stratification,
and ethnic minorities.
Prerequisites:
18 hours of sociology
including Soc. 460, 462, and 466, and permission of the depart-
ment.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
— Education
of Exceptional Children
The educational problems
tory
3
of exceptional children.
and philosophy of special education programs
cr.
hrs.
The
his-
for exceptional
children.
Spec. Ed. 352
—
Experience with
Emotionally Disturbed
Experience
1-3
working individually with
emotionally
children in a state hospital or a clinic setting.
cr.
hrs.
disturbed
Prerequisite: Per-
mission of instructor.
354
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with Learning
Disabilities 1-3
cr.
hrs.
Experience working individually with children whose learning
disabilities
present
special
educational
problems.
Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
Spec. Ed.
450
— Behavior Disorders
3
Psychological development of behavior and
child's school
is
also
performance.
discussed
as
are
The
effect of the school
intervention
emotionally disturbed children.
effect
its
approaches
Prerequisites:
Psy.
cr.
on the
in
hrs.
on the
child
educating
101 and 371.
197
— Speech Improvement
Spec. Ed. 451
Classroom 3 cr. hrs.
and in-service classroom
teachers; an introduction is given to language and speech problems
commonly found among school children. Practical methods and
attitudes for improvement of communication in the classroom
Open
(Required in Teh. M.R. curriculum).
setting are outlined.
Spec. Ed.
An
for the
to students of all curriculums
454
— Disorders
of Written
Communication
3
cr.
recognize the functional level of the child,
to
recognize
possible
disorders for evaluative referrals, and to plan or carry out
ingful, corrective therapy.
involved
hrs.
introductory course to enable the clinician or teacher to
encoding
in
A
mean-
review of the developmental processes
and decoding orthography,
emphasis
with
placed on the recognition of related disorders.
Spec. Ed. 455
A
— Learning
3
Disabilities
hrs.
Students are introduced to diagnostic and educational
disorders.
procedures used with learning disorders.
and conceptual factors
Psy.
cr.
study of the characteristics and symptoms of specific learning
101
in the
Emphasis
is
on perceptual
development of language. Prerequisites:
and 371.
SPEECH
Professor Melville Hopkins, Chairman
Associate Professors:
Richard D. Alderfer
Erich F. Frohman
Michael
J.
McHale
James J. O'Toole
Robert D. Richey
Assistant Professors:
William A. Acierno
Virginia C. Doerflinger
Instructor: Janice
Speech 103
M. Youse
Introduction to Speech
The study and
practice of skills in interpersonal
3
cr.
(person-to-person) and public speaking (speaking to groups).
on
hrs.
communication
Em-
sound organization, and effective
language.
Various oral projects are utilized: speeches, group discussions, and interpretive readings.
phasis
is
intensive
research,
198
— Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 105
Open
3
cr.
firs.
speech majors.
Treats both
and the contemporary theories in
survey of behavioral science, semantics, and the
to all students; required of
the principles of classical rhetoric
A
communication.
philosophy of language.
Speech 206
— Oral
Intellectual
of poetry
ful
3
Interpretation of Literature
and emotional meanings used
and prose.
the
in
cr.
hrs.
presentation
Practice in the skills required for the success-
reading aloud of these meanings to a group of listeners.
Speech 208
A
— Introduction
Theatre Arts
to
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production,
theatre history, stage design, and acting.
Speech 211
— Theatre Production
3
cr.
hrs.
Physical aspects of producing a play: scene design, costuming,
make-up properties, stage management, and business procedures.
The student is thus equipped with the basic skills for the technical
work of production. Crew work is assigned.
Speech 218
— Discussion
3
Principles and processes of group discussion in policy
situations
and interpersonal
relations.
cr.
hrs.
making
Practical problems in leader-
ship and participation are provided.
Speech 231
A
— Introduction
to
Radio and Television
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of communication practices and techniques in the
media of radio and television. The student is given practice in
these techniques, and is provided with a background of their dynamics in relation to modern society.
Speech 241
A
no voice
who wish
to
improve
their vocal
quality
cr.
hrs.
and who have
defects.
Speech 285
usage.
3
Designed for
study of the vocal organs and their function.
students
A
— Voice and Diction
— Parliamentary Law
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the rules of parliamentary law with practice in their
Application of parliamentary
democratic and efficient meetings.
procedure
so
as
to
insure
199
Speech 307
— Business and
careers.
Professional Speech
3
hrs.
cr.
and professional
Analysis of employer-employee situations, and manage-
Practice
speech
of
as
applied
business
in
ment-labor relations.
—
Scene Design
Speech 311
Techniques of design and execution of stage
3
hrs.
cr.
settings with the
and makeup. A survey of the hisdevelopment of scene design and staging. Prerequisite: con-
integration of lighting, costume,
torical
sent of the instructor.
Speech 312
— Fundamentals
of Acting
3
cr.
A
Introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
hrs.
study
of the development of the character physically, emotionally, and in-
Individual and group exercises.
tellectually.
Speech 318
—
Creative Dramatics
3
cr.
hrs.
Background and methods of creative dramatics for the teacher.
The techniques of psycho-drama, socio-drama, therapeutic
drama, etc. are studied and analyzed.
Dramatics as an improvisational form of theatre is emphasized.
—
Speech 319
Dramatic
theories
is
Speech 321
Lab hours
cr.
hrs.
into the
Creative dramatics
required.
— Argumentation
3
cr.
hrs.
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
The
fundamentals of logic are provided.
effective
3
and an investigation
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
The
Children's Theatre
literature for children
Stress
is
on the techniques of
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
—
Speech 325
Extempore Speech
An advanced public speaking course.
3
cr.
hrs.
and exercises in, the four types of speaking.
Major emphasis is on the
composition and delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
—
Theories
of,
3
Directing
cr.
hrs.
Staging a play, from the selection of a script up to the open-
Each student
Lab hours required.
ing performance.
projects.
—
directs
and participates
in
classroom
Speech 414
Costuming for Stage
3 cr. hrs.
Costuming for the theatre through application of historical
developments and elements of design to the requirements of the
theatre.
Lab hours
required.
200
— History
Speech 415
Major periods of
A
and the production.
Greece
3
cr.
hrs.
from the viewpoint of play
survey of the theatre from the beginnings in
to 1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic
and African
Speech 416
cultures.
— Modern Theatre
Developments
Wagner and Appia
is
of the Theatre
theatrical history
in
modern
3
theatre practice
to the present day.
World
studied, with particular attention to the
cr.
hrs.
and philosophy from
theatre since Ibsen
contemporary American
theatre scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
A
audience situations.
scientific
human
approach, by the speaker.
Methods of applying
is
to
a knowl-
detail.
— Speech Seminar: Theatre
3
on dramatic
Field of speech, with special emphasis
pose
hrs.
study and practice of both the ethical, and
edge of the basis and tools of persuasion presented in
Speech 490
cr.
motivation as encountered in
broaden the student's knowledge
in his
cr.
art.
hrs.
Pur-
special field of
learning by research and investigative papers and projects.
Speech 492
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
Field of speech, with special emphasis
pose
is
as in
3
cr.
on public address.
hrs.
Pur-
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer
1969 marked the third year of the Speech
Department Summer Theatre Program. Continuing the precedent
set the previous summer, professional actors joined the Bloomsburg
students and adults from the local area, in the two major productions.
Mercedes McCambridge appeared in "The Glass Menagerie," and Lilia Skala in "I Remember Mama."
of
The 1968 Summer Theatre Program
time, graduate courses in Speech.
In this
included,
way
for
the
first
the entire program
was considerably strengthened, from both the acting and the technical point of view.
Participation in the
summer program
wishing to study for cultural purposes, and
pursue a degree.
is
open
who may
also
to
those
not desire to
INDEX
German
Academic Policies 59
Academic Probation 63
Accreditation
Administration
1
7
Admission Policies 33
Anthropology
see Sociology
Art 113
—
Association of Resident
Association of Resident
Biology 116
Board of Trustees 6
Books and Supplies 43
Buildings 28
Business 120
Calendar 4
Chemistry 128
Class Attendance
Men
Women
History
168
Housing 50
Incompletes 61
53
52
182
Office of Research and
Evaluation 67
Philosophy 183
Physical Education
Requirements 63
Physics 184
59
131
Placement 66
Placement Tests
Association 52
Counseling Services 52
Credit Evaluation 35
Curricula:
64
187
Progress Reports 60
Psychology 189
Publications 55
Quality Points 61
Readmission 35
Refunds 43
Residence Requirements
Political
Arts and Sciences 80
Business Administration 86
Business Education 90
Elementary Education 98
Secondary Education 99
Special Degree Programs
95
Special Education
92
Teacher Education 79
Day Men's Association 53
Sociology
Association 53
Degree Programs 109
Deposits 42
Education 136
Education of the Deaf 141
Economics 133
English 142
Sororities
62
59
192
56
Special Education
Speech 197
Student Life 49
Student Teaching
196
62, 65
Summer Sessions 67
Summer Theater Program
43, 45
Transfers 60
Transfer Students 34
Undergraduate Record
Examinations 65
Veterans 36
7
Financial Aid 46
Fraternities 55
French 149
Geography and Earth Science
Science
Russian 156
Schedule Changes
Spanish 157
Day Women's
Expenses
Faculty
Fees 39
Journalism Certificate 144
Locale 28
Mathematics 174
Mental Retardation 178
Music 180
Nursing
College Bank
55
College History
27
Communication Disorders
Community Government
153
Grades 61
Graduate Studies 68
Graduation Requirements 62
Health and Physical Education
159
Withdrawal from Class
Withdrawal Notice 45
59
200
163
BlOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
19
Pergola
20
Science
24
Dormitoi
25
Class Re
mmn\
r---^
1
24
n
'r
151
23
Media of